Mackie M4000 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual User To The 698c8f07 6a15 40b5 9ee7 101812642b2b

User Manual: Mackie M4000 to the manual

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 420 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

SPARC®Enterprise
M4000/M5000/M8000/M9000
Servers XSCF Reference Manual
XSCF Control Package (XCP) 104x
Part No. 819-7891-10
April 2007, Revision A
Manual Code C120-E333-03EN
Please
Recycle
Copyright 2007 Sun Microsystems, Inc., 4150 Network Circle, Santa Clara, California 95054, U.S.A. and FUJITSU LIMITED, 1-1, Kamikodanaka
4-chome, Nakahara-ku, Kawasaki-shi, Kanagawa-ken 211-8588, Japan. All rights reserved.
Sun Microsystems, Inc. and Fujitsu Limited each own or control intellectual property rights relating to products and technology described in
this document, and such products, technology and this document are protected by copyright laws, patents and other intellectual property laws
and international treaties. The intellectual property rights of Sun Microsystems, Inc. and Fujitsu Limited in such products, technology and this
document include, without limitation, one or more of the United States patents listed at http://www.sun.com/patents and one or more
additional patents or patent applications in the United States or other countries.
This document and the product and technology to which it pertains are distributed under licenses restricting their use, copying, distribution,
and decompilation. No part of such product or technology, or of this document, may be reproduced in any form by any means without prior
written authorization of Fujitsu Limited and Sun Microsystems, Inc., and their applicable licensors, if any. The furnishing of this document to
you does not give you any rights or licenses, express or implied, with respect to the product or technology to which it pertains, and this
document does not contain or represent any commitment of any kind on the part of Fujitsu Limited or Sun Microsystems, Inc., or any affiliate of
either of them.
This document and the product and technology described in this document may incorporate third-party intellectual property copyrighted by
and/or licensed from suppliers to Fujitsu Limited and/or Sun Microsystems, Inc., including software and font technology.
Per the terms of the GPL or LGPL, a copy of the source code governed by the GPL or LGPL, as applicable, is available upon request by the End
User. Please contact Fujitsu Limited or Sun Microsystems, Inc.
This distribution may include materials developed by third parties.
Parts of the product may be derived from Berkeley BSD systems, licensed from the University of California. UNIX is a registered trademark in
the U.S. and in other countries, exclusively licensed through X/Open Company, Ltd.
Sun, Sun Microsystems, the Sun logo, Java, Netra, Solaris, Sun Ray, Answerbook2, docs.sun.com, OpenBoot, and Sun Fire are trademarks or
registered trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in the U.S. and other countries.
Fujitsu and the Fujitsu logo are registered trademarks of Fujitsu Limited.
All SPARC trademarks are used under license and are registered trademarks of SPARC International, Inc. in the U.S. and other countries.
Products bearing SPARC trademarks are based upon architecture developed by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
SPARC64 is a trademark of SPARC International, Inc., used under license by Fujitsu Microelectronics, Inc. and Fujitsu Limited.
The OPEN LOOK and Sun™ Graphical User Interface was developed by Sun Microsystems, Inc. for its users and licensees. Sun acknowledges
the pioneering efforts of Xerox in researching and developing the concept of visual or graphical user interfaces for the computer industry. Sun
holds a non-exclusive license from Xerox to the Xerox Graphical User Interface, which license also covers Sun’s licensees who implement OPEN
LOOK GUIs and otherwise comply with Sun’s written license agreements.
United States Government Rights - Commercial use. U.S. Government users are subject to the standard government user license agreements of
Sun Microsystems, Inc. and Fujitsu Limited and the applicable provisions of the FAR and its supplements.
Disclaimer: The only warranties granted by Fujitsu Limited, Sun Microsystems, Inc. or any affiliate of either of them in connection with this
document or any product or technology described herein are those expressly set forth in the license agreement pursuant to which the product or
technology is provided. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN SUCH AGREEMENT, FUJITSU LIMITED, SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC.
AND THEIR AFFILIATES MAKE NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND (EXPRESS OR IMPLIED) REGARDING SUCH
PRODUCT OR TECHNOLOGY OR THIS DOCUMENT, WHICH ARE ALL PROVIDED AS IS, AND ALL EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
CONDITIONS, REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT, ARE DISCLAIMED, EXCEPT TO THE
EXTENT THAT SUCH DISCLAIMERS ARE HELD TO BE LEGALLY INVALID. Unless otherwise expressly set forth in such agreement, to the
extent allowed by applicable law, in no event shall Fujitsu Limited, Sun Microsystems, Inc. or any of their affiliates have any liability to any third
party under any legal theory for any loss of revenues or profits, loss of use or data, or business interruptions, or for any indirect, special,
incidental or consequential damages, even if advised of the possibility of such damages.
DOCUMENTATION IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND ALL EXPRESS OR IMPLIED CONDITIONS, REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES,
INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT,
ARE DISCLAIMED, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH DISCLAIMERS ARE HELD TO BE LEGALLY INVALID.
Copyright 2007 Sun Microsystems, Inc., 4150 Network Circle, Santa Clara, California 95054, U.S.A. et FUJITSU LIMITED, 1-1, Kamikodanaka 4-
chome, Nakahara-ku, Kawasaki-shi, Kanagawa-ken 211-8588, Japon. Tous droits réservés.
Sun Microsystems, Inc. et Fujitsu Limited détiennent et contrôlent toutes deux des droits de propriété intellectuelle relatifs aux produits et
technologies décrits dans ce document. De même, ces produits, technologies et ce document sont protégés par des lois sur le copyright, des
brevets, d’autres lois sur la propriété intellectuelle et des traités internationaux. Les droits de propriété intellectuelle de Sun Microsystems, Inc.
et Fujitsu Limited concernant ces produits, ces technologies et ce document comprennent, sans que cette liste soit exhaustive, un ou plusieurs
des brevets déposés aux États-Unis et indiqués à l’adresse http://www.sun.com/patents de même qu’un ou plusieurs brevets ou applications
brevetées supplémentaires aux États-Unis et dans d’autres pays.
Ce document, le produit et les technologies afférents sont exclusivement distribués avec des licences qui en restreignent l’utilisation, la copie, la
distribution et la décompilation. Aucune partie de ce produit, de ces technologies ou de ce document ne peut être reproduite sous quelque
forme que ce soit, par quelque moyen que ce soit, sans l’autorisation écrite préalable de Fujitsu Limited et de Sun Microsystems, Inc., et de leurs
éventuels bailleurs de licence. Ce document, bien qu’il vous ait été fourni, ne vous confère aucun droit et aucune licence, expresses ou tacites,
concernant le produit ou la technologie auxquels il se rapporte. Par ailleurs, il ne contient ni ne représente aucun engagement, de quelque type
que ce soit, de la part de Fujitsu Limited ou de Sun Microsystems, Inc., ou des sociétés affiliées.
Ce document, et le produit et les technologies qu’il décrit, peuvent inclure des droits de propriété intellectuelle de parties tierces protégés par
copyright et/ou cédés sous licence par des fournisseurs à Fujitsu Limited et/ou Sun Microsystems, Inc., y compris des logiciels et des
technologies relatives aux polices de caractères.
Par limites du GPL ou du LGPL, une copie du code source régi par le GPL ou LGPL, comme applicable, est sur demande vers la fin utilsateur
disponible; veuillez contacter Fujitsu Limted ou Sun Microsystems, Inc.
Cette distribution peut comprendre des composants développés par des tierces parties.
Des parties de ce produit pourront être dérivées des systèmes Berkeley BSD licenciés par l’Université de Californie. UNIX est une marque
déposée aux Etats-Unis et dans d’autres pays et licenciée exclusivement par X/Open Company, Ltd.
Sun, Sun Microsystems, le logo Sun, Java, Netra, Solaris, Sun Ray, Answerbook2, docs.sun.com, OpenBoot, et Sun Fire sont des marques de
fabrique ou des marques déposées de Sun Microsystems, Inc. aux Etats-Unis et dans d’autres pays.
Fujitsu et le logo Fujitsu sont des marques déposées de Fujitsu Limited.
Toutes les marques SPARC sont utilisées sous licence et sont des marques de fabrique ou des marques déposées de SPARC International, Inc.
aux Etats-Unis et dans d’autres pays. Les produits portant les marques SPARC sont basés sur une architecture développée par Sun
Microsystems, Inc.
SPARC64 est une marques déposée de SPARC International, Inc., utilisée sous le permis par Fujitsu Microelectronics, Inc. et Fujitsu Limited.
L’interface d’utilisation graphique OPEN LOOK et Sun™ a été développée par Sun Microsystems, Inc. pour ses utilisateurs et licenciés. Sun
reconnaît les efforts de pionniers de Xerox pour la recherche et le développement du concept des interfaces d’utilisation visuelle ou graphique
pour l’industrie de l’informatique. Sun détient une license non exclusive de Xerox sur l’interface d’utilisation graphique Xerox, cette licence
couvrant également les licenciés de Sun qui mettent en place l’interface d’utilisation graphique OPEN LOOK et qui, en outre, se conforment aux
licences écrites de Sun.
Droits du gouvernement américain - logiciel commercial. Les utilisateurs du gouvernement américain sont soumis aux contrats de licence
standard de Sun Microsystems, Inc. et de Fujitsu Limited ainsi qu’aux clauses applicables stipulées dans le FAR et ses suppléments.
Avis de non-responsabilité: les seules garanties octroyées par Fujitsu Limited, Sun Microsystems, Inc. ou toute société affiliée de l’une ou l’autre
entité en rapport avec ce document ou tout produit ou toute technologie décrit(e) dans les présentes correspondent aux garanties expressément
stipulées dans le contrat de licence régissant le produit ou la technologie fourni(e). SAUF MENTION CONTRAIRE EXPRESSÉMENT
STIPULÉE DANS CE CONTRAT, FUJITSU LIMITED, SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC. ET LES SOCIÉTÉS AFFILIÉES REJETTENT TOUTE
REPRÉSENTATION OU TOUTE GARANTIE, QUELLE QU’EN SOIT LA NATURE (EXPRESSE OU IMPLICITE) CONCERNANT CE
PRODUIT, CETTE TECHNOLOGIE OU CE DOCUMENT, LESQUELS SONT FOURNIS EN L’ÉTAT. EN OUTRE, TOUTES LES CONDITIONS,
REPRÉSENTATIONS ET GARANTIES EXPRESSES OU TACITES, Y COMPRIS NOTAMMENT TOUTE GARANTIE IMPLICITE RELATIVE À
LA QUALITÉ MARCHANDE, À L’APTITUDE À UNE UTILISATION PARTICULIÈRE OU À L’ABSENCE DE CONTREFAÇON, SONT
EXCLUES, DANS LA MESURE AUTORISÉE PAR LA LOI APPLICABLE. Sauf mention contraire expressément stipulée dans ce contrat, dans la
mesure autorisée par la loi applicable, en aucun cas Fujitsu Limited, Sun Microsystems, Inc. ou l’une de leurs filiales ne sauraient être tenues
responsables envers une quelconque partie tierce, sous quelque théorie juridique que ce soit, de tout manque à gagner ou de perte de profit, de
problèmes d’utilisation ou de perte de données, ou d’interruptions d’activités, ou de tout dommage indirect, spécial, secondaire ou consécutif,
même si ces entités ont été préalablement informées d’une telle éventualité.
LA DOCUMENTATION EST FOURNIE “EN L’ETAT” ET TOUTES AUTRES CONDITIONS, DECLARATIONS ET GARANTIES EXPRESSES
OU TACITES SONT FORMELLEMENT EXCLUES, DANS LA MESURE AUTORISEE PAR LA LOI APPLICABLE, Y COMPRIS NOTAMMENT
TOUTE GARANTIE IMPLICITE RELATIVE A LA QUALITE MARCHANDE, A L’APTITUDE A UNE UTILISATION PARTICULIERE OU A
L’ABSENCE DE CONTREFACON.
v
Contents
Preface ix
Intro 1
addboard 7
addcodlicense 11
addfru 13
adduser 15
applynetwork 17
cfgdevice 21
clockboard 27
console 29
deleteboard 31
deletecodlicense 35
deletefru 37
deleteuser 39
disableuser 41
enableuser 43
exit 45
flashupdate 47
fmadm 51
fmdump 53
fmstat 61
ioxadm 65
man 75
vi XSCF Reference Manual April 2007
moveboard 77
nslookup 81
password 83
poweroff 87
poweron 91
prtfru 95
rebootxscf 99
replacefru 101
reset 103
resetdateoffset 107
sendbreak 109
setaltitude 111
setarchiving 113
setaudit 117
setautologout 123
setcod 125
setdate 127
setdcl 131
setdomainmode 137
setdomparam 141
setdscp 143
setdualpowerfeed 147
setemailreport 149
sethostname 153
sethttps 155
setldap 159
setlocale 163
setlocator 165
setlookup 167
setnameserver 169
setnetwork 171
setntp 175
setpasswordpolicy 179
setpowerupdelay 183
Contents vii
setprivileges 185
setroute 189
setshutdowndelay 193
setsmtp 195
setsnmp 199
setsnmpusm 205
setsnmpvacm 209
setssh 213
settelnet 219
settimezone 221
setupfru 227
showaltitude 229
showarchiving 231
showaudit 235
showautologout 239
showboards 241
showcod 245
showcodlicense 247
showcodusage 249
showconsolepath 255
showdate 257
showdcl 259
showdevices 265
showdomainmode 271
showdomainstatus 273
showdscp 275
showdualpowerfeed 279
showemailreport 281
showenvironment 283
showfru 287
showhardconf 289
showhostname 295
showhttps 297
showldap 299
viii XSCF Reference Manual April 2007
showlocale 301
showlocator 303
showlogs 305
showlookup 319
showmonitorlog 321
shownameserver 323
shownetwork 325
shownotice 331
showntp 333
showpasswordpolicy 335
showpowerupdelay 337
showresult 339
showroute 341
showshutdowndelay 345
showsmtp 347
showsnmp 349
showsnmpusm 351
showsnmpvacm 353
showssh 355
showstatus 359
showtelnet 361
showtimezone 363
showuser 367
snapshot 369
switchscf 377
testsb 379
unlockmaintenance 383
version 385
viewaudit 389
who 395
Preface ix
Preface
This manual describes how to use the shell command which can be executed in the
eXtended System Control Facility (hereinafter referred to as XSCF) environment in
SPARC Enterprise M4000/M5000/M8000/M9000 servers. The shell command is
hereinafter referred to as XSCF shell command.
XSCF is a system monitoring facility to conduct monitoring, control, operation, or
maintenance of main unit and domains of SPARC Enterprise M4000/M5000/M8000/
M9000 servers. It is mounted as a firmware on the service processor which is
independent from the processor of the system. For each command, this manual
describes how to use and the execution examples, available in XSCF environment.
This document is provided as a manual to study the point which you can't understand
or would like to check on, while using XSCF shell command. Instead of reading from
the start as you do so when reading a tutorial, it is recommended to use this manual
as you come across a point you would like to check on.
The description of XSCF shell command written in this manual is the same as the
manual page which appears as a result of man command executed in XSCF
environment. For how to use the man command, please refer to man(1) in this manual.
In addition, for the detail content of XSCF, please refer to SPARC Enterprise M4000/
M5000/M8000/M9000 Servers XSCF Users Guide.
This section includes:
“Audience” on page x
“Notation of This Manual” on page x
“SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers Documentation” on page xii
“Abbreviated References to Other Documents” on page xv
“Models” on page xvi
“Prompt Notations” on page xvi
“Software License” on page xvii
“Fujitsu Welcomes Your Comments” on page xvii
xXSCF Reference Manual April 2007
Audience
This manual is intended for users, who administrate SPARC Enterprise M4000/
M5000/M8000/M9000 servers (hereinafter referred to as XSCF user). The XSCF user is
required to have the following knowledge:
SolarisTM Operating System and Unix command
SPARC Enterprise M4000/M5000/M8000/M9000 servers and basic knowledge of
XSCF
Notation of This Manual
Here describes the notation used in this manual.
Intro(8) provides the XSCF shell commands and the brief description of them in the
alphabetical order.
Preface xi
Each XSCF shell command is described in the order of sections below. When there's no
relevant description provided, the section itself is omitted.
Section Description
NAME This section gives the names of the XSCF shell commands,
followed by a brief description of what they do.
SYNOPSIS This section gives the syntax of commands.
The use of font style complies with the following rule.
bold Enters the command name or the constants as
displayed.
Italic Substitutes the variables and so forth with the
appropriate values when the command executed.
The use of symbols such as parenthesis complies with the
following rule.
[ ] Brackets. The OPTIONS or OPERANDS enclosed in
these brackets can be omitted. Those not enclosed can't
be omitted.
{ } Braces. The OPTIONS or OPERANDS enclosed in these
braces are treated as a unit.
| Separator. You should specify one of the OPTIONS or
OPERANDS delimited with this symbol "|".
... Ellipsis. You can specify multiple OPTIONS or
OPERANDS just before.
DESCRIPTION This section gives the detailed description such as the
command function. It describes the behavior after the
command executed and the content to be displayed. It doesn't
describe how to specify the OPTIONS or OPERANDS.
Privileges This section gives the privileges required for command
execution. In case that what can be executed varies by the user
privileges, it is described here.
OPTIONS This section gives the meaning of and how to specify the
OPTIONS. In case the OPERANDS required for the OPTIONS,
it is described here.
To specify multiple 1-character OPTIONS, you may specify the
first OPTION followed by the alphabetic part of the second.
e.g. fmadm -a -i fmadm -ai
xii XSCF Reference Manual April 2007
SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers
Documentation
The manuals listed below are provided for reference.
OPERANDS This section gives the meaning of and how to specify the
OPERANDS. The OPERANDS which follows the OPTIONS are
described in "OPTIONS."
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
This section gives the description in case the supplementary
explanation required in addition to the content written in
"DESCRIPTION." Also used to divide the description
prolonged in "DESCRIPTION."
EXAMPLES This section gives the examples of command execution. The
explanation of examples, the execution command, and the
messages returned from the system as a result of execution.
EXIT STATUS This section gives the status which shows whether or not the
command executed normally terminated. "0" for normal
termination, and ">0" for abnormal termination.
SEE ALSO This section gives the related command names.
Book Titles Manual Codes
SPARC Enterprise M4000/M5000 Servers Site Planning Guide C120-H015
SPARC Enterprise M8000/M9000 Servers Site Planning Guide C120-H014
SPARC Enterprise Equipment Rack Mounting Guide C120-H016
SPARC Enterprise M4000/M5000 Servers Getting Started Guide C120-E345
SPARC Enterprise M8000/M9000 Servers Getting Started Guide C120-E323
SPARC Enterprise M4000/M5000 Servers Overview Guide C120-E346
SPARC Enterprise M8000/M9000 Servers Overview Guide C120-E324
Important Safety Information for Hardware Systems C120-E391
SPARC Enterprise M4000/M5000 Servers Safety and
Compliance Guide
C120-E348
Section Description
Preface xiii
1. Manuals on the Web
The latest versions of all the SPARC Enterprise series manuals are available at the
following websites. The latest manuals can be downloaded in a batch.
Global Site:
http://www.fujitsu.com/sparcenterprise/manual/
Japanese Site:
http://primeserver.fujitsu.com/sparcenterprise/manual/
SPARC Enterprise M8000/M9000 Servers Safety and
Compliance Guide
C120-E326
SPARC Enterprise M4000 Server Unpacking Guide C120-E349
SPARC Enterprise M5000 Server Unpacking Guide C120-E350
SPARC Enterprise M8000/M9000 Servers Unpacking Guide C120-E327
SPARC Enterprise M4000/M5000 Servers Installation Guide C120-E351
SPARC Enterprise M8000/M9000 Servers Installation Guide C120-E328
SPARC Enterprise M4000/M5000 Servers Service Manual C120-E352
SPARC Enterprise M8000/M9000 Servers Service Manual C120-E330
External I/O Expansion Unit Installation and Service Manual C120-E329
SPARC Enterprise M4000/M5000/M8000/M9000 Servers RCI
Build Procedure
C120-E361
SPARC Enterprise M4000/M5000/M8000/M9000 Servers
Administration Guide
C120-E331
SPARC Enterprise M4000/M5000/M8000/M9000 Servers XSCF
User’s Guide
C120-E332
SPARC Enterprise M4000/M5000/M8000/M9000 Servers XSCF
Reference Manual
C120-E333
SPARC Enterprise M4000/M5000/M8000/M9000 Servers
Dynamic Reconfiguration (DR) User’s Guide
C120-E335
SPARC Enterprise M4000/M5000/M8000/M9000 Servers
Capacity on Demand (COD) User’s Guide
C120-E336
SPARC Enterprise M4000/M5000/M8000/M9000 Servers RCI
User’s Guide
C120-E360
SPARC Enterprise M4000/M5000 Servers Product Notes C120-E347
SPARC Enterprise M8000/M9000 Servers Product Notes C120-E325
Book Titles Manual Codes
xiv XSCF Reference Manual April 2007
Note – Product Notes is available on the website only. Please check for the recent
update on your product.
2. Documentation CD
For the Documentation CD, please contact your local sales representative.
SPARC Enterprise M4000/M5000 Servers Documentation CD (C120-E365)
SPARC Enterprise M8000/M9000 Servers Documentation CD (C120-E364)
3. Manual included on the Enhanced Support Facility x.x CD-ROM disk
Remote maintenance Service
4. Provided in system
Man page of the XSCF
Note – The man page can be referenced on the XSCF Shell, and it provides the same
content as the SPARC Enterprise M4000/M5000/M8000/M9000 Servers XSCF Reference
Manual.
5. Documentations and Supporting on the Web
The latest information about other documents and the supporting of the SPARC
Enterprise series are provided on the website.
a. Message:
http://www.fujitsu.com/sparcenterprise/msg/
b. Downloading the firmware program:
Contact the field engineer.
The following files or document are provided:
i. Firmware program file (XSCF Control Package (XCP) file)
ii. XSCF extension MIB definition file
Note – XSCF Control Package (XCP) : XCP is a package which has the control
programs of hardware that configures a computing system. The XSCF firmware and
the OpenBoot PROM firmware are included in the XCP file.
Book Title Manual Code
Enhanced Support Facility User’s Guide for REMCS C112-B067
Preface xv
c. Fault Management MIB (SUN-FM-MIB) definition file
http://src.opensolaris.org/source/xref/innv/onnv-gate/usr/
src/lib/fm/libfmd_snmp/mibs/
d. Solaris Operating System Related Manuals
http://docs.sun.com/
6. Provided in firmware program CD (For maintenance service <for FEs>)
a. Firmware program file (XSCF Control Package (XCP) file)
b. XSCF extension MIB definition file
7. Information on Using the RCI function
The manual does not contain an explanation of the RCI build procedure. For
information on using the RCI function, refer to the SPARC Enterprise M4000/M5000/
M8000/M9000 Servers RCI Build Procedure and SPARC Enterprise M4000/M5000/
M8000/M9000 Servers RCI Users Guide available on the website.
Abbreviated References to Other
Documents
In this manual, the following abbreviated titles may be used when referring to a
systems manual. The following table lists the abbreviations used in this manual.
Abbreviated Title Full Title
Overview Guide SPARC Enterprise M4000/M5000 Servers Overview
Guide
SPARC Enterprise M8000/M9000 Servers Overview
Guide
Service Manual SPARC Enterprise M4000/M5000 Servers Service
Manual
SPARC Enterprise M8000/M9000 Servers Service
Manual
Installation Guide SPARC Enterprise M4000/M5000 Servers
Installation Guide
SPARC Enterprise M8000/M9000 Servers
Installation Guide
xvi XSCF Reference Manual April 2007
Models
The model names used in this manual are as follows.
Prompt Notations
The following prompt notations are used in the manual.
Administration Guide SPARC Enterprise M4000/M5000/M8000/M9000
Servers Administration Guide
XSCF User’s Guide SPARC Enterprise M4000/M5000/M8000/M9000
Servers XSCF User’s Guide
Dynamic Reconfiguration
User’s Guide
SPARC Enterprise M4000/M5000/M8000/M9000
Servers Dynamic Reconfiguration (DR) User’s Guide
Server class Model name
Midrange SPARC Enterprise M4000
SPARC Enterprise M5000
High-end SPARC Enterprise M8000
SPARC Enterprise M9000
Shell Prompt Notations
XSCF XSCF>
C shell machine-name%
C shell super user machine-name#
Abbreviated Title Full Title
Preface xvii
Software License
The function to explain in this manual uses the softwares of GPL,LGPL and others.
For the information of the license, see Appendix E, "Software License Condition" in
SPARC Enterprise M4000/M5000/M8000/M9000 Servers XSCF Users Guide.
Fujitsu Welcomes Your Comments
We would appreciate your comments and suggestions to improve this document. You
can submit your comments by using “Reader's Comment Form” on page xix.
Bourne shell and Korn shell $
Bourne shell and Korn shell
super user
#
OpenBoot PROM ok
Shell Prompt Notations
xviii XSCF Reference Manual April 2007
Preface xix
Reader's Comment Form
xx XSCF Reference Manual April 2007
FOLD AND TAPE
FOLD AND TAPE
BUSINESS REPLY MAIL
FIRST-CLASS MAIL PERMIT NO 741 SUNNYVALE CA
NO POSTAGE
NECESSARY
IF MAILED
IN THE
UNITED STATES
POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE
FUJITSU COMPUTER SYSTEMS
AT T E NT ION ENGINEERING OPS M/S 249
1250 EAST ARQUES AVENUE
P O BOX 3470
SUNNYVALE CA 94088-3470
Intro(8)
System Administration 1
NAME Intro - eXtended System Control Facility (XSCF) man pages
DESCRIPTION This manual contains XSCF man pages.
LIST OF
COMMANDS
The following commands are supported:
Intro,intro eXtended System Control Facility (XSCF) man pages
addboard configure an eXtended System Board(XSB) into the domain
configuration or assign it to the domain configuration
addcodlicense add a Capacity on Demand (COD) right-to-use (RTU)
license key to the COD license database
addfru add a Field Replaceable Unit (FRU)
adduser create an XSCF user account
applynetwork reset XSCF to reflect information that has been set for the
XSCF network
cfgdevice connect a DVD/TAPE drive to the port, disconnect it from
the port, or display the status of the drive
clockboard set or display the clock control unit used at system startup
console connect to a domain console
deleteboard disconnect an eXtended System Board (XSB) from the
domain configuration
deletecodlicense remove a Capacity on Demand (COD) right-to-use (RTU)
license key from the COD license database
deletefru delete a Field Replaceable Unit (FRU)
deleteuser delete an XSCF user account
disableuser disable an XSCF user account
enableuser enable an XSCF user account
exit exit the XSCF shell
flashupdate update the firmware
fmadm fault management configuration tool
fmdump view fault management logs
fmstat report fault management module statistics
ioxadm manage External I/O Expansion Units
man display manual pages of specified XSCF shell command
Intro(8)
2XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
moveboard move an eXtended System Board (XSB) from the current
domain to another
nslookup refer to the DNS server for the host
password manage user passwords and expiration settings
poweroff turn off the power to the specified domain
poweron turn on the power to the specified domain
prtfru display FRUID data on the system and External I/O
Expansion Unit
rebootxscf reset the XSCF
replacefru replace a field replaceable unit (FRU)
reset reset the specified domain
resetdateoffset reset the time subtraction between XSCF and the domain
sendbreak send a break signal to the specified domain
setaltitude set the altitude of the system
setarchiving configure the log archiving functionality
setaudit manage the system auditing functionality
setautologout set the session timeout time of the XSCF shell
setcod set up the Capacity on Demand (COD) resources used for
domains
setdate set the date and time of XSCF
setdcl set a domain component list (DCL)
setdomainmode set a domain mode
setdomparam forcibly rewrite OpenBoot PROM environment variables
setdscp set the IP address assignments for the Domain to Service
Processor Communications Protocol (DSCP)
setdualpowerfeed set dual power feed mode
setemailreport set up the email report configuration data
sethostname set a host name and domain name for an XSCF unit
sethttps start or stop the HTTPS service, which is used in the XSCF
network. This command also performs authentication-
related settings.
setldap configure the Service Processor as a Lightweight Directory
Access Protocol (LDAP) client
Intro(8)
System Administration 3
setlocale set the default locale of the XSCF
setlocator control the blinking of the CHECK LED on the operator
panel
setlookup enable or disable the use of the Lightweight Directory
Access Protocol (LDAP) server for authentication and
privilege lookup
setnameserver set the domain name system (DNS) servers used in the
XSCF network
setnetwork configure a network interface using by XSCF
setntp set the NTP servers used in the XSCF network
setpasswordpolicy manage the system password policy
setpowerupdelay set the warm-up time of the system and wait time before
system startup
setprivileges assign user privileges
setroute set routing information for an XSCF network interface
setshutdowndelay set the shutdown wait time at power interruption of the
uninterruptible power supply (UPS)
setsmtp set up the SMTP settings
setsnmp manage the SNMP agent
setsnmpusm specify the SNMPv3 agent’s User-based Security Model
(USM) configuration
setsnmpvacm modify the SNMPv3 agent’s View-based Access Control
Model (VACM) configuration
setssh set the SSH service used in the XSCF network. Also,
generate the host public key, and register or delete the user
public key, which are necessary for the SSH service
settelnet start or stop the telnet service used in the XSCF network
settimezone set the time zone and Daylight Saving Time of XSCF
setupfru set up device hardware
showaltitude display the altitude state of the system
showarchiving display log archiving configuration and status
showaudit display the current auditing system state
showautologout display the session timeout time of the XSCF shell
showboards display information on an eXtended System Board (XSB)
Intro(8)
4XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
showcod display Capacity on Demand (COD) configuration
information
showcodlicense display the current Capacity on Demand (COD) right-to-
use (RTU) licenses stored in the COD license database
showcodusage display the current usage statistics for Capacity on Demand
(COD) resources
showconsolepath display information on the domain console that is currently
connected
showdate show the date and time of XSCF
showdcl display the current domain component list (DCL)
showdevices display current information on an eXtended System Board
(XSB)
showdomainmode display the domain mode
showdomainstatus display the current domain component list (DCL)
showdscp display the IP addresses assigned to the Domain to Service
Processor Communications Protocol (DSCP)
showdualpowerfeed display the current setting of dual power feed mode
showemailreport display the email report configuration data
showenvironment display the intake air temperature and humidity,
temperature sensor information, voltage sensor
information, and fan rotation information about the system
showfru display the hardware settings of specified device
showhardconf display information about field replaceable unit (FRU)
installed in the system
showhostname display the current host name for the XSCF unit
showhttps display the status of the HTTPS service set for the XSCF
network
showldap display the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP)
configuration for the Service Processor
showlocale display the current setting for the XSCF locale
showlocator display the state of the CHECK LED on the operator panel
showlogs display the specified log
showlookup display the configuration for authentication and privileges
lookup
Intro(8)
System Administration 5
showmonitorlog display the contents of monitoring messages in real time
shownameserver display the registered domain name system (DNS) servers
specified on the XSCF network
shownetwork display information of network interfaces for XSCF
shownotice display copyright and license information for the eXtended
System Control Facility (XSCF) Control Package (XCP)
showntp display the NTP servers currently set for the XSCF network
showpasswordpolicy display the current password settings
showpowerupdelay display the current settings for the warm-up time of the
system and wait time before system startup
showresult display the exit status of the most recently executed
command
showroute display routing information for an XSCF network interface
showshutdowndelay show the shutdown wait time at power interruption of the
uninterruptible power supply (UPS)
showsmtp display the SMTP configuration information
showsnmp display the configuration information and current status of
the SNMP agent
showsnmpusm display the current User-based Security Model (USM)
information for the SNMP agent
showsnmpvacm display the current View-based Access Control Access
(VACM) information for the SNMP agent
showssh display the status, host public keys, fingerprint, or user
public keys of the SSH service configured for the XSCF
network
showstatus display the degraded Field Replaceable Units (FRUs)
showtelnet display the current status of the telnet service for the XSCF
network
showtimezone display the XSCF time zone and Daylight Saving Time
information of current settings
showuser display user account information
snapshot collect and transfer environment, log, error, and FRUID
data
switchscf switch the XSCF unit between the active and standby states
Intro(8)
6XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
testsb perform an initial diagnosis of the specified physical
system board (PSB)
unlockmaintenance forcibly release the locked status of XSCF
version display firmware version
viewaudit display audit records
who display a list of the user accounts who are logged in to the
XSCF
addboard(8)
System Administration 7
NAME addboard - configure an eXtended System Board(XSB) into the domain
configuration or assign it to the domain configuration
SYNOPSIS addboard [[-q]-{y|n}][-f][-v][-c configure]-d domain_id xsb [xsb...]
addboard [[-q]-{y|n}][-f][-v]-c assign -d domain_id xsb [xsb...]
addboard [[-q]-{y|n}][-f][-v]-c reserve -d domain_id xsb [xsb...]
addboard -h
DESCRIPTION The addboard(8) command, based on domain component list (DCL), configures a
XSB into the domain configuration or assigns it to the domain configuration.
One of the following configuration methods can be specified:
Privileges You must have one of the following privileges to run this command:
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
configure Configures an XSB into the specified domain configuration. The
incorporated XSB can be accessed from the operating system.
assign Assigns an XSB to the specified domain. The assigned XSB is
reserved for the specified domain and cannot be configured in or
assigned to other domains. The assigned XSB is configured in
the domain by reboot or execution of the addboard(8)
command with "-c configure".
reserve Reserves incorporation of an XSB into the domain configuration.
The action of "reserve" is the same as "assign."
platadm Can run this command for all domains.
domainadm Can run this command only for your managed domains.
-c assign Assigns an XSB to the domain configuration. If the -c option is
omitted, "-c configure" is used.
-c configure Configures an XSB in the domain configuration. If the -c option
is omitted, "-c configure" is used.
-c reserve Reserves incorporation of an XSB into the domain configuration.
If the -c option is omitted, "-c configure" is used.
-d domain_id Specifies the ID of the domain in which an XSB is to be
configured or to which it is to be assigned. domain_id can be 0–23
depending on the system configuration.
addboard(8)
8XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
OPERANDS The following operand is supported:
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
When the command is executed, a prompt to confirm execution of the command
with the specified options is displayed. Enter "y" to execute the command or "n"
to cancel the command.
If "-c configure" is specified when either the domain power has been turned
off or the operating system is not running, an error occurs.
When "-c configure" is specified, hardware diagnosis is performed on the
system board before it is incorporated into the domain. Therefore, command
execution may take time.
To use the addboard(8) command to configure or assign a system board, DCL
must be set up in advance using the setdcl(8) command.
If the addboard(8) command is executed under the progress of power-on or
power-off processing, the busy status is returned. After that processing in the
domain is completed, reexecute the command.
-f Forcibly incorporates into a domain an XSB.
Note – If the -f option is used to forcibly add a system board to
a domain, all the added hardware resources may not work
normally. For this reason, use of the -f option is not
recommended in normal operation. If the -f option must be
specified, verify the status of every added system board and
device.
-h Displays usage statement. When used with other options or
operands, an error occurs.
-n Automatically answers 'n' (no) to all prompts.
-q Suppresses all messages to stdout, including prompts.
-v Displays a detailed message. If this option is specified with the
-q option, the -v option is ignored.
-y Automatically answers 'y' (yes) to all prompts.
xsb Specifies the XSB number to be configured or assigned. Multiple
xsb operands are permitted, separated by spaces. The following
xsb form is accepted:
x–y
where:
xAn integer from 0015.
yAn integer from 03.
addboard(8)
System Administration 9
See the setdcl(8) and showdcl(8) commands for DCL.
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Configures XSB#00-0, #01-0, #02-0, and #03-0 into domain ID 0.
EXAMPLE 2 Configures XSB#00-0, #01-0, #02-0, and #03-0 forcibly into domain ID 2.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO deleteboard(8),moveboard(8),replacefru(8),setdcl(8),setdomainmode(8),
setupfru(8),showboards(8),showdcl(8),showdevices(8),
showdomainstatus(8),showfru(8),testsb(8)
XSCF> addboard -y -c assign -d 0 00-0 01-0 02-0 03-0
XSCF> addboard -f -d 2 00-0 01-0 02-0 03-0
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
addboard(8)
10 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
addcodlicense(8)
System Administration 11
NAME addcodlicense - add a Capacity on Demand (COD) right-to-use (RTU) license key to
the COD license database
SYNOPSIS addcodlicense license-signature
addcodlicense -h
DESCRIPTION addcodlicense(8) adds the COD RTU specified license key to the COD license
database on the Service Processor. When the license key is added, the quantity of
headroom is reduced by the quantity provided by the license key. The quantity of
headroom cannot be lower than 0.
Note – Before you run this command, you must obtain a COD license key. To
obtain a license key, contact your sales representative. For details on COD RTU
license keys, refer to the COD documentation for your server.
Privileges You must have platadm privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following option is supported:
OPERANDS The following operand is supported:
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Adding a COD RTU License Key
After this command completes, you will see messages similar to these in the XSCF
console:
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
-h Displays usage statement.
When used with other options or operands, an error occurs.
license-signature Specifies the COD RTU license key to be added to the COD
license database.
XSCF> addcodlicense \
01:84000000:104:0301010100:3:00000000:xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
codd 15:51:36: COD PROC Headroom changed to 1
codd 15:51:36: Headroom reduced after adding the license
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
addcodlicense(8)
12 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
SEE ALSO deletecodlicense(8),setcod(8),showcod(8),showcodlicense(8),
showcodusage(8)
addfru(8)
System Administration 13
NAME addfru - add a Field Replaceable Unit (FRU)
SYNOPSIS addfru
addfru -h
DESCRIPTION The addfru(8) command adds an FRU.
The addfru(8) command enables the user to make the settings that are required for
FRU addition and related to selecting, confirming, and mounting FRUs,
interactively using menus.
The following FRUs can be added by the addfru(8) command:
CPU memory unit (CMU)
I/O unit (IOU)
Fan unit (FANU)
Power supply unit (PSU)
Privileges You must have fieldeng privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following option is supported:
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO deletefru(8),replacefru(8),setupfru(8),showfru(8),showhardconf(8),
testsb(8),unlockmaintenance(8)
-h Displays usage statement.
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
addfru(8)
14 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
adduser(8)
System Administration 15
NAME adduser - create an XSCF user account
SYNOPSIS adduser [-u UID]user
adduser -h
DESCRIPTION adduser(8) creates a new local XSCF user account. This account is used to
configure, operate, manage and administrate the XSCF firmware. Initially, this
account has no password. It cannot be used for login until either the password is set
(using password(8)) or Secure Shell (SSH) public key authentication is set for the
user. The new account will be locked but not disabled. The system can support up
to 100 local users with an average length of 10 characters for the user operand.
When invoked without the -u option, adduser automatically assigns a UID for the
user account. When invoked with the -u option adduser assigns the given UID to
the user account. Automatic UIDs are assigned starting from 100.
If the Service Processor is configured to use Lightweight Directory Access Protocol
(LDAP) for user account data, the user name and UID (if specified) must not
already be in use, either locally or in LDAP.
When a user is created, adduser(8) command stores the current password policy
values in a file for the user. For more information on setting password policy see,
setpasswordpolicy(8).
Privileges You must have useradm privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported.
OPERANDS The following operand is supported:
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Creating a New User
-h Displays usage statement.
When used with other options or operands, an error occurs.
-u UID Creates a new user with the given user identifier (UID). Specifying
a UID is optional. If specified, the UID must be greater than or
equal to 100; and 65534 and 65535 are reserved. If not specified, a
UID is automatically assigned.
user Specifies a valid user name. Name of the user account to be
added. Maximum name length is 32 characters.
XSCF> adduser -u 359 jsmith
adduser(8)
16 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO deleteuser(8),disableuser(8),enableuser(8),password(8),setldap(8),
setpasswordpolicy(8),showldap(8),showpasswordpolicy(8),showuser(8)
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
applynetwork(8)
System Administration 17
NAME applynetwork - reset XSCF to reflect information that has been set for the XSCF
network
SYNOPSIS applynetwork [[-q]-{y|n}][-M]
applynetwork -h
DESCRIPTION applynetwork(8) resets XSCF to reflect network information that has been set for
an XSCF unit.
When setting one of the following, XSCF should be reset to reflect network
information using the applynetwork(8) command.
XSCF host name
DNS servers
DNS domain name
IP address
netmask
routing
Host name, DNS domain name, name server, IP address, net mask, and routing
setting information is displayed when resetting. In case the active XSCF is normal
and the standby XSCF is abnormal, resets the active XSCF only.
Note – If XSCF is reset without using the applynetwork(8) command, network
information that is set is not reflected in XSCF. Also, information that is set is
deleted.
Privileges You must have platadm privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following option is supported:
OPERANDS There are no operands.
-h Displays usage statement. When used with other options or
operands, an error occurs.
-M Displays text by page. This option provides a function that is
the same as that of the more command.
-n Automatically answers 'n' (no) to all prompts.
-q Suppresses all messages to stdout, including prompts.
-y Automatically answers 'y' (yes) to all prompts.
applynetwork(8)
18 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
When the command is executed, a prompt to confirm execution of the command
with the specified options is displayed. Enter "y" to execute the command or "n"
to cancel the command.
Unless all of the host name, DNS domain name, IP address, net mask, and
routing settings have been made, it results in errors. Please execute the
sethostname(8), setnetwork(8), and setroute(8) command to set all items,
then reexecute the applynetwork(8) command.
To set to multiple interfaces, all of the host name, DNS domain name, IP address,
net mask, and routing settings need to be set on every interface. In these
interfaces, if any of these setting items omitted, it results in errors.
To specify a host name, use the sethostname(8) command. To specify an IP
address and net mask, use the setnetwork(8) command. To specify routing, use
the setroute(8) command.
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Resets XSCF to reflect the information that has been set for the XSCF net-
work. The set contents are displayed and reflected after XSCF is reset.
On a midrange server:
XSCF> applynetwork
The following network settings will be applied:
xscf#0 hostname :hostname-0
DNS domain name :example.com
nameserver :10.23.4.3
interface :xscf#0-lan#0
status :up
IP address :10.24.144.214
netmask :255.255.255.0
route :-n 0.0.0.0 -m 0.0.0.0 -g 10.24.144.1
interface :xscf#0-lan#1
status :down
IP address :
netmask :
route :
The XSCF will be reset. Continue? [y|n] :y
applynetwork(8)
System Administration 19
On a high-end server:
The case of high-end server.
XSCF> applynetwork
The following network settings will be applied:
xscf#0 hostname :hostname-0
xscf#1 hostname :hostname-1
DNS domain name :example.com
nameserver :10.23.4.3
interface :xscf#0-lan#0
status :up
IP address :10.24.144.214
netmask :255.255.255.0
route : -n 0.0.0.0 -m 0.0.0.0 -g 10.24.144.1
interface :xscf#0-lan#1
status :down
IP address :
netmask :
route :
interface :xscf#0-if
status :down
IP address :10.24.100.1
netmask :
route :
interface :lan#0
status :down
IP address :
netmask :
route :
interface :xscf#1-lan#0
status :up
IP address :10.24.144.215
netmask :255.255.255.0
route : -n 0.0.0.0 -m 0.0.0.0 -g 10.24.144.1
interface :xscf#1-lan#1
status :down
IP address :
netmask :
route :
interface :xscf#1-if
status :down
IP address :10.24.100.2
netmask :255.255.255.0
route :
interface :lan#1
status :down
IP address :
netmask :
route :
Both XSCF will be reset. Continue? [y|n] :y
applynetwork(8)
20 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXAMPLE 2 On the midrange server, resets XSCF to reflect the information that has
been set for the XSCF network. Automatically answers "y" to all prompts.
EXAMPLE 3 Resets XSCF to reflect the information that has been set for the XSCF net-
work. Suppresses prompts, and automatically answers "y" to all prompts.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO sethostname(8),setnetwork(8),setroute(8)
XSCF> applynetwork -y
The following network settings will be applied:
xscf#0 hostname :hostname-0
DNS domain name :example.com
nameserver :10.23.4.3
interface :xscf#0-lan#0
status :up
IP address :10.24.144.214
netmask :255.255.255.0
route :-n 0.0.0.0 -m 0.0.0.0 -g 10.24.144.1
interface :xscf#0-lan#1
status :down
IP address :
netmask :
route :
The XSCF will be reset. Continue? [y|n] :y
XSCF> applynetwork -q -y
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
cfgdevice(8)
System Administration 21
NAME cfgdevice - connect a DVD/TAPE drive to the port, disconnect it from the port, or
display the status of the drive
SYNOPSIS cfgdevice [[-q]-{y|n}]-c attach -p port_no
cfgdevice [[-q]-{y|n}]-c detach -p port_no
cfgdevice -l [-M]
cfgdevice -h
DESCRIPTION The cfgdevice(8) connects a DVD/TAPE drive to the specified port, disconnects it
from the domain, or displays the current status of the DVD/TAPE drive.
To connect the DVD/TAPE drive, the port number which is a PCI slot number on
the I/O unit which installed IOU Onboard Device Card A (IOUA) needs to specify.
Executing the cfgdevice(8) command, the DVD/TAPE drive is connected to
specified port by the built-in switching unit.
cfgdevice(8)
22 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
The current status of the drive that is displayed with this command includes the
following types of status information:
The cfgdevice(8) command is valid only for high-end server.
Privileges You must have one of the following privileges to run this command:
For connection and disconnection:
platadm,fieldeng
For displaying the status:
platadm,fieldeng
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
port_no Port number of the port where the IOUA is installed and that
can be connected to a DVD/TAPE drive. It is displayed in the
"IOU number-PCI slot number" format.
IOU/SAS-status Connection status between IOUA and built-in switching unit. It
is changed by specifying "attach"or"detach."
enable/disable: Setting status of the cfgdeive(8) command
enable: Connected with "-c attach."
disable: Not connected.
up/down: Logical connection between IOUA and built-in
switching unit.
up: Connected.
down: Not connected.
SAS-status Connection status between I/O unit and the system.
enable/disable: Connection setting between I/O unit and
the system. When starting a domain with no I/O unit, the
"disable" may be displayed.
enable:Yes
disable:No
up/down: Logical connection between I/O unit and the
system.
up: Connected.
down: Not connected.
cfgdevice(8)
System Administration 23
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
When the command is executed, a prompt to confirm execution of the command
with the specified options is displayed. Enter "y" to execute the command or "n"
to cancel the command.
If connection or disconnection is made when the power supply of the system is
ON, settings are made immediately after cfgdevice(8) command execution.
When the power supply of the system is OFF, connection or disconnection is
reserved and settings are made after the power supply is turned on.
The DVD/TAPE connection is maintained even if the domain configuration is
changed, or a CPU memory unit (CMU) or I/O unit (IOU) is replaced with a
connected DVD/TAPE drive.
The DVD/TAPE connection is maintained even if the domain power is turned
off or the system is rebooted.
-c attach Connects a DVD/TAPE drive to the specified port.
-c detach Disconnects the DVD/TAPE drive from the specified port.
-h Displays usage statement. When used with other options or
operands, an error occurs.
-l Displays the current status of the DVD/TAPE drive currently
set up.
-M Displays text by page. This option provides a function that is
the same as that of the more command.
-n Automatically answers 'n' (no) to all prompts.
-p port_no Specifies the number of the port, in the specified domain, to
which the DVD/TAPE drive is to be connected. port_no can
be specified in the ’IOU number-PCI slot number’ format. The
-p option cannot be omitted.
-q Suppresses all messages to stdout, including prompts.
-y Automatically answers 'y' (yes) to all prompts.
cfgdevice(8)
24 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
A DVD/TAPE drive is mounted in each of the base and expansion cabinets in a
high-end server that has the expansion cabinet. In such cases, each DVD/TAPE
drive can be connected only to a domain within the cabinet in which the drive is
mounted. Settings for connection must be made for both the base cabinet and
expansion cabinet.
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 When the system is being powered off, reserves the connection of a DVD/
TAPE drive to the port 0-0.
EXAMPLE 2 When the system is being powered on, connects a DVD/TAPE drive to port
0-0.
EXAMPLE 3 Disconnects the DVD/TAPE drive from the port 0-0.
XSCF> cfgdevice -l
Current connection for DVD/DAT:
Main chassis: port 0-0
Expansion chassis: port 8-0
Expander status
Port No. IOU/SAS-status SAS-status
-----------------------------------
0-0 enable up enable up
0-2 disable up enable up
0-4 disable up enable up
0-6 disable up enable up
1-0 disable up enable up
1-2 disable up enable up
1-4 disable up enable up
1-6 disable up enable up
2-0 disable up enable up
2-2 disable up enable up
2-4 disable up enable up
2-6 disable up enable up
8-0 enable up enable up
8-2 disable up enable up
8-4 disable up enable up
8-6 disable up enable up
XSCF> cfgdevice -c attach -p 0-0
Are you sure you want to attach the device [y|n] :y
Completed.( Reservation )
XSCF> cfgdevice -c attach -p 0-0
Are you sure you want to attach the device [y|n] :y
Completed.
XSCF> cfgdevice -f -c detach -p 0-0
Are you sure you want to detach the device [y|n] :y
Completed.
cfgdevice(8)
System Administration 25
EXAMPLE 4 Displays the status of individual DVD/TAPE drives set (without the expan-
sion cabinet).
EXAMPLE 5 Displays the status of individual DVD/TAPE drives set (with the expansion
cabinet).
EXAMPLE 6 Connects a DVD/TAPE drive to port 0-0 when the system is being powered
on. Automatically answers "y" to all prompts.
EXAMPLE 7 Connects a DVD/TAPE drive to port 0-0 when the system is being powered
on. Automatically answers "y" to all prompts without displaying messages.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
XSCF> cfgdevice -l
Current connection for DVD/DAT: port 0-0
Expander status
Port No. IOU/SAS-status SAS-status
-----------------------------------
0-0 enable up enable up
0-2 disable up enable up
XSCF> cfgdevice -l
Current connection for DVD/DAT: port 0-0
Expander status
Port No. IOU/SAS-status SAS-status
-----------------------------------
0-0 enable up enable up
0-2 disable up enable up
0-4 disable up enable up
0-6 disable up enable up
1-0 disable up enable up
1-2 disable up enable up
1-4 disable up enable up
1-6 disable up enable up
2-0 disable up enable up
2-2 disable up enable up
2-4 disable up enable up
2-6 disable up enable up
8-0 enable up enable up
8-2 disable up enable up
8-4 disable up enable up
8-6 disable up enable up
XSCF> cfgdevice -y -c attach -p 0-0
Are you sure you want to attach the device [y|n] :y
Completed.
XSCF> cfgdevice -q -y -c attach -p 0-0
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
cfgdevice(8)
26 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
clockboard(8)
System Administration 27
NAME clockboard - Set or display the clock control unit used at system startup
SYNOPSIS clockboard -c display
clockboard -c set -s CLKU_B-number
clockboard -h
DESCRIPTION The clockboard(8) command specifies the clock control unit used when the
system power is turned on, or it displays the clock control unit that is currently
used and the clock control unit used at the next system startup.
The number 0 or 1 is used to specify or display a clock control unit. When the
clockboard(8) command is executed with no options, the clock control unit that is
currently used and the one used at the next system startup are displayed.
The clockboard(8) command is valid only for duplicated configuration of the
clock control unit.
Privileges You must have fieldeng privilege to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displays the clock control unit that is currently used and the one used at the
next system startup.
EXAMPLE 2 Specifies the clock control unit used at the next system startup.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
-h Displays usage statement. When used with other options or
operands, an error occurs.
-s CLKU_B-number Specifies the clock control unit to be used the next time the
system power is turned on. Either 0 or 1 can be specified for
CLKU_B-number.
XSCF> clockboard
current CLKU_B number :0
next CLKU_B number :1
XSCF> clockboard -s 1
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
clockboard(8)
28 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
console(8)
System Administration 29
NAME console - connect to a domain console
SYNOPSIS console [[-q]-{y|n}]-d domain_id [-f |-r][-s escapeChar]
console -h
DESCRIPTION The console(8) command connects the XSCF shell console to the console of the
specified domain (domain console).
Domain consoles include a writable console and read-only console. Only one
writable console and multiple read-only consoles can be connected to one domain.
An attempt to set up a connection to another writable console while one writable
console is already connected results in an error. Even in this case, however, a user
with the platadm or domainadm privilege can forcibly establish a connection to a
writable console, in which case the currently connected writable console is
disconnected.
To exit the domain console and return to the XSCF shell console, press the Enter key
and then enter ’#.’.
Note – The console(8) command does not automatically log out the domain
command line. Make certain to log out from the domain prior to exiting the
console.
Privileges You must have one of the following privileges to run this command:
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported.
platadm,platop,fieldeng
Can run this command for all domains.
domainadm,domainmgr,domainop
Can run this command only for your accessible domains.
-d domain_id Specifies only one ID of the domain in which a system board is
to be configured or to which it is to be assigned. domain_id can
be 0–23 depending on the system confuguration.
-f Forcibly connects to a writable console. The currently
connected writable console is disconnected. Only users who
belong to the platadm or domainadm privilege can specify this
option.
-h Displays usage statement. When used with other options or
operands, an error occurs.
console(8)
30 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
When the command is executed, a prompt to confirm execution of the command
with the specified options is displayed. Enter "y" to execute the command or "n"
to cancel the command.
The domain console regards ’#’ used at the beginning of a line as an escape
character. An escape character is specified to instruct the console to perform
special processing. Examples of processing that can be specified in combination
with ’#’ are as follows.
To enter ’#’ at the beginning of a line, enter ’#’ twice.
To display information on the currently connected domain console, use the
showconsolepath(8) command.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO sendbreak(8),showconsolepath(8)
-n Automatically answers 'n' (no) to all prompts.
-q Suppresses all messages to stdout, including prompts.
-r Sets up a connection to a read-only console.
-s escapeChar Specifies an escape character. The default is ’#’ (sharp). The
character specified for escapeChar must be enclosed in double
quotation (" "). The following symbols can be specified for
escapeChar:
#’, ’@’, ’^’, ’&’, ’?’, ’*’, ’=’, ’.’, ’|
Specified escape character is available only in the session that
executed the console(8) command.
-y Automatically answers 'y' (yes) to all prompts.
#? Outputs a status message.
#. Disconnects the console.
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
deleteboard(8)
System Administration 31
NAME deleteboard - disconnect an eXtended System Board (XSB) from the domain
configuration
SYNOPSIS deleteboard [[-q]-{y|n}][-f][-v][-c disconnect]xsb [xsb...]
deleteboard [[-q]-{y|n}][-f][-v]-c unassign xsb [xsb...]
deleteboard [[-q]-{y|n}][-f][-v]-c reserve xsb [xsb...]
deleteboard -h
DESCRIPTION The deleteboard(8) command disconnects an XSB from the domain configuration
in which it has been configured.
One of the following disconnection methods can be specified:
Privileges You must have one of the following privileges to run this command:
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
disconnect Disconnects the XSB from the domain configuration but keeps it
assigned. Because the XSB thus remains assigned to the domain
configuration, it can be configured again in the domain by
reboot the domain or execution of the addboard(8) command.
unassign Completely disconnects the XSB from the main configuration
and puts it in the system board pool. The XSB in the system
board pool can be incorporated into or assigned to other domain
configurations.
reserve Does not immediately disconnects the XSB from the domain
configuration but only reserves detachment. When the domain
power is shut down, the reserved XSB is disconnected from the
domain configuration and put in the system board pool.
platadm Can run this command for all domains.
domainadm Can run this command only for your managed domains.
deleteboard(8)
32 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
OPTIONS The following options are supported.
OPERANDS The following operand is supported:
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
When the command is executed, a prompt to confirm execution of the command
with the specified options is displayed. Enter "y" to execute the command or "n"
to cancel the command.
-c disconnect Detaches the XSB from the domain configuration and keeps it
assigned. If the -c option is omitted, "-c disconnect" is used.
-c reset Reserves disconnect of an XSB. If the -c option is omitted, "-c
disconnect" is used.
-c unassign Disconnects the XSB completely from the domain configuration
and puts it in the system board pool. If the -c option is omitted,
"-c disconnect" is used.
-f Forcibly detaches the specified XSB.
Note – If the -f option is used to forcibly add a system board to
a domain, all the added hardware resources may not work
normally. For this reason, use of the -f option is not
recommended in normal operation. If the -f option must be
specified, verify the status of every added system board and
device.
-h Displays usage statement. When used with other options or
operands, an error occurs.
-n Automatically answers 'n' (no) to all prompts.
-q Suppresses all messages to stdout, including prompts.
-v Displays a detailed message. If this option is specified with the
-q option, the -v option is ignored.
-y Automatically answers 'y' (yes) to all prompts.
xsb Specifies the XSB number to be disconnected. Multiple xsb
operands are permitted, separated by spaces. The following xsb
form is accepted:
x–y
where:
xAn integer from 0015.
yAn integer from 03.
deleteboard(8)
System Administration 33
If "-c disconnect" is specified when either the domain power has been turned
off or the XSB is already disconnected from the domain configuration, no
operation is performed. If domain power-on or power-off is in progress, the
command results in an error.
If "-c unassign" is specified when either the domain power has been turned
off or the XSB is already disconnected from the domain configuration, the XSB is
switched from the assigned state to a system board pool. If the XSB is already in
a system board pool, no operation is performed.
If "-c reserve" is specified when either the domain power has been turned off
or the XSB is already disconnected from the domain configuration, the XSB is
immediately switched from the assigned state to a system board pool. If the XSB
is already in a system board pool, no operation is performed. If domain power-
on or power-off is in progress, the command results in an error.
When the XSB is disconnected, the hardware resource on the XSB is disconnected
from the operating system. For this reason, command execution may take time.
The state in which an XSB has been assigned means that configuring the XSB in
the specified domain has been reserved. The reserved XSB is configured when
the domain is rebooted or the addboard(8) command is executed. An already
assigned XSB cannot be specified for configuring or assignment from other
domains.
An XSB in the system board pool means that the XSB belongs to no domain and
is therefore available for configuring or assignment.
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Puts the system board XSB#00-0, #01-0, #02-0, and #03-0 in the system
board pool
EXAMPLE 2 Reserves disconnection of XSB#00-0, #01-0, #02-0, and #03-0 .
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO addboard(8),moveboard(8),replacefru(8),setdcl(8),setupfru(8),
showboards(8),showdcl(8),showdevices(8),showdomainstatus(8),
showfru(8)
XSCF> deleteboard -c unassign 00-0 01-0 02-0 03-0
XSCF> deleteboard -c reserve 00-0 01-0 02-0 03-0
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
deleteboard(8)
34 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
deletecodlicense(8)
System Administration 35
NAME deletecodlicense - remove a Capacity on Demand (COD) right-to-use (RTU) license
key from the COD license database
SYNOPSIS deletecodlicense [-f]license-signature
deletecodlicense -h
DESCRIPTION The deletecodlicense(8) command removes the specified COD RTU license key
from the COD license database on the Service Processor. For further information
about COD RTU license keys, refer to the OPL Administration Guide.
The system checks the number of COD RTU licenses against the number of COD
CPUs in use. If the license removal will result in an insufficient number of COD
RTU licenses with respect to the CPU in use, the system does not delete the license
key from the COD RTU license database. If you still want to delete the COD RTU
license key, you must reduce the number of COD CPUs in use. Power off the
appropriate number of domains or disconnect the appropriate number of boards.
Privileges You must have platadm privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
OPERANDS The following operand is supported:
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Deleting a COD RTU license key
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
-f Forces the specified COD RTU license key to be deleted from the
COD license database.
-h Displays usage statement.
When used with other options or operands, an error occurs.
license-signature Specifies the COD RTU license key to be deleted from the
COD license database.
XSCF> deletecodlicense\
01:84000000:104:0301010100:3:00000000:xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
deletecodlicense(8)
36 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
SEE ALSO addcodlicense(8),setcod(8),showcod(8),showcodlicense(8),
showcodusage(8)
deletefru(8)
System Administration 37
NAME deletefru - delete a Field Replaceable Unit (FRU)
SYNOPSIS deletefru
deletefru -h
DESCRIPTION The deletefru(8) command deletes a FRU.
The deletefru(8) command allows the user to make the settings that are required
for FRU deletion and related to selecting, confirming, and removing FRUs
interactively using menus.
The following FRUs can be deleted:
CPU memory unit (CMU)
I/O unit (IOU)
Privileges You must have fieldeng privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following option is supported:
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO addfru(8),deleteboard(8),replacefru(8),setupfru(8),showdomainstatus(8),
showfru(8),showhardconf(8),unlockmaintenance(8)
-h Displays usage statement.
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
deletefru(8)
38 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
deleteuser(8)
System Administration 39
NAME deleteuser - delete an XSCF user account
SYNOPSIS deleteuser user
deleteuser -h
DESCRIPTION deleteuser(8) deletes a local XSCF user account. All local account data associated
with the user account is deleted including password and Secure Shell (SSH) keys.
The local user’s currently running XSCF shell and browser sessions are terminated
at once. The user’s account is removed from the system and they cannot log back
in. You cannot delete your own account.
Privileges You must have useradm privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following option is supported:
OPERANDS The following operand is supported:
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Deleting a User
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO adduser(8),disableuser(8),enableuser(8)
-h Displays usage statement.
When used with other options or operands, an error occurs.
user Specifies a valid user name. The name of the user account to be
deleted.
XSCF> deleteuser jsmith
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
deleteuser(8)
40 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
disableuser(8)
System Administration 41
NAME disableuser - disable an XSCF user account
SYNOPSIS disableuser user
disableuser -h
DESCRIPTION disableuser(8) disables a local XSCF user account for subsequent logins. Current
sessions are not affected.
When an account is disabled, it cannot be used for login. This applies to console
(serial) and telnet connections, as well as the Secure Shell (SSH). XSCF Web login is
also disabled. All local XSCF account data associated with the user remains on the
system. This includes password and SSH keys. You can reenable a disabled account
using enableuser(8).
Privileges You must have useradm privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following option is supported:
OPERANDS The following operand is supported:
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Disabling a User Account
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO adduser(8),deleteuser(8),enableuser(8),showuser(8)
-h Displays usage statement.
When used with other options or operands, an error occurs.
user Specifies a valid user name of the user account to be disabled.
XSCF> disableuser jsmith
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
disableuser(8)
42 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
enableuser(8)
System Administration 43
NAME enableuser - enable an XSCF user account
SYNOPSIS enableuser user
enableuser -h
DESCRIPTION enableuser(8) enables a local XSCF user account. An enabled account can be used
for login at the console, using Secure Shell (SSH). Using this command, you can
reenable accounts disabled by disableuser.
Privileges You must have useradm privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following option is supported.
OPERANDS The following operand is supported:
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Enable a User Account
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO adduser(8),deleteuser(8),disableuser(8),showuser(8)
-h Displays usage statement.
When used with other options or operands, an error occurs.
user Specifies the valid user name of the account to be enabled.
XSCF> enableuser jsmith
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
enableuser(8)
44 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
exit(1)
System Administration 45
NAME exit - exit the XSCF shell
SYNOPSIS exit
exit -h
DESCRIPTION The exit(1) command exits and closes the XSCF shell.
Privileges No privileges are required to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
-h Displays usage statement.
exit(1)
46 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
flashupdate(8)
System Administration 47
NAME flashupdate - update the firmware
SYNOPSIS flashupdate -c check -m xcp -s version
flashupdate [[-q]-{y|n}]-c update -m xcp -s version
flashupdate -c sync
flashupdate -h
DESCRIPTION The flashupdate(8) command updates the firmware that is provided for the
SPARC Enterprise M4000/M5000/M8000/M9000 servers.
The entire firmware shown below is updated. Whether update can be performed
can be checked beforehand.
Update of the entire firmware (XSCF, OpenBoot PROM) (xcp)
Privileges You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:.
-c check Checks whether the specified firmware can be updated.
-c update Updates the specified firmware. In case the XSCF unit is
duplicated configuration, updates the firmware of both XSCF
units.
-c sync Synchronizes the firmware versions of the XSCF units when the
XSCF units are duplicated configuration. This option is used
when replacing an XSCF unit.
-h Displays usage statement. When used with other options or
operands, an error occurs.
-m xcp Specifies the entire firmware as a target.
-n Automatically answers 'n' (no) to all prompts.
flashupdate(8)
48 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
When the command is executed, a prompt to confirm execution of the command
with the specified options is displayed. Enter "y" to execute the command or "n"
to cancel the command.
When the firmware is updated, the XSCF unit is reset. Therefore, LAN
connection to the XSCF is canceled if already established.
When there's a faulty FRU, can't update the firmware. Resolve the FRU fault
then update.
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Check whether the entire firmware can be updated to version 1020.
-q Suppresses all messages to stdout, including prompts.
-s version Specifies a XCP comprehensive firmware version. For version,
specify a major version, minor version and micro version
continuously.
The XCP version number appears as xyyz by four digits, where:
xMajor firmware release number
yy Minor release number
zMicro release number
-y Automatically answers 'y' (yes) to all prompts.
XSCF> flashupdate -c check -m xcp -s 1020
flashupdate(8)
System Administration 49
EXAMPLE 2 Updates the entire firmware to version from 1010 to 1020.
EXAMPLE 3 When XSCF unit is duplicated configuration, synchronizes the firmware
versions after replacement of the XSCF unit.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO version(8)
XSCF> flashupdate -c update -m xcp -s 1020
The XSCF will be reset. Continue? [y|n] :y
XCP update is started (XCP version=1020:last version=1010)
OpenBoot PROM update is started
OpenBoot PROM update has been completed (OpenBoot PROM version=01010001)
XSCF update is started (SCF=0, bank=1, XCP version=1020:last version=1010)
XSCF download is started (SCF=0, bank=1, XCP version=1020:last
version=1010, Firmware Element ID=00:version=01010002:last
version=01010001)
XSCF download has been completed (SCF=0, bank=1, XCP version=1020:last
version=1010, Firmware Element ID=00:version=01010002:last
version=01010001)
:
:
XSCF download is started (SCF=0, bank=1, XCP version=1020:last
version=1010, Firmware Element ID=07:version=01010002:last
version=01010001)
XSCF download has been completed (SCF=0, bank=1, XCP version=1020:last
version=1010, Firmware Element ID=07:version=01010002:last
version=01010001)
XSCF update has been completed (SCF=0, bank=1, XCP version=1020:last
version=1010)
XSCF update is started (SCF=0, bank=0, XCP version=1020:last version=1010)
XSCF download is started (SCF=0, bank=0, XCP version=1020:last
version=1010, Firmware Element ID=00:version=01010002:last
version=01010001)
XSCF download has been completed (SCF=0, bank=0, XCP version=1020:last
version=1010, Firmware Element ID=00:version=01010002:last
version=01010001)
:
:
XSCF download is started (SCF=0, bank=0, XCP version=1020:last
version=1010, Firmware Element ID=07:version=01010002:last
version=01010001)
XSCF download has been completed (SCF=0, bank=0, XCP version=1020:last
version=1010, Firmware Element ID=07:version=01010002:last
version=01010001)
XSCF is rebooting to update the reserve bank
XSCF> flashupdate -c sync
0Successful completion
>0 An error occurred.
flashupdate(8)
50 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
fmadm(8)
System Administration 51
NAME fmadm - fault management configuration tool
SYNOPSIS fmadm [-q] config
fmadm -h
DESCRIPTION fmadm (8) can be used to view system configuration parameters related to fault
management.
fmadm can be used to:
View the set of diagnosis engines and agents that are currently participating in
fault management
View the list of system components that have been diagnosed as faulty
The Fault Manager attempts to automate as many activities as possible, so use of
fmadm is typically not required. When the Fault Manager needs help from a human
administrator or service representative, it produces a message indicating its needs.
It also refers you to a URL containing the relevant knowledge article. The web site
might ask you to use fmadm or one of the other fault management utilities to
gather more information or perform additional tasks. The documentation for
fmdump(8) describes more about tools to observe fault management activities.
Privileges You must have platop,platadm,orfieldeng privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported.
OPERANDS The following operands are supported:
-h Displays usage statement.
When used with other options or operands, an error occurs.
-q Sets quiet mode. fmadm does not produce messages indicating the
result of successful operations to standard output.
config Displays the configuration of the Fault Manager itself, including
the module name, version, and description of each component
module. Fault Manager modules provide services such as
automated diagnosis, self-healing, and messaging for hardware
and software present on the system.
fmadm(8)
52 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displaying the Fault Manager Configuration
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO fmdump(8),fmstat(8)
XSCF> fmadm config
MODULE VERSION STATUS DESCRIPTION
case-close 1.0 active Case-Close Agent
fmd-self-diagnosis 1.0 active Fault Manager Self-
Diagnosis
sysevent-transport 1.0 active SysEvent Transport Agent
syslog-msgs 1.0 active Syslog Messaging Agent
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
fmdump(8)
System Administration 53
NAME fmdump - view fault management logs
SYNOPSIS fmdump
fmdump [-e][-f][-M][-v][-V][-c class][-t time][-T time][-u uuid]
fmdump -m [-M][-t time][-T time]
fmdump -h
DESCRIPTION The fmdump utility displays the contents of any of the logs associated with the Fault
Manager (fault manager daemon). The Fault Manager runs in the background on
each server. It records, in the error log, faults detected by the XSCF, and initiates
proactive self-healing activities, such as disabling faulty components.
The Fault Manager maintains two sets of logs for use by administrators and service
personnel:
Each problem recorded in the fault log is identified by:
The time of its diagnosis
A Universal Unique Identifier (UUID) that can be used to uniquely identify this
particular problem across any set of systems
A message identifier (MSG-ID) that can be used to access a corresponding
knowledge article located at the specified website.
If a problem requires action by a human administrator or service technician or
affects system behavior, the Fault Manager also issues a human-readable message.
This message provides a summary of the problem and a reference to the knowledge
article on the specified website.
You can use the -v and -V options to expand the display from a single-line
summary to increased levels of detail for each event recorded in the log. You can
also use the -M option to display only one screen at a time. The -c,-t,-T, and -u
options can be used to filter the output by selecting only those events that match
the specified class, range of times, or uuid. If more than one filter option is present
on the command line, the options combine to display only those events that are
selected by the logical AND of the options. If more than one instance of the same
Error log Records error telemetry, the symptoms of problems detected by
the system
Fault log Records fault diagnosis information; the problems believed to
explain these symptoms. By default, fmdump displays the
contents of the fault log, which records the result of each
diagnosis made by the fault manager or one of its component
modules.
fmdump(8)
54 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
filter option is present on the command-line, the like options combine to display
any events selected by the logical OR of the options.
You can use the -m option to display the Fault Manager syslog contents.
Privileges You must have platop,platadm,orfieldeng privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported.
-c class Selects events that match the specified class. The class argument
can use the global pattern matching syntax, which is similar to
global pattern matching for files. For example xyz.* would match
xyz.sxc and xyz.pdf. The class represents a hierarchical
classification string indicating the type of telemetry event.
-h Displays usage statement.
When used with other options or operands, an error occurs.
-e Displays events from the fault management error log instead of
the fault log.
The error log contains private telemetry information used by
XSCF’s automated diagnosis software. This information is
recorded to facilitate post-mortem analysis of problems and event
replay, and should not be parsed or relied upon for the
development of scripts and other tools.
-f Displays only lines that have been appended to the dump file
since the command was executed. Output continues until
interrupted by Ctrl-C.
-m Displays the Fault Manager syslog message contents.
-M Displays text by page. This option provides a function that is the
same as that of the more command.
-t time Selects events that occurred at or after the specified time. The time
can be specified using the forms in the Time Formats following
this section. Used with -T you can specify a range.
-T time Selects events that occurred at or before the specified time. time
can be specified using any of the time formats described for the -t
option. Used with -t you can specify a range.
fmdump(8)
System Administration 55
The following are the Time Formats:
-u uuid Selects fault diagnosis events that exactly match the specified uuid.
Each diagnosis is associated with a Universal Unique Identifier
(UUID) for identification purposes. The -u option can be
combined with other options such as -v to show all of the details
associated with a particular diagnosis.
If the -e option and -u option are specified at the same time,
fmdump displays the relevant error events.
-v Displays verbose event detail. The event display is enlarged to
show additional common members of the selected events.
-V Displays very verbose event detail. The event display is enlarged
to show every member of the name-value pair list associated with
each event. In addition, for fault logs, the event display includes a
list of cross-references to the corresponding errors that were
associated with the diagnosis.
Time Format Description
mm/dd/yy hh:mm:ss Month, day, year, hour in 24-hour format,
minute, and second. Any amount of whitespace
can separate the date and time. The argument
should be quoted so that the shell interprets the
two strings as a single argument.
mm/dd/yy hh:mm Month, day, year, hour in 24-hour format, and
minute. Any amount of whitespace can separate
the date and time. The argument should be
quoted so that the shell interprets the two
strings as a single argument.
mm/dd/yy 12:00:00AM on the specified month, day, and
year
ddMonyy hh:mm:ss Day, month name, year, hour in 24-hour format,
minute, and second. Any amount of whitespace
can separate the date and time. The argument
should be quoted so that the shell interprets the
two strings as a single argument.
Mon dd hh:mm:ss Month, day, hour in 24-hour format, minute, and
second of the current year. Any amount of
whitespace can separate the date and time. The
argument should be quoted so that the shell
interprets the two strings as a single argument.
fmdump(8)
56 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
You can append a decimal fraction of the form .nto any -t option argument to
indicate a fractional number of seconds beyond the specified time.
yyyy-mm-dd[Thh:mm[:ss]] Year, month, day, and optional hour in 24-hour
format, minute, and second, where T is an
integer value specified in base 10. The second, or
hour, minute, and second, can be optionally
omitted.
ddMonyy 12:00:00AM on the specified day, month name,
and year.
hh:mm:ss Hour in 24-hour format, minute, and second of
the current day.
hh:mm Hour in 24-hour format and minute of the
current day.
Tns |Tnsec T nanoseconds ago where T is an integer value
specified in base 10.
Tus |Tusec T microseconds ago where T is an integer value
specified in base 10
Tms |Tmsec T milliseconds ago where T is an integer value
specified in base 10.
Ts |Tsec T seconds ago where T is an integer value
specified in base 10.
Tm |Tmin T minutes ago where T is an integer value
specified in base 10.
Th |Thour T hours ago where T is an integer value
specified in base 10.
Td |Tday T days ago where T is an integer value specified
in base 10.
Time Format Description
fmdump(8)
System Administration 57
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Default fmdump Display
EXAMPLE 2 Display in Verbose Mode
EXAMPLE 3 Display Very Verbose Event Detail for the Last UUID
XSCF> fmdump
TIME UUID MSG-ID
Aug 12 16:12:13.2811 7868c1cc-23d4-c575-8659-85cdbe61842e FMD-8000-77
Aug 12 16:12:13.2985 7868c1cc-23d4-c575-8659-85cdbe61842e FMD-8000-77
Sep 01 16:06:57.5839 3ceca439-b0b2-4db1-9123-c8ace3f2b371 FMD-8000-77
Sep 01 16:06:57.6278 3ceca439-b0b2-4db1-9123-c8ace3f2b371 FMD-8000-77
Sep 06 09:37:05.0983 6485b42b-6638-4c5d-b652-bec485290788 LINUX-8000-1N
Sep 06 09:38:10.8584 77435994-5b99-4db8-bdcd-985c7d3ae3e4 LINUX-8000-1N
Sep 06 09:57:44.6502 0087d58c-e5b9-415d-91bc-adf7c41dd316 LINUX-8000-1N
Sep 06 12:40:59.2801 97de2cef-8ea1-407a-8a53-c7a67e61987a LINUX-8000-1N
Sep 06 12:41:10.1076 fa7304f9-c9e8-4cd1-9ca5-e35f57d53b2c LINUX-8000-1N
Sep 06 13:01:49.1462 ce550611-4308-4336-8a9a-19676f828515 LINUX-8000-1N
Sep 06 15:42:56.6132 0f4b429f-c048-47cd-9d9f-a2f7b6d4c957 LINUX-8000-1N
Sep 06 16:07:14.4652 7d5fb282-e01b-476a-b7e1-1a0f8de80758 LINUX-8000-1N
Sep 06 16:08:16.3755 41379237-9750-4fd6-bce3-b5131d864d34 LINUX-8000-1N
Sep 29 14:49:27.8452 0455ceaa-e226-424a-9b34-27603ca603f1 FMD-8000-58
Sep 29 15:02:00.3039 fb550ebc-80e9-41c8-8afc-ac680b9eb613 FMD-8000-58
Sep 29 15:09:25.4335 8cec9a83-e2a3-4dc3-a7cd-de01caef5c63 FMD-8000-4M
Sep 29 15:10:09.6151 5f88d7d5-a107-4435-99c9-7c59479d22ed FMD-8000-58
XSCF> fmdump -v
TIME UUID MSG-ID
Nov 30 20:44:55.1283 9f773e33-e46f-466c-be86-fd3fcc449935 FMD-8000-0W
100% defect.sunos.fmd.nosub
:
XSCF> fmdump -e -V -u 5f88d7d5-a107-4435-99c9-7c59479d22ed
TIME CLASS
Sep 29 2005 15:10:09.565220864 ereport.io.iox.cp.seeprom0.nresp
nvlist version: 0
detector = (embedded nvlist)
nvlist version: 0
scheme = hc
version = 0
hc-root = /
hc-list_sz = 0x1
hc-list = (array of embedded nvlists)
(start hc-list[0])
nvlist version: 0
scheme = hc
hc-name = iox
hc-id = 0
(end hc-list[0])
(end detector)
IOXserial_no = 123456
class = ereport.io.iox.cp.seeprom0.nresp
ena = 0x921b650000000001
fmdump(8)
58 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXAMPLE 4 Displaying the Full Fault Report for the Specified UUID
XSCF> fmdump -V -u 5f88d7d5-a107-4435-99c9-7c59479d22ed
TIME UUID MSG-ID
Sep 29 15:10:09.6151 5f88d7d5-a107-4435-99c9-7c59479d22ed FMD-8000-58
TIME CLASS ENA
Sep 29 15:10:09.5652 ereport.io.iox.cp.seeprom0.nresp
0x921b650000000001
nvlist version: 0
version = 0x0
class = list.suspect
uuid = 5f88d7d5-a107-4435-99c9-7c59479d22ed
code = FMD-8000-58
diag-time = 1128021009 615016
de = (embedded nvlist)
nvlist version: 0
version = 0x0
scheme = fmd
authority = (embedded nvlist)
nvlist version: 0
version = 0x0
product-id = SUNW,SPARC-Enterprise
chassis-id = BF0000001V
server-id = localhost
(end authority)
mod-name = sde
mod-version = 1.13
(end de)
fault-list-sz = 0x1
fault-list = (array of embedded nvlists)
(start fault-list[0])
nvlist version: 0
version = 0x0
class = fault.io.iox.cp.seeprom
certainty = 0x64
fru = (embedded nvlist)
nvlist version: 0
scheme = hc
version = 0x0
hc-root =
hc-list-sz = 0x1
hc-list = (array of embedded nvlists)
(start hc-list[0])
nvlist version: 0
hc-name = iox
hc-id = 0
(end hc-list[0])
(end fru)
(end fault-list[0])
fmdump(8)
System Administration 59
EXAMPLE 5 Displaying Contents of the Fault Manager syslog Message
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO fmadm(8),fmstat(8)
XSCF> fmdump -m -M
MSG-ID: FMD-8000-11, TYPE: Defect, VER: 1, SEVERITY: Minor
EVENT-TIME: Tue Nov 7 07:01:44 PST 2006
PLATFORM: SUNW,SPARC-Enterprise, CSN: 7860000764, HOSTNAME: san-ff2-20-0
SOURCE: sde, REV: 1.5
EVENT-ID: 2daddee0-2f42-47ee-b5b2-57ae6a41bfc0
DESC: A Solaris Fault Manager component generated a diagnosis for which
no message summary exists. Refer to http://www.sun.com/msg/FMD-8000-11
for more information.
AUTO-RESPONSE: The diagnosis has been saved in the fault log for
examination by Sun.
IMPACT: The fault log will need to be manually examined using fmdump(1M)
in order to determine if any human response is required.
MSG-ID: FMD-8000-11, TYPE: Defect, VER: 1, SEVERITY: Minor
EVENT-TIME: Tue Nov 7 07:03:25 PST 2006
PLATFORM: SUNW,SPARC-Enterprise, CSN: 7860000764, HOSTNAME: san-ff2-20-0
SOURCE: sde, REV: 1.5
EVENT-ID: 2b03ab60-96db-439d-a13a-2f420a1b73c7
DESC: A Solaris Fault Manager component generated a diagnosis for which
no message summary exists. Refer to http://www.sun.com/msg/FMD-8000-11
for more information.
AUTO-RESPONSE: The diagnosis has been saved in the fault log for
examination by Sun.
IMPACT: The fault log will need to be manually examined using fmdump(1M)
in order to determine if any human response is required.
0Successful completion. All records in the log file were examined
successfully.
>0 An error occurred.
fmdump(8)
60 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
fmstat(8)
System Administration 61
NAME fmstat - report fault management module statistics
SYNOPSIS fmstat
fmstat [-a][[-s][-z][-m module]] [ interval [count]]
fmstat -h
DESCRIPTION The fmstat utility can be used by administrators and service personnel to report
statistics associated with the Fault Manager (fault manager daemon), and its
associated set of modules. The Fault Manager runs in the background on each OPL
system. It receives telemetry information relating to problems detected by the
system software, diagnoses these problems, and initiates proactive self-healing
activities such as disabling faulty components.
You can use fmstat to view statistics for diagnosis engines and agents that are
currently participating in fault management. The fmadm(8), and fmdump(8) man
pages describe more about tools to observe fault management activities.
If the -m option is present, fmstat reports any statistics kept by the specified fault
management module. The module list can be obtained using fmadm config .
If the -m option is not present, fmstat reports the following statistics for each of its
client modules:
module The name of the fault management module as reported by
fmadm config.
ev_recv The number of telemetry events received by the module.
ev_acpt The number of events accepted by the module as relevant to a
diagnosis.
wait The average number of telemetry events waiting to be
examined by the module.
svc_t The average service time for telemetry events received by the
module, in milliseconds.
%w The percentage of time that there were telemetry events
waiting to be examined by the module.
%b The percentage of time that the module was busy processing
telemetry events.
open The number of active cases (open problem investigations)
owned by the module.
fmstat(8)
62 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
Privileges You must have platadm, platop, or fieldeng privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported.
solve The total number of cases solved by this module since it was
loaded.
memsz The amount of dynamic memory currently allocated by this
module.
bufsz The amount of persistent buffer space currently allocated by
this module.
-a Prints the default global statistics for the Fault Manager or a
module. If used without the -m module option, the default global
Fault Manager statistics are displayed. If used with the -m module
option, the global statistics for a module are displayed.
-h Displays usage statement.
When used with other options or operands, an error occurs.
-m module Prints a report on the statistics associated with the specified fault
management module, instead of the default statistics report.
Modules can publish an arbitrary set of statistics to help service
the fault management software itself.
If used without the -a option, displays only those statistics kept
by the module. If used with the -a option, displays statistics kept
by the module and the global statistics associated with the
module.
-s Prints a report on Soft Error Rate Discrimination (SERD) engines
associated with the module instead of the default module statistics
report. A SERD engine is a construct used by fault management
software to determine if a statistical threshold measured as N
events in some time Thas been exceeded. The -s option can only
be used in combination with the -m option.
-z Omits statistics with a zero value from the report associated with
the specified fault management module. The -z option can only
be used in combination with the -m option.
fmstat(8)
System Administration 63
OPERANDS The following operands are supported:
If neither count nor interval is specified, a single report is printed and fmstat exits.
If an interval is specified but no count is specified, fmstat prints reports every
interval seconds indefinitely until the command is interrupted by Control-C.
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displaying FM Statistics for the Syslog Module
count Print only count reports, and then exit.
interval Print a new report every interval seconds.
XSCF> fmstat -a -m syslog-msgs
NAME VALUE DESCRIPTION
bad_code 0 event code has no dictionary name
bad_fmri 0 event fmri is missing or invalid
bad_time 0 event time is not properly encoded
bad_vers 0 event version is missing or invalid
fmd.accepted 0 total events accepted by module
fmd.buflimit 10M limit on total buffer space
fmd.buftotal 0 total buffer space used by module
fmd.caseclosed 0 total cases closed by module
fmd.caseopen 0 cases currently open by module
fmd.casesolved 0 total cases solved by module
fmd.ckptcnt 0 number of checkpoints taken
fmd.ckptrestore true restore checkpoints for module
fmd.ckptsave true save checkpoints for module
fmd.ckpttime 0d total checkpoint time
fmd.ckptzero false zeroed checkpoint at startup
fmd.debugdrop 4 dropped debug messages
fmd.dequeued 1 total events dequeued by module
fmd.dispatched 1 total events dispatched to module
fmd.dlastupdate 1144424838299131us hrtime of last event dequeue
completion
fmd.dropped 0 total events dropped on queue overflow
fmd.dtime 0d total processing time after dequeue
fmd.loadtime 1144424251692484us hrtime at which module was loaded
fmd.memlimit 10M limit on total memory allocated
fmd.memtotal 97b total memory allocated by module
fmd.prdequeued 0 protocol events dequeued by module
fmd.snaptime 1144424838299148us hrtime of last statistics snapshot
fmd.thrlimit 8 limit on number of auxiliary threads
fmd.thrtotal 0 total number of auxiliary threads
fmd.wcnt 0 count of events waiting on queue
fmd.wlastupdate 1144424838299131us hrtime of last wait queue update
fmd.wlentime 30us total wait length * time product
fmd.wtime 30us total wait time on queue
fmd.xprtlimit 256 limit on number of open transports
fmd.xprtopen 0 total number of open transports
fmd.xprtqlimit 256 limit on transport event queue length
log_err 0 failed to log message to log(7D)
msg_err 0 failed to log message to sysmsg(7D)
no_msg 0 message logging suppressed
fmstat(8)
64 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXAMPLE 2 Displaying FM Statistics for fmd Self-Diagnosis Module
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO fmadm(8),fmdump(8)
XSCF> fmstat
module ev_recv ev_acpt wait svc_t %w %b open solve memsz
bufsz
case-close 0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0 0 0 0 0
fmd-self-diagnosis 1 1 0.0 0.2 0 0 1 0 27b 0
sysevent-transport 0 0 0.0 573.2 0 0 0 0 0 0
syslog-msgs 0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0 0 0 97b 0
XSCF> fmstat -z -m fmd-self-diagnosis
NAME VALUE DESCRIPTION
module 1 error events received from fmd modules
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
ioxadm(8)
System Administration 65
NAME ioxadm - manage External I/O Expansion Units
SYNOPSIS ioxadm [-f][-p][-v][-M] env [-e][-l][-t][ target [sensors]]
ioxadm [-f][-p][-v][-M] list [ target]
ioxadm [-f][-p][-v][-M] locator [on|off] [ target]
ioxadm [-f][-p][-v][-M] poweroff target
ioxadm [-f][-p][-v][-M] poweron target
ioxadm [-f][-p][-v][-M] reset target
ioxadm [-f][-p][-v][-M] setled [ on|off|slow|fast] target led_type
ioxadm -h
DESCRIPTION ioxadm(8) manages External I/O Expansion Units and link cards attached to the
system.
For this utility, an operand with parameters and a target device must both be
specified. The target device can be a downlink card mounted in a built-in PCI slot
in the host system; an External I/O Expansion Unit; or a field replaceable unit
(FRU) in an External I/O Expansion Unit. The downlink card is identified by a
string which identifies the host path to the card. An uplink card is a FRU in the
I/O boat.
Privileges You must have one of the following privileges to run these commands:
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported.
Required Privileges Commands
platop env,list
platadm locator,poweroff,poweron
fieldeng reset,setled
-f Forces command execution by ignoring warnings.
-h Displays usage statement.
When used with other options or operands, an error occurs.
ioxadm(8)
66 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
OPERANDS The following operands are supported:
-M Displays text by page. This option provides a function that is the
same as that of the more command.
-p Parsable output. Suppresses headers in display output. Fields are
separated by single tabs.
-v Specifies verbose output. Refer to specific operands for details.
env [-elt][target [sensors]]
ioxadm(8)
System Administration 67
Displays a summary of an External I/O Expansion Unit or link card’s
environmental state.
-e
Displays electrical states: measured voltage, current, fan speed, switch
settings.
-l
Displays LED states.
-t
Displays thermal readings.
If no target is specified, env displays a list of all sensors for all External I/O
Expansion Units.
If target specifies a box_id,env displays a list of sensor readings for all frus in
the specified External I/O Expansion Unit and the attached downlink cards.
If target is in the form of box_id followed by fru, then only environmentals
from that FRU will be printed. If an optional value for sensors is specified,
then only those types of sensors are displayed. These options may be used
concurrently.
If target is in the form of a host path, only the downlink card information is
displayed. See EXAMPLE 2.
The results are listed in tabular format. Each FRU sensor is listed in the first
column. In the next column is the sensor name, such as T_AMBIENT for
ambient temperature, or V_12V_0V for the voltage reading of the 12V rail.
The third, fourth, and fifth columns display the sensor reading (Value),
sensor resolution (Res), and Units, respectively. See EXAMPLE 1.
Each FRU can have a variety of different sensors. When specifying multiple
values for sensors, use spaces to separate the values. Possible values for
sensors can be seen in the Sensor column of EXAMPLE 1. Units are given in
Celsius degrees, Volts, Amperes, SWITCH and RPM.
The sensors names are FRU-dependent and may change from FRU type to
FRU type and even among individual FRUs.
If the -v option is set, verbose output is displayed. In addition to the regular
output, the output also includes: the maximum and minimum values
supported by the sensors (Max and Min), along with the low and high
warning thresholds (Min Alarm and Max Alarm).
LED indicators do not support these fields.
(cont’d)
ioxadm(8)
68 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
Fields containing a dash () indicate an unsupported setting. For example,
there may be no minimum temperature alarm threshold.
led_type
Used with the setled operand, specifies a software-controlled FRU LED.
The following table indicates which LED states can be controlled using the
setled operand with the off,on,fast, and slow LED state settings. Y
(yes) indicates that the LED can be controlled, N(no) indicates that it cannot
be controlled.
LED off on fast slow
ACTIVE Y Y Y Y
LOCATE Y N Y N
SERVICE Y Y Y Y
RDY2RM Y Y Y Y
OVERTEMP * * * *
DCOK N N N N
POWER N N N N
DATA N N N N
MGMT N N N N
* The OVERTEMP LED may be set to each state. However, the hardware
updates the LED state based on the sampled temperatures, so changes to the
LED state may not be visible.
Note – Other LEDs are not under software control. A list of LEDs present in
the system can be displayed by using the env -l operand.
list [target]
Lists the External I/O Expansion Units under system management.
If no target is specified, list displays a list of External I/O Expansion Units,
one per line. Each line contains the unique identifier for that box and the
host-specific name(s) for its downlink card(s). See EXAMPLE 3.
If an External I/O Expansion Unit argument or downlink card path is
specified, the command displays a single line with the indicated FRU. If a
host path is specified, only the downlink card information is displayed. See
EXAMPLE 4 and EXAMPLE 6.
If the verbose option is set [-v], the output includes detailed FRU
information. See EXAMPLE 5.
locator [on |off] [target]
ioxadm(8)
System Administration 69
Sets or queries the state of the locator indicator (LED).
Without options, locator reports the current state of the LED on the
specified FRU.
If no target is specified, locator returns the current state of all locator LEDs.
Atarget argument is required when using the option fields:
on
Turns the LED on.
off
Turns the LED off.
The chassis locator is a white LED. If a FRU is specified, the FRU yellow
service LED is used along with the chassis (locator) LED.
Only one FRU can have a location indicator enabled at a time in an External
I/O Expansion Unit chassis. Turning off the chassis (locator) LED will also
turn off the blinking (service) FRU LED.
poweroff target
Powers down the given FRU and lights appropriate LEDs to indicate the FRU
is ready to remove. Must be used with the -f option. Be aware that using -f
can crash the domain.
Do not remove both power supply units (PSUs) in the same External I/O
Expansion Unit. If both PSUs are powered down in this way, then the
External I/O Expansion Unit cannot be turned back on from the command
line. It must be powered on physically.
Note – When a power supply is powered off, the LEDs and fan may still run
since they receive power from both supplies.
poweron target
Restores full power to an I/O boat or reenables output from the power
supply (PS) that has previously been marked ready-to-remove. When a PSU
is newly installed and the power switch is in the on position, or a boat is
connected to a powered link card, they automatically power themselves on.
However, this command can be used to power a PSU or I/O boat back on
that previously had been powered down for removal as long as the power
switch is in the on position.
reset target
ioxadm(8)
70 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
Reinitializes FRU components used to monitor External I/O Expansion Unit
environmentals. If a boat or link card is specified, the bridge controllers in
the link cards are reset and re-initialized. If a box is specified, the fan
controller and demux in the box are reset and re-initialized along with all
bridge controllers associated with the External I/O Expansion Unit.
setled [on|off|slow|fast]target led_type
Sets LED state:
off Off.
on On.
fast Fast blink.
slow Slow blink.
Refer to the entry for led_type in this section for detailed information about
LED types.
target
ioxadm(8)
System Administration 71
Specifies the target device which can be a downlink card in a host slot, an
External I/O Expansion Unit, or a FRU in an External I/O Expansion Unit.
The downlink card is identified by the hostpath to the card.
hostpath is platform dependent and indicates the path to the slot on the
host system which contains the downlink card. On SPARC Enterprise
M4000/M5000/M8000/M9000 servers, the hostpath has the following
format:
IOU#0-PCI#0 IO Board 0, PCI-E slot0
The External I/O Expansion Unit (box_id) is identified by serial number.
Use iox@nnnn, where nnnn represents the last four digits of the box serial
number.
Some commands affect only a single component of an External I/O
Expansion Unit system. For example, individual boats and power supplies
may be turned on and turned off independently.
A FRU in an External I/O Expansion Unit (fru) is identified as:
iox@nnnn/iob0 – I/O boat in the left tray (rear view)
iox@nnnn/iob1 – I/O boat in the right tray (rear view)
iox@nnnn/iob0/link – Uplink card in boat 0
iox@nnnn/iob1/link – Uplink card in boat 1
iox@nnnn/ps0 – Power supply in the left bay (front view)
iox@nnnn/ps1 – Power supply in the right bay (front view)
ioxadm(8)
72 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displaying Temperature, Voltage, Current, and Fanspeed Sensor Readings
EXAMPLE 2 Display All Sensor Readings on a Link and Suppressing Headers
EXAMPLE 3 Display All External I/O Expansion Units or Downlink Card Paths
XSCF> ioxadm env -te iox@A3B5
Location Sensor Value Res Units
IOX@A3B5/PS0 T_AMBIENT 28.000 1.000 C
IOX@A3B5/PS0 T_CHIP 28.000 1.000 C
IOX@A3B5/PS0 T_HOTSPOT 31.000 1.000 C
IOX@A3B5/PS0 SWITCH On - SWITCH
IOX@A3B5/PS0 V_12V_ANODE 11.703 0.059 V
IOX@A3B5/PS0 V_12V_CATHODE 11.703 0.059 V
IOX@A3B5/PS0 V_ISHARE 0.632 0.040 V
IOX@A3B5/PS0 I_DC 2.316 0.289 A
IOX@A3B5/PS0 S_FAN_ACTUAL 3708.791 40.313 RPM
IOX@A3B5/PS0 S_FAN_SET 4500.000 300.000 RPM
IOX@A3B5/PS1 T_AMBIENT 28.000 1.000 C
IOX@A3B5/PS1 T_CHIP 29.000 1.000 C
IOX@A3B5/PS1 T_HOTSPOT 31.000 1.000 C
IOX@A3B5/PS1 SWITCH On - SWITCH
IOX@A3B5/PS1 V_12V_ANODE 11.762 0.059 V
IOX@A3B5/PS1 V_12V_CATHODE 11.762 0.059 V
IOX@A3B5/PS1 V_ISHARE 0.672 0.040 V
IOX@A3B5/PS1 I_DC 5.211 0.289 A
IOX@A3B5/PS1 S_FAN_ACTUAL 4115.854 49.588 RPM
IOX@A3B5/PS1 S_FAN_SET 4500.000 300.000 RPM
IOX@A3B5/IOB0 T_CHIP 32.000 1.000 C
IOX@A3B5/IOB0 T_HOTSPOT 35.000 1.000 C
IOX@A3B5/IOB1 T_CHIP 33.000 1.000 C
IOX@A3B5/IOB1 T_HOTSPOT 36.000 1.000 C
IOX@A3B5/IOB1 V_12_0V 12.052 0.005 V
IOX@A3B5/IOB1 V_12V_MAIN 12.000 0.400 V
IOX@A3B5/IOB1 V_1_0V 1.030 0.001 V
IOX@A3B5/IOB1 V_1_5V 1.496 0.001 V
IOX@A3B5/IOB1 V_3_3V 3.291 0.002 V
IOX@A3B5/IOB1 V_3_3AUX 3.308 0.002 V
IOX@A3B5/IOB1 I_DC 8.600 0.200 A
IOX@A3B5/IOB1/LINK T_SIGCON0 45.000 40.000 C
IOX@A3B5/IOB1/LINK T_SIGCON1 45.000 40.000 C
IOU#1-PCI#1 T_SIGCON0 45.000 40.000 C
IOU#1-PCI#1 T_SIGCON1 45.000 40.000 C
XSCF> ioxadm -p env iou#1-pci#1
IOU#1-PCI#1 T_SIGCON0 45.000 40.000 C
IOU#1-PCI#1 T_SIGCON1 45.000 40.000 C
IOU#1-PCI#1 DATA On - LED
IOU#1-PCI#1 MGMT Flash - LED
XSCF> ioxadm list
IOX Link 0 Link 1
IOX@0033 IOU#1-PCIE#4 IOU#1-PCIE#1
IOX@12B4 - IOU#1-PCIE#2
- IOU#2-PCIE#1
ioxadm(8)
System Administration 73
In EXAMPLE 3, the list command is used to display the connections between
External I/O Expansion Units and downlink cards in the host. IOX@0033 (which
includes boats, uplink cards, and power supplies) is connected to the host through
two downlink cards. The Link 0 column shows which host downlink card is
attached to boat0. The Link 1 column shows which host downlink card is
attached to boat1.IOX@12B4 is connected to the host through one downlink card.
This card is connected to boat1. A dash () shows that there is no host link
connection to the box. It may have a boat and uplink card installed in the bay, or the
bay could be empty. If the boat is installed, either it is not connected to the host, or
the host downlink card slot is powered off.
EXAMPLE 4 Displaying a Single External I/O Expansion Unit
EXAMPLE 5 Displaying a Single External I/O Expansion Unit Using Verbose Output
EXAMPLE 6 Displaying a Downlink Card Using Hostpath in Verbose Mode With Head-
ers Suppressed
EXAMPLE 7 Powering On the Locator LED for Power Supply 0 in External I/O Expan-
sion Unit 12B4
EXAMPLE 8 Displaying Locator LED Status for the External I/O Expansion Unit
If the FRU service indicator is already on due to a detected fault condition, only the
box locator LED will be set to fast.
XSCF> ioxadm list iox@12B4
IOX Link 0 Link 1
IOX@12B4 - IOU#1-PCIE#2
XSCF> ioxadm -v list IOU#1-PCI#1
Location Type FW Ver Serial Num Part Num State
IOX@A3B5 IOX 1.4 CP0001 5016937-01 On
IOX@A3B5/PS0 A195 - PS0001 3001701-02 On
IOX@A3B5/PS1 A195 - PS0001 3001701-02 On
IOX@A3B5/IOB1 PCIE - PCIE01 5016939-01 On
IOX@A3B5/IOB1/LINK CU 1.2 CU0001 5017041-03 On
IOU#1-PCI#1 CU 1.2 CU0001 5017041-03 On
XSCF> ioxadm -p -v list IOU#2-PCIE#1
IOU#2-PCIE#1 OP 1.1 IL0542 5404321-01 on
XSCF> ioxadm locator on iox@12B4/ps0
XSCF> ioxadm locator iox@12B4
Location Sensor Value Resolution Units
IOX@12B4 LOCATE Fast - LED
IOX@12B4/PS0 SERVICE Fast - LED
ioxadm(8)
74 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXAMPLE 9 Enabling the Indicator for Power Supply 0 When Power Supply 0 Has a
Fault Indication
The External I/O Expansion Unit chassis white LED has an integrated push button.
The button can be used to toggle the state of the chassis white locator LED between
off and fast. If the push button is used to turn off the locator LED, fast blink FRU
service LEDs are cleared.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
XSCF> ioxadm locator on iox@x031/ps1
XSCF> ioxadm locator
Location Sensor Value Resolution Units
IOX@X031 LOCATE Fast - LED
XSCF> ioxadm env -1 iox@x031/ps1 SERVICE
Location Sensor Value Resolution Units
IOX@X031/PS1 SERVICE On - LED
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
man(1)
System Administration 75
NAME man - display manual pages of specified XSCF shell command
SYNOPSIS man command_name ...
man -h
DESCRIPTION man(1) displays manual pages of specified XSCF shell command.
Privileges No privileges are required to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following option is supported;
OPERANDS The following operand is supported:
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
If the relevant manual page is too long, the page is divided into pages that each
can fit on one screen. In such cases, the following key operations are available:
If intro is specified for command_name, a list of XSCF shell commands is
displayed.
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displays the manual page of the addboard(8) command.
EXAMPLE 2 Displays a list of XSCF shell commands.
-h Displays usage statement. When used with other options or
operands, an error occurs.
command_name Specifies the command name whose manual page is displayed.
Multiple command_name can be specified by delimited the
spaces.
Key Description
Enter Displays the next line.
space Displays the next page.
bGoes back half a page.
qQuits display of the page in the manual.
XSCF> man addboard
XSCF> man intro
man(1)
76 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
0Successful completion
>0 An error occurred.
moveboard(8)
System Administration 77
NAME moveboard - move an eXtended System Board (XSB) from the current domain to
another
SYNOPSIS moveboard [[-q]-{y|n}][-f][-v][-c configure]-d domain_id xsb [xsb...]
moveboard [[-q]-{y|n}][-f][-v]-c assign -d domain_id xsb [xsb...]
moveboard [[-q]-{y|n}][-f][-v]-c reserve -d domain_id xsb [xsb...]
moveboard -h
DESCRIPTION The moveboard(8) command disconnects a XSB from the current domain and,
based on the domain component list (DCL), assigns it to, or configures it in, the
specified domain.
One of the following movement methods can be specified:
Privileges You must have one of the following privileges to run this command:
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
configure Disconnects a configured XSB from its domain configuration and
configures it into the specified destination domain configuration.
The incorporated XSB can be accessed from the operating
system.
assign Disconnects a configured XSB from its domain configuration and
assigns it to the specified destination domain configuration. The
assigned XSB is reserved for the specified domain and cannot be
configured in or assigned to other domains. The assigned
system board is configured in the domain by reboot the domain
or execution of the addboard(8) command with -c configure.
reserve Reserves disconnection of the specified XSB from the domain
configuration of the move source, and reserves assignment of
the XSB to the domain configuration of the move destination.
The XSB is assigned to the domain configuration of the move
destination when the domain power of the move source is
turned off or rebooted. The XSB is subsequently incorporated
when the domain power of the move destination is turned on or
rebooted.
platadm Can run this command for all domains.
domainadm Can run this command only for your managed domains.
Note – You must have the domainadm privileges for both of
source domain and destination domain to run moveboard(8)
command.
moveboard(8)
78 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
-c assign Disconnects a configured XSB from its domain configuration and
assigns it to the domain configuration of the move destination. If
the -c option is omitted, '-c configure' is used.
-c configure Disconnects a configured XSB from its domain configuration and
configures it in the domain configuration of the move
destination. If the -c option is omitted, '-c configure' is used.
-c reserve Reserves disconnection of an XSB from its current domain
configuration, and reserves assignment of the XSB to the domain
configuration of the move destination. If the -c option is
omitted, '-c configure' is used.
-d domain_id Specifies the ID of the destination domain in which an XSB is to
be configured or to which it is to be assigned. domain_id can be
0–23 depending on the system configuration.
-f Forcibly detaches the specified XSB.
Note – If the -f option is used to forcibly remove the XSB from
the source domain, a serious problem may occur in a process
bound to CPU or process accessing a device. For this reason, use
of the -f option is not recommended in normal operation. If the
-f option must be specified, verify the statuses of the source
domain and job processes.
-h Displays usage statement. When used with other options or
operands, an error occurs.
-n Automatically answers 'n' (no) to all prompts.
-q Suppresses all messages to stdout, including prompts.
-v Specifies verbose output. If this option is specified with the -q
option, the -v option is ignored.
-y Automatically answers 'y' (yes) to all prompts.
moveboard(8)
System Administration 79
OPERANDS The following operand is supported:
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
When the command is executed, a prompt to confirm execution of the command
with the specified options is displayed. Enter "y" to execute the command or "n"
to cancel the command.
If '-c configure' is specified when either of the following conditions apply to
the domains, the XSB is configured in the domain configuration:
The operating systems of both the source and destination domains are
running.
The operating system of the destination domain is running even though the
source domain is powered off.
If '-c assign' is specified when either of the following conditions apply to the
domains, the XSB is assigned to the domain configuration:
The operating system of the source domain is running.
The source domain is powered off
If '-c reserve' is specified when either the domain power of the move source
has been turned off or the operating system is not running, the XSB is
immediately disconnected from the domain of the move source and assigned to
the domain of the move destination
Moving the XSB involves the following internal operations and therefore
command execution may take time.
Disconnecting the hardware resource of the system board from the operating
system
Running a hardware diagnosis on the system board when connecting it
See the setdcl(8) and showdcl(8) commands for DCL.
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Disconnects XSB#00-0 from the current domain and attaches it to domain
ID 1.
xsb Specifies the XSB number to be moved. Multiple xsb operands
are permitted, separated by spaces. The following xsb form is
accepted:
x–y
where:
xAn integer from 0015.
yAn integer from 03.
XSCF> moveboard -d 1 00-0
moveboard(8)
80 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXAMPLE 2 Reserves assignment of the XSB#00-0 to the domain ID 1.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO addboard(8),deleteboard(8),setdcl(8),setupfru(8),showboards(8),
showdcl(8),showdevices(8),showdomainstatus(8),showfru(8)
XSCF> moveboard -d 1 -c reserve 00-0
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
nslookup(8)
System Administration 81
NAME nslookup - refer to the DNS server for the host
SYNOPSIS nslookup hostname
nslookup -h
DESCRIPTION nslookup(8) refers to the DNS server for the host.
The following information is displayed:
Privileges You must have one of the following privileges to run this command:
useradm,platadm,platop,auditadm,auditop,domainadm,domainmgr,
domainop,fieldeng
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following option is supported:
OPERANDS The following operand is supported:
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displays the host whose host name is scf0_hostname0.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
Server DNS server name
Address IP address of DNS server
Name Specified host name
Address IP address of the host name
-h Displays usage statement. When used with other options or
operands, an error occurs.
hostname Specifies the host name to be referred. A Fully Qualified Domain
Name (FQDN) or a short form of the name can be specified.
XSCF> nslookup scf0_hostname0
Server: server.example.com
Address: xx.xx.xx.xx
Name: scf0_hostname0.example.com
Address: xx.xx.xx.xx
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
nslookup(8)
82 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
password(8)
System Administration 83
NAME password - manage user passwords and expiration settings
SYNOPSIS password
password [-e days|date|Never] [-i inactive][-M maxdays][-n mindays][-w
warn][user]
password -h
DESCRIPTION password (8) changes a user’s password and password expiration settings.
When invoked with one or more options, password will make changes to the
expiration settings of the account. See setpasswordpolicy(8) for a description of
default values.
When invoked without options, password prompts you to change the account
password.
When invoked without a user operand, password operates on the current user
account.
Caution – When you change the password for another user by using the user
operand, the system password policy is not enforced. The user operand is intended
only for creating a new user’s initial password or replacing a lost or forgotten
password for a user account. When changing another user’s password, be sure to
choose a password that conforms with the system password policy. You can display
the current password policy settings with the showpasswordpolicy(8) command.
Whether the user name is specified or not, the account must be local. password
returns an error if it is not local.
Privileges You must have one of the following privileges to run this command:
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
None required No privileges are required:
To change the password for the current user account
To use the -h option
useradm Can run this command with or without any options or operand.
Can change the password for any account.
password(8)
84 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
OPTIONS The following options are supported
OPERANDS The following operand is supported:
-e days|date|Never Sets the number of days, starting from today, during which
the XSCF account is enabled. Otherwise, it sets the date
when the account expires.
The date format can be yyyy-mm-dd.
Never (or its equivalent in the language of the system
locale) means an account will never expire. It is case
insensitive.
-h Displays usage statement.
When used with other options or operands, an error occurs.
-i inactive Sets the number of days after a password expires until the
account is locked. This value is assigned to new user
accounts when they are created. The initial value is –1.A
value of –1 means that the account will not be locked after
the password expires. Valid values are integers with value
of –1 or greater.
-M maxdays Sets the maximum number of days that a password is valid.
This value is assigned to new user accounts when they are
created. The initial value is 999999.
Valid values are integers with value of zero or greater.
-n mindays Sets the minimum number of days between password
changes. An initial value of zero for this field indicates that
you can change the password at any time.
Valid values are integers with value of zero or greater.
This value is assigned to new user accounts when they are
created.
-w warn Sets the default number of days before password expiration
at which to start warning the user. This value is assigned to
new user accounts when they are created. The initial value
is 7.
Valid values are integers with value of zero or greater.
user Specifies a valid user name.
password(8)
System Administration 85
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Enabling Password Until February 2, 2008
EXAMPLE 2 Set Password Lock 10 Days After Password Expiration
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO setpasswordpolicy(8),showpasswordpolicy(8)
XSCF> password -e 2008-02-02
XSCF> password -i 10
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
password(8)
86 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
poweroff(8)
System Administration 87
NAME poweroff - turn off the power to the specified domain
SYNOPSIS poweroff [[-q]-{y|n}][-f][-M]-d domain_id
poweroff [[-q]-{y|n}]-a [-M]
poweroff -h
DESCRIPTION The poweroff(8) command turns off the power to the specified domain.
The command can turn off the power to the specified domain or to all domains.
After ordinary shutdown processing for the operating system is executed, the
power is turned off.
Privileges You must have one of the following privileges to run this command:
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
When the command is executed, a prompt to confirm execution of the command
with the specified options is displayed. Enter "y" to execute the command or "n"
to cancel the command.
platadm,fieldeng Can run this command for all domains.
domainadm,domainmgr Can run this command only for your managed domains.
-a Turns off the power to all domains. Only users who have the
platadm and fieldeng privileges can specify this option.
-d domain_id Specifies the ID of the domain to be turned off. domain_id can be
0–23 depending on the system configuration.
-f Uses XSCF to forcibly turn off the power to the specified
domain. This option is used together with the -d option.
-h Displays usage statement. When used with other options or
operands, an error occurs.
-M Displays text by page. This option provides a function that is
the same as that of the more command.
-n Automatically answers 'n' (no) to all prompts.
-q Suppresses all messages to stdout, including prompts.
-y Automatically answers 'y' (yes) to all prompts.
poweroff(8)
88 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
If the operating system of the target domain is running, the poweroff(8)
command processing is equivalent to that of the shutdown(1M) command with
the "-i5" option specified.
A domain cannot be powered off while the operating system of the domain is
booting. Execute the poweroff(8) command again after the booting is
completed.
A domain cannot be powered off by the poweroff(8) command while the
operating system of the domain is running in single-user mode. Execute the
shutdown(1M) command in the domain.
When the poweroff(8) command is executed, power-off results for each of the
specified domains are displayed in the following format:
The showdomainstatus(8) command can be used to check whether the system
power is off.
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Turns off power to all domains.
EXAMPLE 2 Turns off power to domains with domain IDs 0.
Powered off The power was turned off normally.
Not Powering
off
An error occurred, and the power could not be turned off. An
error message is displayed with ‘Not Powering off.’
XSCF> poweroff -a
DomainIDs to power off:00,01,02,03
Continue? [y|n]:y
00:Powering off
01:Powering off
02:Powering off
03:Powering off
*Note*
This command only issues the instruction to power-off.
The result of the instruction can be checked by the "showlogs power".
XSCF> poweroff -d 0
DomainIDs to power off:00
Continue? [y|n]:y
00:Powering off
*Note*
This command only issues the instruction to power-off.
The result of the instruction can be checked by the "showlogs power".
poweroff(8)
System Administration 89
EXAMPLE 3 Turns off power to domains with domain IDs 1. An error occurs because the
user has no control privilege.
EXAMPLE 4 Forcibly turns off power to domains with domain IDs 0.
EXAMPLE 5 Turns off power to domains with domain IDs 2. Automatically replies with
'y' to the prompt.
EXAMPLE 6 Turns off power to domains with domain IDs 2. Automatically replies with
'y' without displaying the prompt.
EXAMPLE 7 Cancels the poweroff(8) command execution that is in progress.
EXAMPLE 8 Cancels the poweroff(8) command execution that is in progress. Automati-
cally replies with 'n' to the prompt.
XSCF> poweroff -d 1
DomainIDs to power off:01
Continue? [y|n]:y
01:Not powering off:Permission denied.
*Note*
This command only issues the instruction to power-off.
The result of the instruction can be checked by the "showlogs power".
XSCF> poweroff -f -d 0
DomainIDs to power off:00
The -f option will cause domains to be immediately resets.
Continue? [y|n]:y
00:Powering off
*Note*
This command only issues the instruction to power-off.
The result of the instruction can be checked by the "showlogs power".
XSCF> poweroff -y -d 2
DomainIDs to power off:02
Continue? [y|n]:y
02:Powering off
*Note*
This command only issues the instruction to power-off.
The result of the instruction can be checked by the "showlogs power".
XSCF> poweroff -q -y -d 2
XSCF>poweroff -d 0
DomainIDs to power off:00
Continue? [y|n]:n
XSCF>poweroff -n -d 3
DomainIDs to power off:03
Continue? [y|n]:n
poweroff(8)
90 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXAMPLE 9 Cancels the poweroff(8) command execution that is in progress. Automati-
cally replies with 'n' without displaying the prompt.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO poweron(8),reset(8),showdomainstatus(8)
XSCF>poweroff -q -n -d 3
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
poweron(8)
System Administration 91
NAME poweron - turn on the power to the specified domain
SYNOPSIS poweron [[-q]-{y|n}][-M]-d domain_id
poweron [[-q]-{y|n}][-M]-a
poweron -h
DESCRIPTION The poweron(8) command turns on the power to the specified domain.
The command can turn on the power to the specified domain or to all domains.
Privileges You must have one of the following privileges to run this command:
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
When the command is executed, a prompt to confirm execution of the command
with the specified options is displayed. Enter "y" to execute the command or "n"
to cancel the command.
platadm,fieldeng Can run this command for all domains.
domainadm,domainmgr Can run this command only for your managed domains.
-a Turns on the power to every domain that has been completely
set up. Only users who have the platadm or fieldeng
privileges can specify this option. The "domain that has been
completely set up" means a domain that has been completely set
up with the setdcl(8) and addboard(8) commands.
-d domain_id Specifies the ID of the domain to be turned on. domain_id can be
0–23 depending on the system configuration.
-h Displays usage statement. When used with other options or
operands, an error occurs.
-M Displays text by page. This option provides a function that is
the same as that of the more command.
-n Automatically answers 'n' (no) to all prompts.
-q Suppresses all messages to stdout, including prompts.
-y Automatically answers 'y' (yes) to all prompts.
poweron(8)
92 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
When the poweron(8) command is executed, power-on results for each of the
specified domains are displayed in the following format:
The showdomainstatus(8) command can be used to check whether the system
power is on.
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Turns on power to all domains.
EXAMPLE 2 Turns on power to domains with domain IDs 0.
EXAMPLE 3 Turns on power to domains with domain IDs 0. Automatically replies with
'y' to the prompt.
EXAMPLE 4 Turns on power to domains with domain IDs 1. Automatically replies with
'y' without displaying the prompt.
Powering on The power was turned on normally.
Not Powering
on
An error occurred, and the power could not be turned on. An
error message is displayed with Not Powering on.
XSCF> poweron -a
DomainIDs to power on:00,01,02,03
Continue? [y|n]:y
00:Powering on
01:Powering on
02:Powering on
03:Powering on
*Note*
This command only issues the instruction to power-on.
The result of the instruction can be checked by the "showlogs power".
XSCF> poweron -d 0
DomainIDs to power on:00
Continue? [y|n]:y
00:Powering on
*Note*
This command only issues the instruction to power-on.
The result of the instruction can be checked by the "showlogs power".
XSCF> poweron -y -d 0
DomainIDs to power on:00
Continue? [y|n]:y
00:Powering on
*Note*
This command only issues the instruction to power-on.
The result of the instruction can be checked by the "showlogs power".
XSCF>
XSCF> poweron -q -y -d 1
poweron(8)
System Administration 93
EXAMPLE 5 Cancels the poweron(8) command execution that is in progress.
EXAMPLE 6 Cancels the poweron(8) command execution that is in progress. Automati-
cally replies with 'n' to the prompt.
EXAMPLE 7 Cancels the poweron(8) command execution that is in progress. Automati-
cally replies with 'n' without displaying the prompt.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO poweroff(8),reset(8),showdomainstatus(8)
XSCF> poweron -d 1
DomainIDs to power on:01
Continue? [y|n]:n
XSCF> poweron -n -d 1
DomainIDs to power on:01
Continue? [y|n]:n
XSCF> poweron -q -n -d 1
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
poweron(8)
94 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
prtfru(8)
System Administration 95
NAME prtfru - display FRUID data on the system and External I/O Expansion Unit
SYNOPSIS prtfru
prtfru [-c][-l][-M][-x][container]
prtfru -h
DESCRIPTION prtfru is used to obtain FRUID (Field-Replaceable Unit Identifier) data from the
system. Its output is a tree structure, echoing the path in the FRU tree to each
container. When a container is found, the data from that container is printed in a
tree structure as well.
prtfru without any arguments prints the FRU hierarchy and all of the FRUID
container data. prtfru prints to the screen. Output can be redirected to a file.
Note – FRU information from the domains is not available using this command.
Privileges You must have fieldeng privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
OPERANDS The following operand is supported:
-c Prints only the containers and their data. This option does not
print the FRU tree hierarchy.
-h Displays usage statement.
When used with other options or operands, an error occurs.
-M Displays text by page. This option provides a function that is the
same as that of the more command.
-l Prints only the FRU tree hierarchy. This option does not print the
container data.
-x Prints in XML format with a system identifier (SYSTEM) of
prtfrureg.dtd.
container The name of the particular hardware that holds data, in the FRU
hierarchy. Either the name or path/name of a container is
displayed in the -l option. The container operand must be in
upper case and is applicable to the External I/O Expansion Unit
FRUs.
prtfru(8)
96 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displaying FRU Tree Hierarchy
EXAMPLE 2 Displaying System-Board FRU ID Data
EXAMPLE 3 Displaying System-Board FRU ID Data
XSCF> prtfru -l
...
/frutree
/frutree/chassis (fru)
/frutree/chassis/SYS?Label=SYS
/frutree/chassis/SYS?Label=SYS/led-location (fru)
/frutree/chassis/SYS?Label=SYS/key-location (fru)
/frutree/chassis/SC?Label=SC
/frutree/chassis/SC?Label=SC/system-controller (container)
/frutree/chassis/MB?Label=MB
/frutree/chassis/MB?Label=MB/system-board (container)
/frutree/chassis/MB?Label=MB/system-board/BAT?Label=BAT
/frutree/chassis/MB?Label=MB/system-board/BAT?Label=BAT/battery (fru)
/frutree/chassis/FT0?Label=FT0
/frutree/chassis/FT0?Label=FT0/F0?Label=F0
/frutree/chassis/FT0?Label=FT0/F0?Label=F0/fan (fru)
/frutree/chassis/HDD0?Label=HDD0
/frutree/chassis/HDD0?Label=HDD0/disk (fru)
/frutree/chassis/DVD?Label=DVD
/frutree/chassis/SCC?Label=SCC
/frutree/chassis/SCC?Label=SCC/scc (fru)
/frutree/chassis/PCI0?Label=PCI0
/frutree/chassis/PCI1?Label=PCI1
/frutree/chassis/SCSIBP?Label=SCSIBP
/frutree/chassis/SCSIBP?Label=SCSIBP/system-board (container)
/frutree/chassis/PS0?Label=PS0
/frutree/chassis/PS0?Label=PS0/power-supply (container)
/frutree/chassis/C0?Label=C0
/frutree/chassis/C0?Label=C0/system-board/P0?Label=P0/cpu/B1?Label=B1/
bank/D0?Label=D0/mem-module (container)
XSCF> prtfru -c system-board
/frutree/chassis/MB?Label=MB/system-board (container)
SEGMENT: SD
/ManR
/ManR/UNIX_Timestamp32: Thu Oct 9 17:45:34 PDT 2003
/ManR/Fru_Description: ASSY,A42,MOTHERBOARD
/ManR/Manufacture_Loc: Toronto, Ontario, Canada
/ManR/Sun_Part_No: 5016344
/ManR/Sun_Serial_No: 008778
/ManR/Vendor_Name: Celestica
/ManR/Initial_HW_Dash_Level: 08
/ManR/Initial_HW_Rev_Level: 50
/ManR/Fru_Shortname: A42_MB
/SpecPartNo: 885-0060-10
XSCF> prtfru -l system-board
/frutree/chassis/MB?Label=MB/system-board (container)
prtfru(8)
System Administration 97
EXAMPLE 4 Displaying Power Supply FRU ID Data
EXAMPLE 5 Displaying Memory Module FRU ID Data
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO ioxadm(8)
XSCF> prtfru -l power-supply
/frutree/chassis/PS0?Label=PS0/power-supply (container)
XSCF> prtfru -l mem-module
/frutree/chassis/C0?Label=C0/system-board/P0?Label=P0/cpu/B0?Label=B0/
bank/D0?Label=D0/mem-module (container)
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
prtfru(8)
98 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
rebootxscf(8)
System Administration 99
NAME rebootxscf - reset the XSCF
SYNOPSIS rebootxscf [[-q]-{y|n}]
rebootxscf -h
DESCRIPTION The rebootxscf(8) command resets the XSCF.
Privileges You must have platadm or fieldeng privilege to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
When you cancel the XSCF reset using the applynetwork(8), setdate(8),
sethttps(8), or setssh(8), which commands reset XSCF automatically, even if
you perform this command, the network information that is set is not applied in
XSCF.
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Resets the XSCF.
EXAMPLE 2 Resets the XSCF. Automatically replies with 'y' to the prompt.
EXAMPLE 3 Resets the XSCF. Automatically replies with 'y' without displaying the
prompt.
EXAMPLE 4 Cancels the rebootxscf(8) command execution that is in progress.
-h Displays usage statement. When used with other options or
operands, an error occurs.
-n Automatically answers 'n' (no) to all prompts.
-q Suppresses all messages to stdout, including prompts.
-y Automatically answers 'y' (yes) to all prompts.
XSCF> rebootxscf
The XSCF will be reset. Continue? [y|n]:y
XSCF> rebootxscf -y
The XSCF will be reset. Continue? [y|n]:y
XSCF> rebootxscf -q -y
XSCF> rebootxscf
The XSCF will be reset. Continue? [y|n]:n
XSCF>
rebootxscf(8)
100 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO applynetwork(8),setdate(8),sethttps(8),setssh(8)
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
replacefru(8)
System Administration 101
NAME replacefru - replace a field replaceable unit (FRU)
SYNOPSIS replacefru
replacefru -h
DESCRIPTION The replacefru(8) command replaces a FRU. The command allows the user to
select, confirm, and replace the FRU interactively using menus.
The following FRUs can be replaced using the replacefru(8) command.
CPU memory unit (CMU)
I/O unit (IOU)
FAN unit (FANU)
Power supply unit (PSU)
XSCF unit (XSCFU)
Privileges You must have fieldeng privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following option is supported.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO addboard(8), addfru(8),deleteboard(8),deletefru(8),setupfru(8),
showdcl(8),showdomainstatus(8),showfru(8),showhardconf(8),testsb(8),
unlockmaintenance(8)
-h Displays usage statement.
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
replacefru(8)
102 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
reset(8)
System Administration 103
NAME reset - reset the specified domain
SYNOPSIS reset [[-q]-{y|n}]-d domain_id level
reset -h
DESCRIPTION Note – Since the reset(8) command forcibly resets the system, this command may
cause a failure in a hard disk drive or other components. Use this command only
for the purpose of recovery, such as if the operating system hangs, and for other
limited purposes.
The reset(8) command resets the specified domain.
The following three levels of resetting can be specified:
Privileges You must have one of the following privileges to run this command:
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
por Resets the domain system.
panic Instructs the domain operating system to generate a panic. The
command is ignored if it is issued during power-off or
shutdown.
xir Resets the domain CPU.
platadm,fieldeng Can run this command for all domains.
domainadm,domainmgr Can run this command only for your managed domains.
-d domain_id Specifies only one ID of the domain to be reset. domain_id can be
0–23 depending on the system configuration.
-h Displays usage statement. When used with other options or
operands, an error occurs.
-n Automatically answers 'n' (no) to all prompts.
-q Suppresses all messages to stdout, including prompts.
-y Automatically answers 'y' (yes) to all prompts.
reset(8)
104 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
OPERANDS The following operand is supported:
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
When the command is executed, a prompt to confirm execution of the command
with the specified options is displayed. Enter "y" to execute the command or "n"
to cancel the command.
The showdomainstatus(8) command can be used to check whether the domain
has been reset.
If the reset(8) command is executed under either of the following conditions,
processing is stopped before the operating system is started:
The Mode switch on the operator panel is set to Service mode
The Auto boot function has been disabled by the setdomainmode (8) command
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Causes a panic in domain ID 0.
EXAMPLE 2 Resets the CPU in domain ID 0. Automatically answers 'y' to all prompts.
EXAMPLE 3 Resets domain ID 0. Suppresses prompts, and automatically answers 'y' to all
prompts.
level Specifies the level of resetting. One of the following can be
specified. This operand cannot be omitted.
por Resets the domain system.
request Instructs the domain operating system to
generate a panic.
xir Resets the domain CPU.
XSCF> reset -d 0 panic
DomainID to panic:00
Continue? [y|n]:y
00:Panicked
*Note*
This command only issues the instruction to reset.
The result of the instruction can be checked by the "showlogs power".
XSCF> reset -y -d 0 xir
DomainID to reset:00
Continue? [y|n]:y
00:Reset
*Note*
This command only issues the instruction to reset.
The result of the instruction can be checked by the "showlogs power".
XSCF> reset -q -y -d 0 por
reset(8)
System Administration 105
EXAMPLE 4 Cancels the reset command execution that is in progress.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO poweroff(8),poweron(8),setdomainmode(8),showdomainstatus(8)
XSCF> reset -d 0 panic
DomainID to panic:00
Continue? [y|n]:n
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
reset(8)
106 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
resetdateoffset(8)
System Administration 107
NAME resetdateoffset - reset the time subtraction between XSCF and the domain
SYNOPSIS resetdateoffset
resetdateoffset -h
DESCRIPTION The resetdateoffset(8) command resets the time subtraction between XSCF and
the domain, which stored in XSCF.
Usually, the time of the domain is synchronized with the time of XSCF. When the
time of the domain changed by using a command such as the date(1M) which
prepared in the operating system of domain, the time subtraction between the time
of XSCF and the changed time of domain will be stored in XSCF. The stored time
subtraction remains after the domain reboot or after the XSCF reset by using a
command such as the rebootxscf(8), with the result that the time subtraction
between XSCF and the domain remains stored.
The resetdateoffset(8) command resets the every time subtraction between
XSCF and each domain, which stored in XSCF. As a result, the time of domain after
startup will be set to the same time as XSCF.
Privileges You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
The resetdateoffset(8) command needs to be executed in the system power-off
status.
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Resets the time subtraction between XSCF and the domain.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
-h Displays usage statement.
XSCF> resetdateoffset
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
resetdateoffset(8)
108 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
sendbreak(8)
System Administration 109
NAME sendbreak - send a break signal to the specified domain
SYNOPSIS sendbreak -d domain_id
sendbreak -h
DESCRIPTION The sendbreak(8) command sends a break signal to the specified domain.
When a break signal is sent from the domain console to the domain operating
system, control is transferred from the operating system to OpenBoot PROM and
the OpenBoot PROM prompt "ok>" is displayed.
Privileges You must have one of the following privileges to run this command:
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO console(8),showconsolepath(8)
platadm Can run this command for all domains.
domainadm Can run this command only for your managed domains.
-d domain_id Specifies only one ID of the destination domain in which a
system board is to be configured or to which it is to be assigned.
domain_id can be 0–23 depending on the system configuration.
-h Displays usage statement. When used with other options or
operands, an error occurs.
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
sendbreak(8)
110 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
setaltitude(8)
System Administration 111
NAME setaltitude - set the altitude of the system
SYNOPSIS setaltitude -s key=value
setaltitude -h
DESCRIPTION The setaltitude(8) command sets the altitude of the system.
The specified value becomes valid when the circuit breakers of the system are
switched on again.
Privileges You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
If the altitude of the system is set, any abnormality in the intake air temperature
can be detected quickly. If the altitude of the system is unknown, set a high
value. However, even if no altitude is set for the system, any abnormality in
temperatures such as the CPU temperature can still be detected, so the system
would not be damaged by a fatal error.
When the showaltitude(8) command is executed, the current settings are
displayed.
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Sets the altitude of the system to 1000 m.
-h Displays usage statement. When used with other options or
operands, an error occurs.
-s key=value The item to be set is specified by key. The following value can be
specified:
altitude Sets the altitude of the system.
Specifies the altitude of the system in value in units of meters (m).
An integer equal to or greater than 0 can be specified, and the
specified value is rounded off to the nearest hundred meters.
The value may be rounded up to the nearest hundred meters.
The default value is 0 meters.
XSCF> setaltitude -s altitude=1000
1000m
setaltitude(8)
112 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXAMPLE 2 Sets the altitude of the system to 200 m. The specified value is rounded up
to the nearest hundred meters.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO showaltitude(8)
XSCF> setaltitude -s altitude=157
200m
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
setarchiving(8)
System Administration 113
NAME setarchiving - configure the log archiving functionality
SYNOPSIS setarchiving [-k host-key][-l audit-limit,non-audit-limit][-p password|-r][-t
user@host:directory][-v][-y|-n]
setarchiving enable|disable
setarchiving -h
DESCRIPTION setarchiving(8) manages the log archiving configuration. Persistent storage
space on the Service Processor is limited. Some logs may grow to the point where
old log entries must be overwritten or deleted. Log archiving allows the user to set
up the Service Processor to automatically archive its log data on a remote host.
Note – You must set up the archive host correctly prior to enabling the log
archiving feature. (See EXAMPLE 1.) If you attempt to enable archiving while the
configuration is invalid (for example, if the specified archive host does not exist),
setarchiving exits with an error message. setarchiving exits with an error
message if you request invalid configuration changes while archiving is enabled.
Note – setarchiving(8) requires at least one option or operand.
Privileges You must have platadm privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
setarchiving(8)
114 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
-h Displays usage statement.
When used with other options or operands, an error
occurs.
-k host-key Sets the public key that XSCF uses to verify the
identity of the host. Possible values for the host-key
are shown here:
none
This literal value specifies that a public key
should not be used to authenticate the archive
host. If an archive host public key was previously
configured, it is deleted.
download
This literal value specifies that setarchiving
should download the public host key from the
archive host using the SSH protocol. If the -t
option is used, setarchiving downloads the
key from the host specified in the argument to
-t. Otherwise, setarchiving downloads the
key from the current archive host. Next,
setarchiving displays the key’s md5
fingerprint and prompts you for confirmation of
the identity of the host to continue. If you accept
the key, it is saved and used for server
authentication. If you reject the key,
setarchiving exists without changing the
configuration.
public-key
The specified public key is stored and used for
server authentication. The host-key argument
should be the complete public-key for the archive
host, beginning with the key type.
Note – The public-key should be enclosed in quotes to
ensure that the shell treats it as a single word.
setarchiving(8)
System Administration 115
-l audit-limit,non-audit-limit Sets the space limits for log archives in megabytes.
The option argument must consist of two values
separated by a comma.
The audit-limit value specifies the archive space limit
for audit logs. It must be either 0(zero), unlimited
or an integer in the range of 500–50000. If you do not
use the -l option to modify the value of audit-limit,
the initial archive space limit for audit logs is
unlimited.
The non-audit-limit value specifies the archive space
limit for all other logs, in megabytes. It must be an
integer in the range of 500–50000. If unset, the initial
value for non-audit-limit depends on the type of
server. Use the showarchiving(8) command to
determine the value for your server.
If either of the specified values is invalid, the
command displays an error and exits without making
any changes.
-n Automatically answers no to all prompts. Prompts
are displayed.
-p password Sets the password used for ssh login. This option is
provided to facilitate scripting. To change the
password interactively, use the -r option.
-r Reads the password used for ssh login. The
setarchiving command displays a prompt and
reads the new password without echoing it to the
screen.
-t user@host:directory Sets the archive target. The host field specifies the
host name or IP address of the archive host. The user
field specifies the user name for the ssh login to the
archive host. The directory field specifies the archive
directory on the archive host where the archives
should be stored. The directory field must not begin
with a tilde (~).
-v Specifies verbose output. When this option is used in
conjunction with -k download,setarchiving
displays the downloaded public key in addition to its
md5 fingerprint.
-y Automatically answers yes to all prompts. Prompts
are displayed.
setarchiving(8)
116 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
OPERANDS The following operands are supported:
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Setting the Archiving Target and Password
EXAMPLE 2 Setting the Public Host Key
EXAMPLE 3 Setting the Space Limits for Archives
EXAMPLE 4 Enabling Archiving
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO showarchiving(8)
enable Activates the log archiving feature. Cannot be used with any
options.
disable De-activates the log archiving feature. Cannot be used with any
options.
XSCF> setarchiving -t jsmith@somehost.company.com:/home/jsmith/
logs -r
Enter ssh password for jsmith@somehost.company.com:[]
XSCF> setarchiving -k download
Downloading public host key from somehost.company.com....
Fingerprint: c3:75:f9:97:7d:dc:le:le:62:06:c1:6f:87:bc:e8:0d
Accept this public key (yes|no): yes
XSCF> setarchiving -l 10000,10000
XSCF> setarchiving enable
Testing the archiving configuration...
Logs will be archived to somehost.company.com.
0Successful completion. Configuration updated.
>0 An error occurred.
setaudit(8)
System Administration 117
NAME setaudit - manage the system auditing functionality
SYNOPSIS setaudit enable|disable|archive|delete
setaudit [-p count|suspend] [ -m mailaddr][-a users=enable|disable|default]
[-c classes= {enable|disable }]... [-e events=enable|disable ]... [-g
{enable|disable }] [-t percents]
setaudit -h
DESCRIPTION setaudit(8) manages the collection of data on the use of system resources. Audit
data provides a record of security-related system events. This data can be used to
assign responsibility for actions that have taken place on the system. Auditing
generates records when specified events occur. Events that generate audit records
include:
System startup and shutdown
Login and logout
Authentication actions
Administrative actions
Privileges You must have auditadm privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
setaudit(8)
118 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
OPTIONS The following options are supported.
-a users=enable|disable|default
Sets the audit record generation policy for the specified users. users is a
comma-separated list of valid user names.
When set to enable or disable, audit record generation for the users is
turned on or off respectively. This setting overrides the global policy for the
specified user.
When set to default, the policy for the users is set to follow the global
policy. Use showaudit -g to display the global user audit record generation
policy.
-c classes = enable|disable
Changes the audit record generation policy for the specified audit classes.
classes is a comma-separated list of audit classes. A class may be specified by
its numeric value or its name. The ACS_ prefix may be omitted. For example,
the class of audit-related events can be expressed as ACS_AUDIT,AUDIT or 2.
The following are valid classes:
all Denotes all classes: LOGIN,CONFIG,AUDIT,
DOMAIN,USER,STATUS,PLATFORM,SERVICE
ACS_LOGIN(0) Login-related events
ACS_CONFIG(1) Configuration-related events
ACS_AUDIT(2) Audit-related events
ACS_DOMAIN(3) Domain-related events
ACS_USER(4) User management–related events
ACS_STATUS(5) Status inquiry–related events
ACS_PLATFORM(6) Platform management–related events
ACS_SERVICE(7) Service-related events
This option may be specified multiple times. Multiple specification are
processed together with an -e options in the order listed. See EXAMPLE 1.
When set to enable or disable, audit record generation for the classes is
turned on or off respectively. This setting overrides the global policy. When
set to default, the policy for the users is set to follow the global policy. Use
showaudit -g to display the global user audit record generation policy.
-e events = enable|disable
setaudit(8)
System Administration 119
Changes the audit record generation policy for the specified audit events.
events is a comma-separated list of audit events. An event may be specified
by its numeric value or its name. The AEV_ prefix may be omitted. For
example, the event for SSH login can be expressed as AEV_LOGIN_SSH,
LOGIN_SSH or 0.
See showaudit -e all for a list of valid events.
This option may be specified multiple times. Multiple specification are
processed together with an -c options in the order listed. See EXAMPLE 3.
When set to enable or disable, audit record generation for the events is
turned on or off respectively. This setting overrides the global policy. When
set to default, the policy for the users is set to follow the global policy. Use
showaudit -g to display the global user audit record generation policy.
-g enable|disable
Sets the global user audit record generation policy.
When set to disable, no audit record which can be attributed to any user
account is generated. These settings can be overridden on an individual user
basis using the -a option.
-h
Displays usage statement.
When used with other options or operands, an error occurs.
-m mailaddr
Sets the mail address to which email is sent when the local audit storage
space usage reaches a threshold (see option -t). Email addresses must be a
valid email address of the form user@company.com. Specifying none for
mailaddr turns off email notification.
-p suspend|count
Sets the policy to follow when the audit trail becomes full. The following are
valid values:
suspend All processes which try to write to audit records will be
suspended until either space becomes available and
records can be written, or the policy is changed to count.
count New audit records are dropped and a count is kept of
how many records are dropped.
setaudit(8)
120 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
OPERANDS The following operands are supported:
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Changing Classes Using Names
EXAMPLE 2 Changing Classes Using Numbers
EXAMPLE 3 Disabling and Disabling Events
-t percents
Sets thresholds at which to issue a warning about local audit storage usage.
percents is a comma-separated list of percentages of available space used. At
most two values may be set. For example, a value of 50,75 would cause
warnings to be issued when 50% and 75%, respectively, of the available
storage for audit records is consumed. The default value is 80%.
Warnings are issued as a message to the console and optionally to an
administrator using email. See -m mailaddr.
archive Notifies the log archiving facility to archive the current audit
trail.
delete Delete the portion of the local audit trail in the secondary
partition. This can be used to free space for new audit records if
the local audit trail becomes full. For more information on the
secondary partition, refer to the administration guide for your
server.
disable Turns off the writing of audit records to the audit trail and
notifies the log archiving facility to archive the current audit
trail.
enable Turns on the writing of audit records to the audit trail.
XSCF> setaudit -c LOGIN,AUDIT=disable -c ACS_CONFIG=enable
Auditing for LOGIN and AUDIT classes has been disabled.
Auditing for CONFIG class is enabled.
XSCF> setaudit -c 0,2=disable -c 1=enable
Auditing for classes 1 (LOGIN) and 3 (AUDIT) has been disabled.
Auditing for class 2 (CONFIG) is enabled.
XSCF> setaudit -e ENTER,EXIT,LOGIN_SSH=disable -e 5=enable
Auditing for Enter, Exit and Login_SSH events has been disabled. Auditing
for 5 (LOGOUT) is enabled.
setaudit(8)
System Administration 121
EXAMPLE 4 Changing Classes and Enabling an Event
EXAMPLE 5 Enabling Auditing
EXAMPLE 6 Enabling Warnings
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO showaudit(8)
XSCF> setaudit -c 1=enable -e 5=disable
Auditing is enabled for all of Class 1 (CONFIG) except for event 5 (LOGOUT)
is disabled.
XSCF> setaudit enable
Turns on writing of the audit records for the audit trail.
XSCF> setaudit -t 50,75
Warnings will be sent at 50% capacity and 75% capacity.
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
setaudit(8)
122 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
setautologout(8)
System Administration 123
NAME setautologout - set the session timeout time of the XSCF shell
SYNOPSIS setautologout -s timeout
setautologout -h
DESCRIPTION The setautologout(8) command sets the session timeout time of the XSCF shell.
The default of the session timeout time is 10 minutes.
Privileges You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
The specified session timeout time becomes effective after the subsequent login.
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Sets the session timeout time of the XSCF shell to 30 minutes.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO showautologout(8)
-h Displays usage statement. When used with other options or
operands, an error occurs.
-s timeout Specifies the session timeout time of the XSCF shell. Specify a
timeout time value in units of minutes for timeout. An integer
ranging from 1 to 255 can be specified.
XSCF> setautologout -s 30
30min
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
setautologout(8)
124 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
setcod(8)
System Administration 125
NAME setcod - set up the Capacity on Demand (COD) resources used for domains
SYNOPSIS setcod
setcod [-v]headroom
setcod [-v]-d domain_id [proc-rtus]
setcod -h
DESCRIPTION setcod(8) sets up the COD resources to be used for domains. License keys must be
installed (see addcodlicense(8)) before COD boards in a domain can be utilized.
You can also enable headroom and reserve licenses for some domains with
setcod(8).
When no domain_id is specified, current values are displayed in the square brackets
([]) at the command prompt. If no value is specified for an operand, it retains its
current value.
Privileges You must have platadm privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
OPERANDS The following operands are supported:
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
If you run the setcod command without specifying any options, the command
prompts you for COD information.
You are asked to specify the amount of COD headroom to be used, and the number
of COD RTU licenses to be reserved for your domains. When you are prompted for
-d domain_id Domain identifier. domain_id can be 0–23 depending on
the system configuration.
-h Displays usage statement.
When used with other options or operands, an error
occurs.
-v Specifies verbose output.
headroom Amount of headroom (processors) to be
enabled. Maximum value is 4.
proc-rtus The number of Right To Use (RTUs)
licenses reserved for a domain. One RTU
license is required for each CPU.
setcod(8)
126 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
COD information, the maximum values allowed are displayed within parentheses
() and default values are displayed within brackets [].
setcod enables COD headroom (processors to be used on demand). Use the -d
domain_id to specify the number of domain COD RTU licenses to be reserved.
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Setting COD CPU Headroom Quantity and Reserve Domain COD RTU Li-
censes
EXAMPLE 2 Set the COD Headroom CPUs to 3
After this command completes, you will see a message similar to this one in the
XSCF console:
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO addcodlicense(8),showcod(8)
XSCF> setcod
COD
---
PROC RTUs installed: 0
PROC Headroom Quantity (0 to disable, 4 MAX) [0]:
PROC RTUs reserved for domain 0 (0 MAX) [0]:
PROC RTUs reserved for domain 1 (0 MAX) [0]:
PROC RTUs reserved for domain 2 (0 MAX) [0]:
PROC RTUs reserved for domain 3 (0 MAX) [0]:
PROC RTUs reserved for domain 4 (0 MAX) [0]:
PROC RTUs reserved for domain 5 (0 MAX) [0]:
PROC RTUs reserved for domain 6 (0 MAX) [0]:
PROC RTUs reserved for domain 7 (0 MAX) [0]:
PROC RTUs reserved for domain 8 (0 MAX) [0]:
PROC RTUs reserved for domain 9 (0 MAX) [0]:
PROC RTUs reserved for domain 10 (0 MAX) [0]:
PROC RTUs reserved for domain 11 (0 MAX) [0]:
PROC RTUs reserved for domain 12 (0 MAX) [0]:
PROC RTUs reserved for domain 13 (0 MAX) [0]:
PROC RTUs reserved for domain 14 (0 MAX) [0]:
PROC RTUs reserved for domain 15 (0 MAX) [0]:
XSCF> setcod 3
codd 15:51:36: COD PROC Headroom changed to 3
0Successful completion.
>0An error occurred.
setdate(8)
System Administration 127
NAME setdate - set the date and time of XSCF
SYNOPSIS setdate [[-q]-{y|n}][-u]-s date
setdate -h
DESCRIPTION The setdate(8) command sets the date and time of XSCF.
If the local date and time are specified, they are set following conversion to
coordinated universal time (UTC).
When date and time are set, the set date and time are reflected after XSCF is reset.
Privileges You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
When the command is executed, a prompt to confirm execution of the command
with the specified options is displayed. Enter "y" to execute the command or "n"
to cancel the command.
In case the XSCF unit is duplicated configuration, date and time must be set for
each XSCF unit.
If the XSCF is used as an NTP server, change the XSCF time, and synchronize the
domain times with the XSCF time. The XSCF time is applied to a domain during
either of the following operations:
-h Displays usage statement. When used with other options or
operands, an error occurs.
-n Automatically answers 'n' (no) to all prompts.
-q Suppresses all messages to stdout, including prompts.
-s date Sets date and time. date can be specified in either of the
following formats:
YYYY.MM.DD-hh:mm:ss Specifies date in the format of
"year.month.day-
hour:minute:second."
MMDDhhmmYYYY.ss Specifies data in the format
"MonthDayHourMinuteYear.
second."
-u Specifies time in UTC. When omitted, the local time is specified.
-y Automatically answers 'y' (yes) to all prompts.
setdate(8)
128 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
The ntpdate(1M) command is executed in the domain.
Rebooting the domain
The setdate(8) command needs to be executed in the system power-off status.
In case an NTP server set to XSCF, the time set by the setdate(8) command
becomes invalid. Whether an NTP server set to XSCF or not can be checked by
using the showntp(8) command.
To check the currently set XSCF date and time, execute the showdate(8)
command.
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Sets "January 27 16:59:00 2006" of the local time (JST) as the current time.
EXAMPLE 2 Sets "January 27 07:59:00 2006" of UTC as the current time.
EXAMPLE 3 Sets "January 27 16:59:00 2006" of the local time (JST) as the current time.
Automatically replies with 'y' to the prompt.
XSCF> setdate -s 012716592006.00
Fri Jan 27 16:59:00 JST 2006
The XSCF will be reset. Continue? [y|n] :y
Broadcast message from root (pts/4) (Jan 27 07:59:10 2006):
The system is going down for reboot NOW!
The reset continues after this point.
XSCF> setdate -u -s 012707592006.00
Fri Jan 27 07:59:00 UTC 2006
The XSCF will be reset. Continue? [y|n] :y
Broadcast message from root (pts/4) (Jan 27 07:59:10 2006):
The system is going down for reboot NOW!
The reset continues after this point.
XSCF> setdate -y -s 012716592006.00
Fri Jan 27 16:59:00 JST 2006
The XSCF will be reset. Continue? [y|n] :y
Broadcast message from root (pts/4) (Fri Jan 27 16:59:10 2006):
The system is going down for reboot NOW!
The reset continues after this point.
setdate(8)
System Administration 129
EXAMPLE 4 Sets "January 27 16:59:00 2006" of the local time (JST) as the current time.
Automatically replies with 'y' without displaying the prompt.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO setntp(8),settimezone(8),showdate(8),showntp(8),showtimezone(8)
XSCF> setdate -q -y -s 012716592006.00
Broadcast message from root (pts/4) (Fri Jan 27 16:59:10 2006):
The system is going down for reboot NOW!
The reset continues after this point.
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
setdate(8)
130 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
setdcl(8)
System Administration 131
NAME setdcl - set a domain component list (DCL)
SYNOPSIS setdcl -d domain_id -s policy=value
setdcl -d domain_id -s option=value lsb [lsb...]
setdcl -d domain_id -a lsb=xsb [lsb=xsb...]
setdcl -d domain_id -r lsb [lsb...]
setdcl -h
DESCRIPTION The setdcl(8) command sets a domain component list (DCL).
A DCL is hardware resource information that can be set for a domain or the logical
system boards (LSBs) that are components of a domain.
An LSB is a board unit recognized by an operating system in a domain. Up to 16
boards can be registered in each domain, and they are represented by integer
numbers ranging from 0 to 15.
An extended system board (XSB) is a board unit that can be used in the system and
is one partition of a partitioned physical system board (PSB). An XSB is represented
by x-y, a combination of a PSB number and the number of one partition of the
partitioned PSB (xis an integer ranging from 00 to 15, and yis an integer ranging
from 0 to 3).
The setdcl(8) command associates an XSB with an LSB that can be recognized by
an operating system in the domain, and its settings enable the operating system in
the domain to use hardware resources on the associated XSB.
The setdcl(8) command can set the following types of DCL information:
For the domain:
Degradation range applicable for an error detected during an initial diagnosis of
hardware (policy)
For the LSB:
XSB number of the XSB to be associated with an LSB (lsb,xsb)
The XSB with the specified XSB number is associated with an LSB.
Using memory mounted on an LSB (no-mem)
The user can specify whether an operating system in the domain can use
memory mounted on an LSB.
Using I/O devices mounted on an LSB (no-io)
The user can specify whether an operating system in the domain can use I/O
devices, such as a PCI card, mounted on an LSB.
setdcl(8)
132 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
Whether to set a priority for the specified LSB as a floating board, relative to
other boards (float)
The user can specify whether to set a priority for the specified LSB as a floating
board, relative to other boards. A floating board is used for dynamic
reconfiguration (DR) for purposes such as changing the domain configuration,
while minimizing effect of DR on the operating system.
Privileges You must have platadm privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
-a lsb=xsb Specifies an XSB number to be associated with an LSB number in
the domain. The following form can be accepted:
lsb=xsb
lsb Specifies an LSB number. An integer ranging
from 0 to 15 can be specified.
xsb Specifies an XSB number. The following xsb
form is accepted:
x-yx: An integer from 00–15.
y: An integer from 0–3.
lsb and xsb can be specified with an equal sign (=) as a delimiter.
The space character must not be inserted immediately before
and after "=." lsb=xsb can be repeated multiple times by using a
space character as a delimiter.
If the same pair of an LSB number and XSB number is
duplicated, an error occurs. Also, if an XSB number has already
been set for the specified lsb, an error occurs.
If the specified xsb has already been set for another LSB, the
existing setting is canceled and the specified xsb is set for the
specified lsb.
-d domain_id Specifies the domain ID to be set. An integer ranging from 0 to
23 can be specified for domain_id, depending on the system
configuration.
-h Displays usage statement. When used with other options or
operands, an error occurs.
setdcl(8)
System Administration 133
-r Clears the XSB number associated with an LSB number in the
specified domain.
-s option=value Makes settings regarding hardware resources of the XSB
associated with an LSB. An item to be set is specified for option,
and a value corresponding to option is specified for value.option
and value are specified only once in a format using an equal sign
(=) to delimit the specified values. The space character must not
be inserted immediately before and after "=".
One of the following can be specified for option:
policy Degradation range applicable for a detected
error during an initial diagnosis of
hardware.
no-mem Whether to omit the use of memory on a
domain
no-io Whether to omit the use of I/O devices on a
domain
float Whether to set a priority for the board as a
floating board, relative to other boards
If policy is specified for option, either of the following can be
specified for value:
fru Degrades the target part for an error
detected by a diagnosis.
xsb Degrades the target XSB for an error
detected by a diagnosis.
system Degrades the target system for an error
detected by a diagnosis.
If no-mem is specified for option, either of the following can be
specified for value:
true Omits the use of memory on a domain.
false Does not omit the use of memory on a
domain (default).
setdcl(8)
134 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
OPERANDS The following operand is supported:
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
If the XSB associated with the specified LSB has been configured in the domain
configuration, the information that is set for the LSB cannot be changed. Before
making such a change, unassign the XSB from the domain configuration by
executing the deleteboard(8) command, or re-configure it in another domain
configuration by executing the moveboard(8) command.
If the specified domain is running, the value of policy cannot be changed. To
change the value, first turn off power to the domain.
The currently set DCL information can be checked by using the showdcl(8)
command.
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Sets XSB#00-0 for LSB#00 and XSB#00-1 for LSB#01 of domain ID 0.
EXAMPLE 2 Sets no-mem=true for LSB#00 and #01 of domain ID 0.
EXAMPLE 3 Sets policy=system for domain ID 0.
If no-io is specified for option, either of the following can be
specified for value:
true Omits the use of I/O devices on a domain.
false Does not omit the use of I/O devices on a
domain (default).
If float is specified for option, either of the following can be
specified for value:
true Gives a higher priority regarding floating
boards.
false Does not give a higher priority regarding
floating boards (default).
lsb Specifies the number of the LSB whose information is to be set.
Specify by using an integer ranging from 0 to 15. Multiple lsbs
can be specified by delimiting with spaces. Specifies unique lsb
within the domain. If the same lsb number is specified, an error
occurs.
XSCF> setdcl -d 0 -a 00=00-0 01=00-1
XSCF> setdcl -d 0 -s no-mem=true 00 01
XSCF> setdcl -d 0 -s policy=system
setdcl(8)
System Administration 135
EXAMPLE 4 Clear the XSBs associated with LSB#00 and #01 of domain ID 0.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO addboard(8),deleteboard(8),moveboard(8),setupfru(8),showboards(8),
showdcl(8),showdevices(8),showfru(8)
XSCF> setdcl -d 0 -r 00 01
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
setdcl(8)
136 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
setdomainmode(8)
System Administration 137
NAME setdomainmode - set a domain mode
SYNOPSIS setdomainmode [[-q]-{y|n}]-d domain_id -m function=mode
setdomainmode -h
DESCRIPTION setdomainmode(8) sets a domain mode for the specified domain.
The domain mode of each domain can be set. The domain mode includes the
following settings:
OpenBoot PROM diagnostic levels (Diagnostics Level)
Whether to enable or disable the host watchdog and suppress break signal
reception (Secure Mode). The default of the host watchdog is enable and
suppress break signal reception is enable.
Whether to enable or disable the auto boot function used at domain startup
(Autoboot)
If the domain mode is set, the current settings of the domain mode are listed.
Privileges You must have one of the following privileges to run this command:
Diagnostic level:
Secure Mode,Autoboot:
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
fieldeng Can run this command for all domains.
platadm Can run this command for all domains.
domainadm Can run this command only for your managed domains.
setdomainmode(8)
138 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
When the command is executed, a prompt to confirm execution of the command
with the specified options is displayed. Enter "y" to execute the command or "n"
to cancel the command.
If the Mode switch on the operator panel is set to Service, the settings have the
following values regardless of the domain mode settings of the
setdomainmode(8) command:
Diagnostics Level: operates as the setdomainmode(8) command setting
Secure Mode,Autoboot: off
-d domain_id Specifies the domain ID to be set. domain_id can be 0–23
depending on the system configuration.
-h Displays usage statement. When used with other options or
operands, an error occurs.
-m function=mode Sets the domain mode and specifies its values. Use function to set
the domain mode. One of the following can be specified:
diag Specifies the OpenBoot PROM diagnostic
level.
secure Specifies whether to enable or disable the
host watchdog and suppress break signal
reception.
autoboot Specifies whether to enable or disable the
Auto boot function.
When diag is specified for function, any of the following can be
specified for mode:
Note – This function cannot be specified for the domain which
is powered on.
none No diagnosis is performed.
min Sets standard for the diagnostic level.
max Sets maximum for the diagnostic level.
When secure or autoboot is specified for function, one of the
following can be specified for mode:
on Enables specified function.
off Disables specified function.
-n Automatically answers 'n' (no) to all prompts.
-q Suppresses all messages to stdout, including prompts.
-y Automatically answers 'y' (yes) to all prompts.
setdomainmode(8)
System Administration 139
value specified with '-m diag' is applied to the diag level of the addboard(8)
command and moveboard(8) command.
The settings of the current domain mode can be checked by using the
showdomainmode(8) command.
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 The setting of the diagnostic level for domain ID 0 is none.
EXAMPLE 2 The Auto boot function is enabled for domain ID 0. Automatically answers 'y'
to all prompts.
EXAMPLE 3 Cancels the setdomainmode(8) command execution that is in progress.
EXAMPLE 4 The Auto boot function is enabled for domain ID 0. Suppresses prompts, and
automatically answers 'y' to all prompts
XSCF> setdomainmode -d 0 -m diag=none
Diagnostic Level :min -> none
Secure Mode :on -> -
Autoboot :on -> -
The specified modes will be changed.
Continue? [y|n]:y
configured.
Diagnostic Level :none
Secure Mode :on (host watchdog: available Break-signal:non-
receive)
Autoboot :on (autoboot:on)
XSCF> setdomainmode -y -d 0 -m autoboot=on
Diagnostic Level :none -> -
Secure Mode :on -> -
Autoboot :off -> on
The specified modes will be changed.
Continue? [y|n]:y
configured.
Diagnostic Level :none
Secure Mode :on (host watchdog: available Break-signal:non-
receive)
Autoboot :on (autoboot:on)
XSCF> setdomainmode -d 0 -m diag=none
Diagnostic Level :min -> none
Secure Mode :on -> -
Autoboot :on -> -
The specified modes will be changed.
Continue? [y|n]:n
XSCF> setdomainmode -q -y -d 0 -m autoboot=on
setdomainmode(8)
140 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO showdomainmode(8)
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
setdomparam(8)
System Administration 141
NAME setdomparam - forcibly rewrite OpenBoot PROM environment variables
SYNOPSIS setdomparam [[-q]-{y|n}]-d domain_id use-nvramrc
setdomparam [[-q]-{y|n}]-d domain_id security-mode
setdomparam [[-q]-{y|n}]-d domain_id set-defaults
setdomparam -h
DESCRIPTION The setdomparam(8) command rewrites OpenBoot PROM environment variables.
This command can rewrite variables of a specified domain or all the domains.
The following OpenBoot PROM environment variables can be specified.
Privileges You must have one of the following privileges to run this command:
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:.
use-nvramrc? Whether to execute the contents of the NVRAM at the boot or
reboot of a domain.
security-mode? Firmware security level setting
set-defaults Whether to restore OpenBoot PROM environment variables to
the settings at the time of shipment from the factory
platadm Can run this command for all domains.
domainadm Can run this command only for your managed domain.
-d domain_id Specifies a ID of the domain which OpenBoot PROM
environment variables are rewritten. domain_id can be 0–23
depending on the system configuration.
Note – The domain which is powered on cannot specify.
-h Displays usage statement. When used with other options or
operands, an error occurs.
-n Automatically answers 'n' (no) to all prompts.
-q Suppresses all messages to stdout, including prompts.
-y Automatically answers 'y' (yes) to all prompts.
setdomparam(8)
142 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
OPERANDS The following operands are supported:
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
When the command is executed, a prompt to confirm execution of the command
with the specified options is displayed. Enter "y" to execute the command or "n"to
cancel the command.
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Sets false for the use-nvramrc? OpenBoot PROM environment vari-
able of domain ID 0.
EXAMPLE 2 Sets none for the security-mode OpenBoot PROM environment vari-
able of domain ID 0.
EXAMPLE 3 Initializes the OpenBoot PROM environment variables of the domain ID 0
to the settings at the time of shipment from the factory.
EXAMPLE 4 Initializes the OpenBoot PROM environment variables of the domain ID 1
to the settings at the time of shipment from the factory. Automatically re-
plies with 'y' without displaying the prompt.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
use-nvramrc Sets false for theuse-nvramrc? environment variable.
security-mode Sets none to the security-mode? environment variable.
set-defaults Restores the OpenBoot PROM environment variables to the
settings at the time of shipment from the factory
XSCF> setdomrarm -d 0 use-nvramrc
DomainIDs of domains that will be affected:00,01
OpenBoot PROM variable use-nvram will be set to false.
Continue? [y|n]:y
XSCF> setdomrarm -d 0 security-mode
DomainIDs of domains that will be affected:00,01
OpenBoot PROM variable security-mode will be set to none.
Continue? [y|n]:y
XSCF> setdomrarm -d 0 set-defaults
DomainIDs of domains that will be affected:00
All OpenBoot PROM variable will be reset to original default values.
Continue? [y|n]:y
XSCF> setdomrarm -q -y -d 1 set-defaults
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
setdscp(8)
System Administration 143
NAME setdscp - set the IP address assignments for the Domain to Service Processor
Communications Protocol (DSCP)
SYNOPSIS setdscp [-v]
setdscp [-f][-v][[-q]-{y|n}]-i address -m netmask
setdscp [-f][-v][[-q]-{y|n}]-s -i address
setdscp [-f][-v][[-q]-{y|n}]-d domain_id -i address
setdscp -h
DESCRIPTION setdscp(8) assigns IP addresses to the DSCP links.
setdscp is intended for initial configuration only. Domains should not be powered
on when running this command.
Note – You are required to reboot the Service Processor after modifying the DSCP
IP address assignment using this command, and before the IP addresses you
specified are used.
You can specify a network address for use by all of the DSCP links using the -i
address and -m netmask arguments. In this mode of operation, the IP addresses used
by the Service Processor and each domain-specific DSCP link are automatically
selected from within the range of addresses indicated by the network address.
You can set the IP address of an individual, domain-specific DSCP link
independently of all other DSCP address settings using the -d domain_id and -i
address arguments.
You can set the IP address of the Service Processor independently of all other DSCP
address settings using the -s and -i address arguments.
If DSCP has been previously configured, the current settings are displayed. If they
are correct, they can be accepted by pressing the [Return] key.
An error occurs if you set the address of the Service Processor or a domain to a
value that either is out of range for a previously configured network address, or
conflicts with an address already assigned to another domain or the Service
Processor. You can override such errors by using the -f option.
Using the -f option with a conflicting IP address may cause misconfiguration. You
must resolve such conflicts for DSCP to operate properly.
With no arguments, setdscp enters an interactive mode that prompts you to enter
all of the DSCP IP address information sequentially. (The noninteractive method,
setting up the IP addresses of all domains using the -i and -m options, is
preferred.) After inputting all the requested settings, you can review the settings
and decide whether to commit them to the DSCP configuration database.
setdscp(8)
144 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
Note – The -y and -n options can be used (with or without the -q option) when
running setdscp in interactive mode.
Privileges You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
EXAMPLES Caution – The IP addresses shown in the following examples are examples only.
Refer to the site planning guide for your server for information about valid IP
addresses for your network. Using invalid network IP addresses could, under
certain circumstances, make your system unbootable!
-d domain_id Domain identifier. Must be used with -i address option. domain_id
can be 0–23 depending on the system configuration.
-f Forces setdscp to ignore out of range and address conflict errors
and commits the new settings.
-h Displays usage statement.
When used with other options or operands, an error occurs.
-i address Specifies an IP address in the IPv4 dotted decimal format.
When used with -m netmask it specifies a network address for
all DSCP links in the system.
When used with -d domain_id it specifies an individual,
domain-specific IP address for use by DSCP.
When used with -s, it specifies the IP address used for the
Service Processor end of all DSCP links in the system.
-m netmask Specifies a netmask address for all DSCP links in the system. Must
be used with -i address.
-n Automatically answers n(no) to all prompts.
-q Suppresses all messages to stdout, including prompts.
-s Must be used with the -i address option. Specifies the Service
Processor end of all DSCP links in the system.
-v Displays a detailed message. If this option is specified with the -q
option, the -v option is ignored.
-y Automatically answers y(yes) to all prompts.
setdscp(8)
System Administration 145
EXAMPLE 1 Assigning All DSCP Addresses
EXAMPLE 2 Assigning an Alternative IP address to Domain 1
EXAMPLE 3 Specifying a Netmask Address With -q and -y Options
EXAMPLE 4 Setting DSCP Addresses Using Interactive Mode
The default value displayed by each prompt in interactive mode matches the
previous configuration. This makes it possible to interactively review and modify
DSCP configuration. In this example you only input the network address portion
and then press ENTER to accept all subsequent settings.
XSCF> setdscp -y -i 10.1.1.0 -m 255.255.255.0
Commit these changes to the database? [y|n] : y
XSCF> setdscp -d 1 -i 10.1.1.26
Commit these changes to the database? [y|n] : y
XSCF> setdscp -q -y -i 10.1.1.0 -m 255.255.255.0
XSCF> setdscp
DSCP network [0.0.0.0 ] > 10.1.1.0
DSCP netmask [255.0.0.0 ] > 255.255.255.0
XSCF address [10.1.1.1 ] > [ENTER]
Domain #00 address [10.1.1.2 ] > [ENTER]
Domain #01 address [10.1.1.3 ] > [ENTER]
Domain #02 address [10.1.1.4 ] > [ENTER]
Domain #03 address [10.1.1.5 ] > [ENTER]
Domain #04 address [10.1.1.6 ] > [ENTER]
Domain #05 address [10.1.1.7 ] > [ENTER]
Domain #06 address [10.1.1.8 ] > [ENTER]
Domain #07 address [10.1.1.9 ] > [ENTER]
Domain #08 address [10.1.1.10 ] > [ENTER]
Domain #09 address [10.1.1.11 ] > [ENTER]
Domain #10 address [10.1.1.12 ] > [ENTER]
Domain #11 address [10.1.1.13 ] > [ENTER]
Domain #12 address [10.1.1.14 ] > [ENTER]
Domain #13 address [10.1.1.15 ] > [ENTER]
Domain #14 address [10.1.1.16 ] > [ENTER]
Domain #15 address [10.1.1.17 ] > [ENTER]
Domain #16 address [10.1.1.18 ] > [ENTER]
Domain #17 address [10.1.1.19 ] > [ENTER]
Domain #18 address [10.1.1.20 ] > [ENTER]
Domain #19 address [10.1.1.21 ] > [ENTER]
Domain #20 address [10.1.1.22 ] > [ENTER]
Domain #21 address [10.1.1.23 ] > [ENTER]
Domain #22 address [10.1.1.24 ] > [ENTER]
Domain #23 address [10.1.1.25 ] > [ENTER]
Commit these changes to the database [y|n]? y
setdscp(8)
146 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO showdscp(8)
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
setdualpowerfeed(8)
System Administration 147
NAME setdualpowerfeed - set dual power feed mode
SYNOPSIS setdualpowerfeed -s key
setdualpowerfeed -h
DESCRIPTION The setdualpowerfeed(8) command specifies dual power feed mode in the
system.
The setdualpowerfeed(8) command is valid in a midrange server only. In a high-
end server, when the power cabinet for dual power feed connected, it automatically
configures the dual power feed mode.
Any change made in dual power feed mode becomes valid when circuit breaker to
the system is turned on. Before rebooting the system, a message that dual power
feed mode was changed is displayed.
Privileges You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
The state of the current dual power feed mode can be checked by using the
showdualpowerfeed(8) command.
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Disables dual power feed mode in the system. Before rebooting the sys-
tem, a message is displayed.
-h Displays usage statement. When used with other options or
operands, an error occurs.
-s key Sets dual power feed mode in the system. Either of the following
can be specified for key:
enable Enables the dual power feed mode.
disable Disables dual power feed mode.
XSCF> setdualpowerfeed -s disable
enable -> disable
NOTE: Dual power feed will be disabled the next time the platform is
powered on.
setdualpowerfeed(8)
148 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXAMPLE 2 Enables dual power feed mode in the system. Before rebooting the system,
a message is displayed.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO showdualpowerfeed(8)
XSCF> setdualpowerfeed -s enable
disable -> enable
NOTE: Dual power feed will be enabled the next time the platform is powered
on.
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
setemailreport(8)
System Administration 149
NAME setemailreport - set up the email report configuration data
SYNOPSIS setemailreport
setemailreport [-v][-t]
setemailreport [-s variable=value]...
setemailreport -h
DESCRIPTION setemailreport(8) sets up email reporting configuration data for remote
maintenance. Once the the configuration data is set up, it is used by the fault
management daemon to send email reports as required.
If you run the setemailreport command without specifying any options, you
will be prompted to answer whether email reporting is to be enabled. If enabled,
you will be prompted to provided a list of email addresses.
Where:
You can set up email reporting noninteractively by using the -s option.
After the email server and port have been set up using setsmtp(8), you can use
setemailreport -t to send a test email message.
Privileges You must have platadm privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) and for more information.
-a Add recipient
-d Delete recipient
-r Replace recipient (Default)
setemailreport(8)
150 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Enable Email Reporting Interactively
EXAMPLE 2 Adding an Email Report Recipient Using -a
EXAMPLE 3 Deleting an Email Report Recipient Using -d
EXAMPLE 4 Enable Email Reporting Noninteractively
-h Displays usage statement.
When used with other options or operands, an error
occurs.
-s variable=value Configures email reporting.
Valid entries for variable are:
enable
recipient
Valid value entries for enable are:
yes
no
Valid value entries for recipient are:
Any valid company email account
-t Sends test email.
-v Specifies verbose output.
XSCF> setemailreport
Enable Email Reporting? [no]:yes
Email Recipient Address [useradm@company.com]:
Do you want to send a test mail now (Yes/No): no
XSCF> setemailreport
Enable Email Reporting? [yes]:[RETURN]
Email Recipient Address[useradmin@company.com]: -a adm2@company.com
XSCF> setemailreport
Enable Email Reporting? [yes]:[RETURN]
Email Recipient Address[adm2@company.com]: -d adm2@company.com
XSCF> setemailreport -s enable=yes -s
recipient=”useradm@company.com, adm2@company.com”
setemailreport(8)
System Administration 151
EXAMPLE 5 Sending Test Email
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO setsmtp(8),showemailreport(8)
XSCF> setemailreport -t
....Sending test email to useradm@company.com
[Email contents shown below]
Host Name: jupiter
Send Timestamp: 04-20-2006 16:31:45 PST
Mail Server: 10.4.1.1
0Successful completion.
>0An error occurred.
setemailreport(8)
152 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
sethostname(8)
System Administration 153
NAME sethostname - set a host name and a DNS domain name for an XSCF unit
SYNOPSIS sethostname xscfu hostname
sethostname -d domainname
sethostname -h
DESCRIPTION sethostname(8) command sets a host name and a DNS domain name for an XSCF
unit.
When the XSCF unit is duplicated configuration, the DNS domain name becomes
common to XSCF units. The host name can be specified for each XSCF unit.
Privileges You must have platadm privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
-d Specifies a DNS domain name.
-h Displays usage statement. When used with other options or
operands, an error occurs.
sethostname(8)
154 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
OPERANDS The following operands are supported:
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
To enable the set host name and DNS domain name, execute the
applynetwork(8) command and reset the XSCF.
The currently set host name and DNS domain name of the XSCF unit can be
checked by using the shownetwork(8) command.
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Sets the host name scf0_hostname for XSCF unit 0.
EXAMPLE 2 Sets the DNS domain name example.com for XSCF unit.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO applynetwork(8),showhostname(8)
domainname Specifies a DNS domain name to be set for the XSCF unit. The
domainname is specified as up to 64 characters, with label
elements delimited by a period (.). If a domain name exceeding
64 characters is specified, an error occurs. A label element can
contain alphanumeric characters and hyphens (-). Each label
element must always begin with an alphabetic character and end
with an alphanumeric character.
hostname Specifies a host name to be set for the XSCF unit. The hostname
can be specified up to 64 characters. If a host name exceeding 64
characters is specified, an error occurs. Alphanumeric character
and hyphens (-) can be used. However, a host name must
always begin with an alphabetic character and end with an
alphanumeric character.
xscfu Specifies the name of the XSCF unit to be set. The following
values can be specified, depending on the system configuration.
If no value is specified, an error occurs.
xscf#0 XSCF unit 0
xscf#1 XSCF unit 1 (when a duplicated
configuration is used)
XSCF> sethostname xscf#0 scf0_hostname
XSCF> sethostname -d example.com
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
sethttps(8)
System Administration 155
NAME sethttps - start or stop the HTTPS service, which is used in the XSCF network. This
command also performs authentication-related settings.
SYNOPSIS sethttps [[-q]-{y|n}]-c enable
sethttps -c disable
sethttps -c gencsr country state |province locality organization organizationalunit
common e-mail
sethttps [[-q]-{y|n}]-c genserverkey
sethttps -c importca
sethttps [[-q]-{y|n}]-c selfsign country state |province locality organization
organizationalunit common e-mail
sethttps -h
DESCRIPTION The sethttps(8) command starts or stops the HTTPS service, which is used in the
XSCF network. Also, this command performs authentication-related settings for
authentication used in the HTTPS service.
The following authentication-related items can be set:
Configuring the self-certification authority
Creating a self-signed web server certificate
Creating the private key of the web server
Creating a web server certificate signing request (CSR) to an external certification
authority
Importing a web server certificate signed by an external certification authority
XSCF does not support HTTP service. Only HTTPS service is supported.
Privileges You must have platadm privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
sethttps(8)
156 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
OPERANDS The following operands are supported:
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
The "-c gencsr" must be executed immediately after the "-c genserverkey"is
executed. Otherwise, the command results in an error.
When the HTTPS server is enabled or there is a private certificate authority, web
server certificate, or web server secret key, a prompt to confirm execution of the
command with the specified options is displayed. Enter "y" to execute the
command or "n" to cancel the command.
-c {enable|disable} Specify whether to enable the HTTPS service. One of the
following values can be specified. If none of them is
specified, an error occurs.
enable Starts the HTTPS service.
disable Stops the HTTPS service.
-c gencsr Creates a CSR.
-c genserverkey Creates the private key of the web server.
-c importca Imports a web server certificate signed by the certification
authority to the XSCF.
-c selfsign Configures the self-certification authority. Also, this
operand creates a self-signing web server certificate.
-h Displays usage statement. When used with other options
or operands, an error occurs.
-n Automatically answers 'n' (no) to all prompts.
-q Suppresses all messages to stdout, including prompts.
-y Automatically answers 'y' (yes) to all prompts.
common Specifies common names such as the creator name and the host
name of a server.
country Specifies a country name with a two-letter code such as JP or US.
e-mail Specifies an E-mail address.
locality Specifies a city name, etc.
organization Specifies a company name, etc.
organizationalunit Specifies an organization such as a section or department.
state|province Specifies the name of a state, province, etc.
sethttps(8)
System Administration 157
When the HTTPS server starts, the XSCF is reset.
The CSR is overwritten.
In case the XSCF unit is duplicated configuration, the setting automatically
reflected to the standby XSCF. When there's a defect on the standby XSCF, it
leads to an error.
The details of the current HTTPS service can be checked by using the
showhttps(8) command.
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Starts the HTTPS service.
The reset continues after this point.
EXAMPLE 2 Stops the HTTPS service.
EXAMPLE 3 Creates a CSR with the following settings: country: JP, state|province: Kana-
gawa, locality: Kawasaki, organization: Example, organizationalunit: devel-
opment, common: scf_host, e-mail: abc@example.com
EXAMPLE 4 Creates the self-certification authority with the following settings, and cre-
ates a self-signed web server certificate:country: JP, state|province: Kanaga-
wa, locality: Kawasaki, organization: Example, organizationalunit:
development, common: scf_host, e-mail: abc@example.com
EXAMPLE 5 Creates the private key of the web server.
XSCF> sethttps -c enable
The XSCF will be reset. Continue? [y|n] :y
Broadcast message from root (pts/4) (Jan 27 16:59:10 2006):
The system is going down for reboot NOW!
XSCF> sethttps disable
XSCF> sethttps -c gencsr JP Kanagawa Kawasaki Example development
\ scf_host abc@example.com
Enter passphrase:
Verifying - Enter passphrase:
XSCF> sethttps -c selfsign JP Kanagawa Kawasaki Example
development scf_host abc@example.com
CA key and CA cert already exist. Do you still wish to update? [y|n] :y
Enter passphrase:
Verifying - Enter passphrase:
XSCF> sethttps -c genserverkey
Server key already exists. Do you still wish to update? [y|n] :y
Enter passphrase:
Verifying - Enter passphrase:
sethttps(8)
158 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXAMPLE 6 Creates the private key of the web server. Automatically replies with 'y'to
the prompt.
EXAMPLE 7 Creates the private key of the web server. Automatically replies with 'y'
without displaying the prompt.
EXAMPLE 8 Imports the web server certificate. To exit, press the Enter key and then
press Ctrl+D.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO showhttps(8)
XSCF> sethttps -c genserverkey
Server key already exists. Do you still wish to update? [y|n] :y
Enter passphrase:
Verifying - Enter passphrase:
XSCF> sethttps -c genserverkey -q -y
Enter passphrase:
Verifying - Enter passphrase:
XSCF> sethttps -c importca
Please import a certificate:
-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----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-----END CERTIFICATE-----
[Enter]
[Ctrl+D]
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
setldap(8)
System Administration 159
NAME setldap - configure the Service Processor as a Lightweight Directory Access Protocol
(LDAP) client
SYNOPSIS setldap {-b bind}{-B baseDN}{-c certchain}{-p }{-s servers}{-t user}-T
timeout
setldap -h
DESCRIPTION setldap(8) allows you to configure the Service Processor as an LDAP client.
Note – The LDAP client supports passwords only in the CRYPT format; UNIX
Crypt or MD5. Therefore the passwords on the LDAP server must support it as
well. Refer to the administration guide for your server for more information.
Privileges You must have useradm privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
-B baseDN Specifies distinguished name for the search base. Maximum
character length is 128 characters.
-b bind Sets the identity to use when binding to the LDAP server.
Maximum character length is 128 characters
-c certchain Imports an LDAP server certificate chain from the remote file
specified in certchain. The certificate chain must be in PEM
format. Remote files are specified using the standard scp
syntax, that is, [user@]host:file., and imported using scp.
If the copy requires a user password you will be prompted for
it. Use of this option implicitly enables the use of TLS when
connecting to LDAP. This may be disabled by specifying
certchain as none. The certificate chain must be 64 Kbytes in
size or less, and it must be valid or it will be rejected.
-h Displays usage statement.
When used with other options or operands, an error occurs.
-p Sets a password to use when binding to the LDAP server. You
will be prompted for the password.
setldap(8)
160 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Configuring Bind Name
EXAMPLE 2 Configuring Base Distinguished Name
EXAMPLE 3 Setting the LDAP Timeout
-s servers Sets the primary and secondary LDAP servers and ports.
servers is a comma-separated list of server:port. Ports are
specified numerically and servers can be specified either by
name or IP address in the dotted decimal format. For example,
10.8.31.14.636,company:636. The first server in the list is
the primary. Server names must be resolvable. Maximum name
length is 128 characters.
-t user Tests connections to all configured LDAP servers. Attempts to
retrieve the password data for the specified user from each
configured server and reports success or failure in each case.
-T timeout Sets the maximum time allowed for an LDAP search before it
returns search results.
XSCF> setldap -b user -p
Password: <Enter password>
XSCF> showldap
Bind Name: user
Base Distinguished Name: Not set
LDAP Search Timeout: 0
Bind Password: Set
LDAP Servers: None
CERTS: None
XSCF> setldap -B ou=people,dc=company,dc=com
XSCF> showldap
Bind Name: user
Base Distinguished Name: ou=people,dc=company,dc=com
LDAP Search Timeout: 0
Bind Password: Set
LDAP Servers: None
CERTS: None
XSCF> setldap -T 60
XSCF> showldap
Bind Name: user
Base Distinguished Name: ou=people,dc=company,dc=com
LDAP Search Timeout: 60
Bind Password: Set
LDAP Servers: None
CERTS: None
setldap(8)
System Administration 161
EXAMPLE 4 Setting the LDAP Server
EXAMPLE 5 Importing a Certificate
EXAMPLE 6 Testing the LDAP connection
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO showldap(8)
XSCF> setldap -s ldap://company.com,ldaps://company2.com
XSCF> showldap
Bind Name: user
Base Distinguished Name: ou=people,dc=company,dc=com
LDAP Search Timeout: 60
Bind Password: Set
LDAP Servers: ldap://company.com:389 ldaps://company2.com:636
CERTS: None
XSCF> setldap -c user@remote.machine:/path/to/cacert.pem
XSCF> showldap
Bind Name: user
Base Distinguished Name: ou=people,dc=company,dc=com
LDAP Search Timeout: 60
Bind Password: Set
LDAP Servers: ldap://company.com:389 ldaps://company2.com:636
CERTS: cacert.pem
XSCF> setldap -t jsmith
company.com:389 PASSED
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
setldap(8)
162 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
setlocale(8)
System Administration 163
NAME setlocale - set the default locale of the XSCF
SYNOPSIS setlocale -s locale
setlocale -h
DESCRIPTION The setlocale(8) command sets the default locale of the XSCF.
The locale that can be set is English or Japanese.
Privileges You must have platadm privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
The specified locale becomes effective after the subsequent login.
The currently set locale can be checked by using the showlocale(8) command.
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Sets the XSCF default locale for English.
EXAMPLE 2 Sets the XSCF default locale for Japanese.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO showlocale(8)
-h Displays usage statement. When used with other options or
operands, an error occurs.
-s locale Specifies the default locale of the XSCF. Either of the following
can be specified for locale:
CSets the locale for English.
ja_JP.UTF-8 Sets the locale for Japanese.
XSCF> setlocale -s C
C
XSCF> setlocale -s ja_JP.UTF-8
ja_JP.UTF-8
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
setlocale(8)
164 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
setlocator(8)
System Administration 165
NAME setlocator - control the blinking of the CHECK LED on the operator panel
SYNOPSIS setlocator value
setlocator -h
DESCRIPTION setlocator(8) command controls the blink state of the CHECK LED on the
operator panel.
The following states can be set:
Privileges You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following option is supported:
OPERANDS The following operand is supported:
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
The showlocator(8) command can be used to check the CHECK LED state.
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Starts the CHECK LED blinking.
EXAMPLE 2 Stops the CHECK LED blinking.
Start blinking Makes the CHECK LED blink.
Stop blinking Stops the blinking of the CHECK LED.
-h Displays usage statement. When used with other options or
operands, an error occurs.
value Specifies the CHECK LED state. One of the following can be
specified:
blink Starts the CHECK LED blinking.
reset Stops the CHECK LED blinking.
XSCF> setled blink
XSCF> setled reset
setlocator(8)
166 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO showlocator(8)
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
setlookup(8)
System Administration 167
NAME setlookup - enable or disable the use of the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol
(LDAP) server for authentication and privilege lookup
SYNOPSIS setlookup -a {local|ldap}
setlookup -p {local|ldap}
setlookup -h
DESCRIPTION setlookup(8) sets whether authentication and privileges data are looked up in
LDAP or not.
Privileges You must have useradm privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
OPERANDS The following operands are supported:
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Enabling LDAP Lookup of Privilege Data
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO showlookup(8)
-a Sets the authentication lookup. Used with one of the
required operands ldap or local.
-h Displays usage statement.
When used with other options or operands, an error
occurs.
-p Sets privileges lookup. Used with one of the required
operands ldap or local.
ldap Used with the -a and -p options. When set to ldap,
authentication or privileges are first looked up locally and then
in LDAP if not found locally.
local Used with the -a and -p options. When set to local,
authentication or privileges are looked up only locally.
XSCF> setlookup -p ldap
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
setlookup(8)
168 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
setnameserver(8)
System Administration 169
NAME setnameserver - set the domain name system (DNS) servers used in the XSCF
network
SYNOPSIS setnameserver [-c add]address ...
setnameserver -c del address ...
setnameserver -c del -a
setnameserver -h
DESCRIPTION setnameserver(8) command specifies the DNS servers used in the XSCF network.
Up to three DNS servers can be registered for XSCF. Any attempt to register four or
more DNS servers causes an error.
Privileges You must have platadm privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
OPERANDS The following operand is supported:
-a Deletes all the DNS servers that are currently registered. This
option is used with the "-c del".
-c add Adds the host with the specified IP address as a DNS server.
This option is used together with address.Ifthe-c option is
omitted, "-c add" is assumed specified. When a DNS server is
registered, the existing setting is deleted, and overwriting is
performed with the specified address.
-c del Deletes the host with the specified IP address from the DNS
servers that are set. If the -c option is omitted, "-c add"is
assumed specified.
-h Displays usage statement. When used with other options or
operands, an error occurs.
address Specifies the IP address of a DNS server to be added or deleted
using four sets of integers. Up to three addresses delimited by
the space can be specified. The following address form is
accepted:
xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
xxx An integer from 0–255. Zero suppression can
be used to specify the integer.
setnameserver(8)
170 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
If multiple DNS servers are specified, names are solved in the order specified.
The currently set DNS server can be checked by using the shownameserver(8)
command.
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Adds the hosts with the IP addresses 192.168.1.2, 10.18.108.10, and 10.24.1.2
as DNS server. Names are solved in the order specified.
EXAMPLE 2 Deletes the host with the IP address 10.18.108.10 from the DNS server.
EXAMPLE 3 Deletes all the DNS servers.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO shownameserver(8)
XSCF> setnameserver 192.168.1.2 10.18.108.10 10.24.1.2
XSCF> setnameserver -c del 10.18.108.10
XSCF> setnameserver -c del -a
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
setnetwork(8)
System Administration 171
NAME setnetwork - configure a network interface using by XSCF
SYNOPSIS setnetwork [-m addr]interface address
setnetwork -c {up |down}interface
setnetwork -h
DESCRIPTION setnetwork(8) command configures a network interface using by XSCF.
The following settings can be made for the specified network interface:
Whether to enable or disable the network interface.
IP address
Net mask
An IP address and net mask become valid immediately after being set.
Privileges You must have platadm privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
-c {up|down} Specifies whether to enable the specified network interface. One
of the following values can be specified. If none of them is
specified, an error occurs.
up Enables the network interface.
down Disables the network interface.
-h Displays usage statement. When used with other options or
operands, an error occurs.
-m addr Specifies a net mask. If the -m option is omitted, the net mask
corresponding to address is set. The following addr form is
accepted:
xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
xxx An integer from 0–255. Zero suppression can
be used to specify the integer.
setnetwork(8)
172 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
OPERANDS The following operands are supported:
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
If one network interface is disabled when the applynetwork(8) command is
executed, all network interfaces are deleted. To enable that network interface
again, configure all network interfaces again.
In a duplicated configuration, a takeover IP address can be used without a need
to determine whether XSCF has been switched. By setting the LAN ports of the
active XSCF unit as lan#0 and lan#1, they can be accessed with the names
lan#0 and lan#1. As default values, lan#0 is set to xscf#0-lan#0 and lan#1 is
set to xscf#0-lan#1.
When the XSCF unit is not duplicated configuration, the value of the lan#0 is
fixed with xscf#0-lan#0, and the lan#1 is fixed with xscf#0-lan#1.
The shownetwork(8) command can display current information on a network
interface configured for XSCF.
interface Specifies the network interface to be configured. One of the
following values can be specified:
For XSCF unit 0 :
xscf#0-lan#0 XSCF-LAN#0
xscf#0-lan#1 XSCF-LAN#1
xscf#0-if Interface between XSCF units (Inter SCF
Network; ISN)
For XSCF unit 1 (when a duplicated configuration is used):
xscf#1-lan#0 XSCF-LAN#0
xscf#1-lan#1 XSCF-LAN#1
xscf#1-if ISN
For takeover IP address:
lan#0 takeover IP address for XSCF-LAN#0
lan#1 takeover IP address for XSCF-LAN#1
address Specifies an IP address. The specified value is a set of four
integer values delimited by the period (.). The following address
form is accepted:
xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
xxx An integer from 0–255. Zero suppression can
be used to specify the integer.
setnetwork(8)
System Administration 173
To reflect information on the specified network interface, execute the
applynetwork(8) command and reset XSCF.
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Sets the IP address 192.168.10.10 and net mask 255.255.255.0 for XSCF-
LAN#0 on XSCF unit 0.
EXAMPLE 2 Sets the IP address 192.168.10.10 and net mask 255.255.255.0 for XSCF-
LAN#0 on XSCF unit 0 in the midrange system.
EXAMPLE 3 Disables XSCF-LAN#1 on XSCF unit 0.
EXAMPLE 4 Sets the IP address 192.168.10.128 on ISN on the XSCF unit 0. By default,
255.255.255.0 is set for the net mask.
EXAMPLE 5 Sets the IP address 192.168.11.10 and net mask 255.255.255.0 for XSCF-
LAN#0 on XSCF unit 1.
EXAMPLE 6 Sets the IP address 192.168.1.10 and net mask 255.255.255.0 for the takeover
IP address of XSCF-LAN#0.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO applynetwork(8),shownetwork(8)
XSCF> setnetwork xscf#0-lan#0 -m 255.255.255.0 192.168.10.10
XSCF> setnetwork lan#0 -m 255.255.255.0 192.168.10.10
XSCF> setnetwork xscf#0-lan#1 -c down
XSCF> setnetwork xscf#0-if 192.168.10.128
XSCF> setnetwork xscf#1-lan#0 -m 255.255.255.0 192.168.11.10
XSCF> setnetwork lan#0 -m 255.255.255.0 192.168.1.10
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
setnetwork(8)
174 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
setntp(8)
System Administration 175
NAME setntp - set the NTP servers used in the XSCF network
SYNOPSIS setntp [-c add]address ...
setntp -c del address ...
setntp -c del -a
setntp -h
DESCRIPTION setntp(8) command specifies the NTP servers used in the XSCF network.
Up to three NTP servers can be registered for XSCF. Any attempt to register four or
more servers causes an error.
Privileges You must have platadm privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
-a Deletes all the NTP servers that are currently registered. This
option is used with the "-c del".
-c add Adds the host with the specified address or the host as an NTP
server. This option is used together with address. If the -c option
is omitted, "-c add" is used. When an NTP server is registered,
the existing setting is deleted and overwriting is performed with
the specified address.
-c del Deletes the host with the specified address or the XSCF host
from the NTP servers. If the -c option is omitted, "-c add"is
assumed specified.
-h Displays usage statement. When used with other options or
operands, an error occurs.
setntp(8)
176 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
OPERANDS The following operands are supported:
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
If multiple NTP servers are specified, the NTP server specified first has priority
over the others.
In case the XSCF unit is duplicated configuration, the setting automatically
reflected to the standby XSCF. When there's a defect on the standby XSCF, it
leads to an error.
When you perform this command with "-c add" and "-c del" option, to apply
the specified configuration, execute the rebootxscf(8) command and reset
XSCF.
After resetting the XSCF, the time of XSCF will be synchronized with the time of
NTP server.
When an NTP server set to XSCF, the time of the domain may be changed. If
necessary, set the time of the domain.
The currently set NTP server can be checked by using the showntp(8) command.
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Adds the three NTP servers with the addresses 192.168.1.2, 10.18.108.10,
and 10.24.1.2.
EXAMPLE 2 Deletes the NTP server 10.18.108.10.
address Specifies the IP address or host name of an NTP server to be
added or deleted. Up to three IP addresses or XSCF host names
can be specified by delimited the spaces.
A specified IP address is a set of four integer values delimited by
the period(.). The following address form is accepted:
xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
xxx An integer from 0–255. Zero suppression can
be used to specify the integer.
Do not use the Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) format to
specify an XSCF host name, but specify only a host name. The
host name can be specified in the format that complies with RFC
1034.
If "-c add" is specified and address is omitted, an error occurs.
XSCF> setntp 192.168.1.2 10.18.108.10 10.24.1.2
Please reset the XSCF by rebootxscf to reflect the ntp settings.
XSCF> setntp -c del 10.18.108.10
Please reset the XSCF by rebootxscf to reflect the ntp settings.
setntp(8)
System Administration 177
EXAMPLE 3 Adds the two NTP servers ntp1.examples.com and ntp2.example.com.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO rebootxscf(8),showntp(8)
XSCF> setntp ntp1.example.com ntp2.example.com
Please reset the XSCF by rebootxscf to reflect the ntp settings.
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
setntp(8)
178 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
setpasswordpolicy(8)
System Administration 179
NAME setpasswordpolicy - manage the system password policy
SYNOPSIS setpasswordpolicy [-d dcredit][-e expiry][-i inactive][-k difok][-l lcredit][
-M maxdays][-m minlen][-n mindays][-o ocredit][-r remember][-u ucredit][-w
warn][-y retry]
setpasswordpolicy -h
DESCRIPTION setpasswordpolicy(8) allows an administrator to change the the system
password policy. These policies are enforced by XSCF on the Service Processor.
The following parameters control creation of new user accounts: expiry,inactive,
maxdays,mindays, and warn. When a user is created, the adduser(8) command uses
these parameters as the password expiration settings for the new account. The
password(8) command can be used to change the password expiration settings for
an existing account.
Privileges You must have useradm privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
-d dcredit Sets maximum number of digits in a password. Each digit counts
as one credit. The minimum acceptable password length is
decreased by one for each digit in the password, up to dcredit
digits. Valid values are integers with value of zero or greater. The
initial setting is 1.
-e expiry Sets the number of days a new account will be valid before
expiring and becoming disabled. This value is assigned to new
user accounts when they are created. The initial value is 0. A zero
means that the account will not expire. Valid values are integers
with value of zero or greater.
-h Displays usage statement.
When used with other options or operands, an error occurs.
-i inactive Sets the number of days after a password expires until the account
is locked. This value is assigned to new user accounts when they
are created. The initial value is –1. A value of –1 means that the
account will not be locked after the password expires. VValid
values are integers with value of –1 or greater.
-k difok Sets the minimum number of new characters (characters which
were not present in the old password) that a new password must
contain. The initial setting is 10.
Valid values are integers with value of zero or greater.
setpasswordpolicy(8)
180 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
-l lcredit Sets the maximum credit for lower case letters in a password. The
minimum acceptable password length is decreased by one for
each digit in the password, up to lcredit digits.
Valid values are integers with value of zero or greater. The initial
setting is 1.
-M maxdays Sets the maximum number of days that a password is valid. This
value is assigned to new user accounts when they are created.The
intial value is 999999.
Valid values are integers with value of zero or greater.
-m minlen Sets the minimum size for a new password.
Note – minlen cannot be set less than 6.
Valid values are integers with value of 6or greater.
-n mindays Sets the minimum number of days between password changes. An
initial value of zero for this field indicates that you can change the
password at any time.
Valid values are integers with value of zero or greater.
-o ocredit Sets the maximum credit for nonalphanumeric characters in a
password. The minimum acceptable password length is decreased
by one for each digit in the password, up to ocredit digits.
Valid values are integers with value of zero or greater. The initial
setting is 1.
-r remember Sets the number of passwords remembered in the password
history.
The maximum valid value is 10. The initial setting is 3.
setpasswordpolicy(8)
System Administration 181
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Setting the Minimum Size and Number of Passwords Remembered
EXAMPLE 2 Setting Minimum Password Length and Maximum Credits
After running this command, the minimum password length for new passwords is
10 characters. A password of 9 characters is accepted if it contains at least one digit
or nonalphanumeric character. A password of 8 characters is accepted if it contains
a digit and a nonalphanumeric character.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO adduser(8), password(8), showpasswordpolicy(8)
-u ucredit Sets the maximum credit for uppercase letters in a password. The
minimum acceptable password length is decreased by one for
each digit in the password, up to ucredit digits.
The initial setting is 1.
-w warn Sets the default number of days before password expiration at
which to start warning the user. This value is assigned to new user
accounts when they are created. The initial value is 7.
Valid values are integers with value of zero or greater.
-y retry Sets the number of retries permitted when using the password
command to change the password for a user account. The initial
value is 3.
Valid values are integers with value of zero or greater.
XSCF> setpasswordpolicy -m 12 -r 5
XSCF> setpasswordpolicy -m 10 -d 1 -u 0 -l 0 -o 1
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurrred.
setpasswordpolicy(8)
182 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
setpowerupdelay(8)
System Administration 183
NAME setpowerupdelay - set the warm-up time of the system and wait time before system
startup
SYNOPSIS setpowerupdelay -c warmup -s time
setpowerupdelay -c wait -s time
setpowerupdelay -h
DESCRIPTION The setpowerupdelay(8) command sets the warm-up time of the system and wait
time before system startup.
The wait time before system startup can be used to control the system startup time
so that the system is started only after air-conditioning makes the temperature of
the computer room suitable. If the system power has already been turned on and
the system is operating, the setting takes effect at the next startup.
Privileges You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
The currently set warm-up time and wait time before system startup can be
checked by using the showpowerupdelay(8) command.
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Sets the warm-up time to 10 minutes.
EXAMPLE 2 Sets the wait time before system startup to 20 minutes.
-c warmup Specifies the warm-up time.
-c wait Specifies the wait time before system startup.
-h Displays usage statement. When used with other options or
operands, an error occurs.
-s time Specifies the warm-up time or wait time before system startup in
minutes. An integer ranging from 0 to 255 can be specified for
time.
XSCF> setpowerupdelay -c warmup -s 10
XSCF> setpowerupdelay -c wait -s 20
setpowerupdelay(8)
184 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO showpowerupdelay(8)
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
setprivileges(8)
System Administration 185
NAME setprivileges - assign user privileges
SYNOPSIS setprivileges user [privileges][domainprivilege@domains]
setprivileges -h
DESCRIPTION setprivileges(8) assigns privileges to an XSCF user. setprivileges modifies
only local privileges data. Multiple privileges are separated by one or more spaces.
There is a maximum of 100 users to whom privileges can be assigned. A list of
privileges can be found in the OPERANDS section.
The privileges domainop,domainmgr, and domainadm must be assigned to a
specific domain. Other privileges do not have this ability. Refer to the OPERANDS
section and EXAMPLE 1 for details.
If no privileges are specified, setprivileges deletes any local privilege data for
the specified user. Subsequently, the user’s privilege data is looked up in
Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP), if LDAP privilege lookup is
enabled.
If the none privilege is specified, the specified user does not have any privileges,
regardless of privilege data in LDAP.
Privileges You must have useradm privileges to run this command.
OPTIONS The following option is supported:
-h Displays usage statement.
When used with other options or operands, an error occurs.
setprivileges(8)
186 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
OPERANDS The following operands are supported:
domainprivilege@domains
Specifies domainadm,domainmgr,ordomainop privileges for a specific
domain or domains.
The following are valid values for domainprivilege, each of which must be
used with @domains:
domainadm Can perform all operations and view status on the
hardware assigned to the domains on which this
privilege is held (assign, unassign, power, and so on).
Can perform all operations on domains on which this
privilege is held. Can view all states of domains on
which this privilege is held.
domainmgr Can reboot and power on and off all domains on which
this privilege is held. Can view all states of all
hardware assigned to the domains on which this
privilege is held. Can view all states of domains on
which this privilege is held.
domainop Can view all states of all the hardware assigned to the
domains on which this privilege is held. Can view all
states of all domains on which this privilege is held.
domains Specifies a domain or domains, using the appropriate
value for domainprivilege with the @symbol and the
domains descriptor:
To specify a single domain, use the @symbol followed
by a single domain number. Example: domainadm@3.
To specify a range of domains, use a dash
() to indicate to start and end of the domains in the
range, inclusive. Example: domainadm@3–4.
To specify multiple single domains and multiple
domain ranges, separate the domains or domain ranges
with commas. Do not repeat domains or cause them to
overlap or an error will result. Example:
domainadm@1–2,4.
privileges
setprivileges(8)
System Administration 187
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Setting Privileges for JSmith
EXAMPLE 2 Removing All Privileges for JSmith
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO setpasswordpolicy(8),showuser(8)
The following are valid values for privileges:
auditadm Can configure auditing. Can delete audit trail.
auditop Can view all audit state and audit trail.
fieldeng Can perform all operations reserved for field engineers
and authorized service personnel.
none Cannot perform any operations on the Service
Processor that require privilege, even if privileges are
set for the user in LDAP. This privilege allows the
administrator to restrict access to such operations on
the Service Processor and domains.
platadm Can perform all Service Processor configuration other
than the useradm and auditadm tasks. Can assign and
unassign hardware from domains, perform domain and
XSCF power operations and all operations on domain
hardware (assign, unassign, power, and so on). Can
perform Service Processor failover operations and view
all platform states.
platop Can view all platform states but not perform any
modifications.
useradm Can create, delete, disable, or enable user accounts. Can
change a user’s password and password properties (for
example, expiry). Can modify a user’s privileges.
user
Specifies a valid user name.
XSCF> setprivileges jsmith platadm domainadm@1–4,6,9
XSCF> setprivileges jsmith none
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
setprivileges(8)
188 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
setroute(8)
System Administration 189
NAME setroute - set routing information for an XSCF network interface
SYNOPSIS setroute -c {add |del}-n address [-m address][-g address]interface
setroute -h
DESCRIPTION setroute(8) command sets routing information for an XSCF network interface.
Up to eight routing information items can be registered for each network interface.
Any attempt to register more than eight items causes an error.
Privileges You must have platadm privilege to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
-c {add|del} Specifies a function for routing information. One of the
following values can be specified. If none of them is specified, an
error occurs.
add Adds routing information.
del Deletes routing information.
-g address Specifies a gateway address used for routing. The specified
value of address is a set of four integer values delimited by the
period (.). If this option is omitted, the gateway address is not
set.The following address form is accepted:
xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
xxx An integer from 0255. Zero suppression
can be used to specify the integer.
setroute(8)
190 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
-h Displays usage statement. When used with other options or
operands, an error occurs.
-m address Specifies the netmask to which routing information is
forwarded. The specified value is a set of four integer values
delimited by the period (.). The following address form is
accepted:
xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
xxx An integer from 0255. Zero suppression
can be used to specify the integer.
If the -m option is omitted and the -n option is used to specify
the network address (containing "0" in the default host address
which depends on the class), the following net mask value is set,
according to the class of the network address:
class Mask value
A255.0.0.0
B255.255.0.0
C255.255.255.0
If the -m option is omitted and the host address specified by the
-n option, net mask is not set.
If "0.0.0.0" specified by the -n option, net mask is invalid.
-n address Specifies an IP address to which routing information is
forwarded. The specified value is a set of four integer values
delimited by the period (.). It is specified in the format shown
below. If this option is omitted, it is automatically set by XSCF.
The following address form is accepted:
xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
xxx An integer from 0255. Zero suppression
can be used to specify the integer.
If "0.0.0.0" is specified for address, the default routing
information can be set.
setroute(8)
System Administration 191
OPERANDS The following operand is supported:
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
In a duplicated configuration, a takeover IP address can be used without a need
to determine whether XSCF has been switched. By setting the LAN ports of the
active XSCF unit as lan#0 and lan#1, they can be accessed with the names
lan#0 and lan#1. As default values, lan#0 is set to xscf#0 - lan#0 and lan#1 is
set to xscf#0 - lan#1.
When the XSCF unit is not duplicated configuration, the value of the lan#0 is
fixed with xscf#0-lan#0, and the lan#1 is fixed with xscf#0-lan#1.
Specifying an interface between XSCF units causes an error.
If the specified address is the same as the DSCP address, an error occurs.
To reflect routing information that has been set, execute the applynetwork(8)
command and reset XSCF.
The showroute(8) command can display the current routing information that is
set for the XSCF network.
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Adds the routing of destination 192.168.1.0 and net mask 255.255.255.0 for
XSCF-LAN#0 on XSCF unit 0.
EXAMPLE 2 Adds the routing of destination 192.168.1.0 and net mask 255.255.255.0 for
XSCF-LAN#0 on XSCF unit 0 in the midrange server.
EXAMPLE 3 Adds the routing of destination 192.168.1.0 and gateway 192.168.1.1 for
XSCF-LAN#1 on XSCF unit 0.
interface Specifies the network interface to be set with routing
information. One of the following values can be specified:
For XSCF unit 0:
xscf#0-lan#0 XSCF-LAN#0
xscf#0-lan#1 XSCF-LAN#1
For XSCF unit 1 (when a duplicated configuration is used)
xscf#1-lan#0 XSCF-LAN#0
xscf#1-lan#1 XSCF-LAN#1
For takeover IP address:
lan#0 takeover IP address for XSCF-LAN#0
lan#1 takeover IP address for XSCF-LAN#1
XSCF> setroute -c add -n 192.168.1.0 -m 255.255.255.0 xscf#0-lan#0
XSCF> setroute -c add -n 192.168.1.0 -m 255.255.255.0 lan#0
XSCF> setroute -c add -n 192.168.1.0 -g 192.168.1.1 xscf#0-lan#1
setroute(8)
192 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXAMPLE 4 Adds the routing of destination 192.168.1.0 and default net mask
(255.255.255.0) for XSCF-LAN#1 on XSCF unit 0.
EXAMPLE 5 Deletes the routing of destination 192.168.1.0 and default net mask
(255.255.255.0) from XSCF-LAN#1 on XSCF unit 0.
EXAMPLE 6 Adds the routing of destination 192.168.1. 4 for XSCF-LAN#1 on XSCF unit 0.
EXAMPLE 7 Deletes the routing of destination 192.168.1. 4 from XSCF-LAN#1 on XSCF
unit 0.
EXAMPLE 8 Adds routing information for the default gateway 192.168.10.1 for XSCF-
LAN#1 on XSCF unit 0.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO applynetwork(8),showroute(8)
XSCF> setroute -c add -n 192.168.1.0 xscf#0-lan#1
XSCF> setroute -c del -n 192.168.1.0 xscf#0-lan#1
XSCF> setroute -c add -n 192.168.1.4 xscf#0-lan#1
XSCF> setroute -c del -n 192.168.1.4 xscf#0-lan#1
XSCF> setroute -c add -n 0.0.0.0 -g 192.168.10.1 xscf#0-lan#1
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
setshutdowndelay(8)
System Administration 193
NAME setshutdowndelay - set the shutdown wait time at power interruption of the
uninterruptible power supply (UPS)
SYNOPSIS setshutdowndelay -s time
setshutdowndelay -h
DESCRIPTION The setshutdowndelay(8) command sets the wait time before the start of system
shutdown for when power interruption occurs in a system connected to the UPS.
The start of system shutdown can be delayed until the specified time. When power
recovery is reported from the UPS within the specified time, shutdown will not
occur.
If the setshutdowndelay(8) command is executed with no options, the wait time
currently set is displayed.
Privileges You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
The currently set wait time can be displayed by using the showshutdowndelay(8)
command.
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Sets 600 seconds as the wait time before the start of shutdown.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO showshutdowndelay(8)
-h Displays usage statement. When used with other options or
operands, an error occurs.
-s time Specifies the wait time before the start of shutdown in units of
seconds. Specify an integer number ranging from 0to 9999 for
time. The default value is 10 seconds.
XSCF> setshutdowndelay -s 600
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
setshutdowndelay(8)
194 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
setsmtp(8)
System Administration 195
NAME setsmtp - set up the SMTP settings
SYNOPSIS setsmtp
setsmtp [-v]
setsmtp [-s variable=value]...
setsmtp -h
DESCRIPTION setsmtp(8) sets up the SMTP configuration values.
When used without options, you will be prompted to provide the name of the
SMTP email server to be used. You will also be prompted for the port and the
Reply-To address to be used on outgoing email. Make sure that a valid email
address is specified here. You can set up SMTP settings noninteractively using the
-s option.
After you have set up the email server and port have been set up using
setsmtp(8), you can use setemailreport(8) to set up email report configuration
data and send a test email message.
Privileges You must have platadm privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
setsmtp(8)
196 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Setting Up Mailserver and No Authentication in Noninteractive Mode
EXAMPLE 2 Setting Up Authentication in Noninteractive Mode
EXAMPLE 3 Setting Up SMTP Authentication in Interactive Mode
-h Displays usage statement.
When used with other options or operands, an error
occurs.
-s variable=value Sets SMTP.
Valid entries for variable are:
mailserver
port
auth
user
password
replyaddress
Where:
auth is the authentication mechanism.
user/password are the smtp mail server authentication.
Valid auth entries are:
none
pop
smtp-auth
-v Specifies verbose output.
XSCF> setsmtp -s mailserver=10.4.1.1 -s auth=none
XSCF> setsmtp -s auth=pop -s user=jsmith -s password=******
XSCF> setsmtp
Mail Server [10.4.1.1]:
Port [25]:
Authentication Mechanism [none]: smtp-auth
User Name []: jsmith
Password []: ******
Reply Address [useradm@company.com]:
setsmtp(8)
System Administration 197
EXAMPLE 4 Setting Up Mailserver With Invalid Authentication Mechanism
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO setemailreport(8),showsmtp(8)
XSCF> setsmtp
Mail Server [10.4.1.1]:
Port [25]:
Authentication Mechanism [none]: ?
Invalid value ’?’. Valid authentication mechanism are: none pop smtp-auth
Authentication Mechanism [none]:
Reply Address [useradm@company.com]:
0Successful completion.
>0An error occurred.
setsmtp(8)
198 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
setsnmp(8)
System Administration 199
NAME setsnmp - manage the SNMP agent
SYNOPSIS setsnmp enable [ mib_name]
setsnmp disable [ mib_name]
setsnmp addtraphost -t type -s community-string [-p trap-port]traphost
setsnmp remtraphost -t type traphost
setsnmp addv3traphost -u username -r authentication-protocol {-n engine_id|-i}[
-a authentication-password][-e encryption-password][-p trap-port ]traphost
setsnmp remv3traphost -u username traphost
setsnmp enablev1v2c read-only-community-string
setsnmp disablev1v2c
setsnmp [-l system-location][-c system-contact][-d system-description][-p agent-
port]
setsnmp -h
DESCRIPTION setsnmp(8) enables or disables the SNMP Agent, as well as configures the SNMP
agent settings.
Privileges You must have platadm privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
-c system-contact Specifies the system contact information for the agent.
-d system-description Specifies the system description for the agent.
-h Displays usage statement.
When used with other options or operands, an error
occurs.
-l system-location Specifies the system location for the agent.
-p agent-port Specifies the listening port for the agent. The default is
161.
-s community-string Acts like a password to control access to the SNMP v1
and v2 agents. It is a clear text string which can be
intercepted. For password encryption and no visibility,
use addv3traphost instead.
setsnmp(8)
200 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
OPERANDS The following operands are supported:
addtraphost Enables the SNMP agent to send the chosen type of trap to the
desired host. If no trap-port is provided, the default is 162.A
community string is mandatory.
addtraphost takes the following options and operand:
-p trap-port ID of the trap port. Default value
is 162.
-s community-string Acts like a password to control
access to the SNMP v1 and v2
agents. It is a clear text string
which can be intercepted. For
password encryption and no
visibility, use addv3traphost
instead.
-t type Type of trap. Valid trap types are:
v1 = The agent will send SNMPv1 traps
v2 = The agent will send SNMPv2 traps
inform = The agent will send inform notifications
traphost Host name of the trap host.
setsnmp(8)
System Administration 201
addv3traphost Enables the SNMP agent to send SNMPv3 traps or informs to
the desired host. An authentication protocol must be chosen.
Valid protocols are:
MD5 = Uses the MD5 algorithm for authentication
SHA = Uses SHA (Secure Hash Algorithm) for authentication
The encryption protocol used in all communication is DES (Data
Encryption Standard). If the password option is not used, you
will be prompted for a password. Passwords will be read but not
echoed to the screen. addv3traphost takes the following
options:
-a authentication-password
Sets the authentication password. Must be equal to or
greater than 8 characters.
-e encryption-password
Sets the encryption password.
-i
Asks for an acknowledgment from the receiving host.
-n engine_id
Sets identifier of the local agent sending the trap. It can be
the engine ID of the local SNMP agent or not but it must
match the engine ID expected by the receiving host. Must
start with “0x” and should consist of even hecidecimal
characters or you will get an error.
-p trap-port
ID of the trap port. Default value is 162.
-r authentication-protocol
Sets the authentication protocol.
traphost
Host name of the trap host.
-u username
Specifies a valid user name.
setsnmp(8)
202 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
disable When used alone, stops the SNMP agent.
When used with the value ALL for the optional mib_name, stops
the SNMP agent.
When used with a value other than ALL for the optional
mib_name, removes support for the targeted MIB module. If
support remains for another MIB module, the SNMP agent
remains enabled. If support for both MIB modules is removed,
the SNMP agent is disabled and, therefore, stops. You can
specify only one value at a time for mib_name.
mib_name
Name of the MIB module to be disabled.
Valid MIB modules are:
SP_MIB = OPL-SP-MIB
FM_MIB = SUN-FM-MIB
ALL = All the MIB modules in this list.
disablev1v2c Disables the SNMP agent from communicating using SNMPv1/
v2c. These versions provide insecure SNMP communication.
enable When used alone, activates the SNMP agent with support for all
MIB modules.
When used with the value ALL for the optional mib_name,
activates the SNMP agent with support for all MIB modules.
When used with a value other than ALL for the optional
mib_name, adds support for the targeted MIB module and, if
necessary, activates the SNMP agent. You can specify only one
value at a time for mib_name.
mib_name
Name of the MIB module to be enabled.
Valid MIB modules are:
SP_MIB = OPL-SP-MIB
FM_MIB = SUN-FM-MIB
ALL = All the MIB modules in this list.
enablev1v2c Enables the SNMP agent to communicate using SNMPv1/v2c.
These versions provide insecure SNMP communication, which is
why the agent runs SNMPv3 by default. This agent is read-only.
The only community string asked for is read-only.
setsnmp(8)
System Administration 203
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Setting Up System Information
EXAMPLE 2 Setting Up and SNMPv3 Trap Host With Password Options
EXAMPLE 3 Setting Up and SNMPv3 Trap Host without Password Options
EXAMPLE 4 Starting the Agent
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
remtraphost Disables the SNMP agent from sending the chosen type of trap
to the desired host.
-t type
Type of trap. Valid trap types are:
v1 = The agent will send SNMPv1 traps
v2 = The agent will send SNMPv2 traps
inform = The agent will send inform notifications
traphost
Host name of the trap host.
remv3traphost Disables the SNMP agent from sending SNMPv3 traps to the
desired host.
traphost
Host name of the trap host.
-u username
Specifies a valid user name.
XSCF> setsnmp -l sandiego -c username@company.com -d ff1
XSCF> setsnmp addv3traphost -u jsmith -n 0x### -r SHA -a xxxxxxxx
-e yyyyyyyy fiche
XSCF> setsnmp addv3traphost -u bob -i -r SHA fiche
Authentication Password:
Encryption Password:
XSCF> setsnmp enable SP_MIB
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
setsnmp(8)
204 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
SEE ALSO showsnmp(8)
setsnmpusm(8)
System Administration 205
NAME setsnmpusm - specify the SNMPv3 agent’s User-based Security Model (USM)
configuration
SYNOPSIS setsnmpusm create -a authentication_protocol [-p authentication_password][-e
encyrption_password]user
setsnmpusm delete user
setsnmpusm clone -u clone_user user
setsnmpusm passwd [-c { auth|encrypt}] [ -o old_password][-n new_password]
user
setsnmpusm -h
DESCRIPTION setsnmpusm(8) modifies the SNMP Agent’s USM configuration.
Privileges You must have platadm privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
-h Displays usage statement.
When used with other options or operands, an error
occurs.
setsnmpusm(8)
206 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
OPERANDS The following operands are supported:
clone Makes the supplied user known to the agent for subsequent
SNMP communication with the identical settings as the specified
clone_user.
-u clone_user Specifies a valid user name of the user
settings to be cloned.
user Specifies a different user name for the clone
of clone_user.
setsnmpusm(8)
System Administration 207
create Makes the supplied user known to the agent for subsequent
SNMP communication. When used without the -a or -p
options, create displays a prompt for passwords and reads
them without echoing them to the screen. The encryption
protocol used in all SNMP communication is Data Encryption
Standard (DES). An authentication protocol must be chosen for
SNMP comunication. Possible values are MD5 Alogorithm and
Secure Hash Algorithm (SHA).
user
Specifies a valid user name.
-a authentication_protocol
Specifes the authentication protocol.
-e encryption_password
Specifes the encryption password. Must be equal to or
greater than 8 characters.
-p authentication_password
Specifes the authentication password. Must be equal to or
greater than 8 characters.
delete Removes the supplied user making the user unknown to the
agent for subsequent SNMP communication.
user Specifies a valid user name.
passwd Changes the appropriate password for the specified user. The
changed password is either the authentication password or the
encrypted password, or both, if -c is not used. If -c is not used
then both passwords must be the same or an error is generated.
With no options, password displays a prompt for the passwords
and reads them without echoing them to the screen.
-c auth|encrypt Specifies whether to change the
authentication password or the
encrypted password.
-n new_password Specifes the new password. The
password must be equal to or
greater than 8 characters.
-o old_password Specifes the old password.
user Specifes a valid user name.
setsnmpusm(8)
208 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Adding a User With Password Options
EXAMPLE 2 Adding a User Without Specifying Password Options
EXAMPLE 3 Cloning a User
EXAMPLE 4 Deleting a User
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO showsnmpusm(8)
XSCF> setsnmpusm create -a SHA -p xxxxxxxx -e yyyyyyyy jsmith
XSCF> setsnmpusm create -a SHA bob
Authetication Password:
Encryption Password:
XSCF> setsnmpusm clone -u sue joe
Authentication Password:
Encryption Password:
XSCF> setsnmpusm delete joe
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
setsnmpvacm(8)
System Administration 209
NAME setsnmpvacm - modify the SNMPv3 agent’s View-based Access Control Model
(VACM) configuration
SYNOPSIS setsnmpvacm creategroup -u username groupname
setsnmpvacm deletegroup -u username groupname
setsnmpvacm createview -s OID_subtree [-e][-m OID_Mask]viewname
setsnmpvacm deleteview -s OID_subtree viewname
setsnmpvacm createaccess -r read_viewname groupname
setsnmpvacm deleteaccess groupname
setsnmpvacm -h
DESCRIPTION setsnmpvacm(8) modifies the SNMP Agent’s VACM configuration. Using this
command requires a basic knowledge of SNMP.
Privileges You must have platadm privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
-h Displays usage statement.
When used with other options or operands, an error
occurs.
setsnmpvacm(8)
210 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
OPERANDS The following operands are supported:
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Create a Group
createaccess Sets access to a MIB view for the specified group.
-r read_viewname Specifies an SNMP Agent view.
groupname Specifies a valid group name.
creategroup Sets up a group for the specified user for view access.
-u username Specifies a valid user name.
groupname Specifies a valid group name.
createview Sets up a view of the SNMP Agent exported MIB information.
View access is limited to read-only for this Agent. The view is
identified through a MIB OID subtree and can be limited to
specific portions of that subtree using the OID Mask.
-e Specifies an excluded view. The default is an
included view.
-m OID_Mask Specifies a valid OID subtree mask. By
default, the mask is ff (entire subtree).
-s OID_subtree Specifies a MIB OID subtree. Values start at
.1 for the entire MIB tree.
viewname Specifies a valid view name.
deleteaccess Removes access entry.
groupname Specifies a valid group name.
deletegroup Removes a group from use.
-u username Specifies a valid user name.
groupname Specifies a valid group name.
deleteview Removes this view from use.
-s OID_subtree Specifies a MIB OID subtree. Values start at
.1 for the entire MIB tree.
viewname Specifies a valid view name.
XSCF> setsnmpvacm creategroup -u jsmith admin
setsnmpvacm(8)
System Administration 211
EXAMPLE 2 Create a View of the Entire MIB
EXAMPLE 3 Create a View Where the Subtree Is Excluded
EXAMPLE 4 Create Access
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO showsnmpvacm(8)
XSCF> setsnmpvacm createview -s .1 all_view
XSCF> setsnmpvacm createview -e -s .1.3.6.1.2.1.1 -m fe excl_view
XSCF> setsnmpvacm createaccess -r all admin
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
setsnmpvacm(8)
212 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
setssh(8)
System Administration 213
NAME setssh - set the SSH service used in the XSCF network. Also, generate the host
public key, and register or delete the user public key, which are necessary for the
SSH service.
SYNOPSIS setssh [[-q]-{y|n}]-c enable
setssh -c disable
setssh -c addpubkey [-u user_name]
setssh -c delpubkey {-a |-s line }[-u user_name]
setssh [[-q]-{y|n}]-c genhostkey
setssh -h
DESCRIPTION setssh(8) command starts or stops the SSH service used in the XSCF network.
Also, generates the host public key, and registers or deletes the user public key,
which are necessary for the SSH service.
If a host public key already exists when a new host public key is to be generated, an
update confirmation prompt about the existing key is displayed.
The user public key can be registered on each user account. Per user account,
multiple user public keys can be registered. Per user account, the user public keys
can be registered up to 1,023 characters including the linefeed.
Only SSH2 is supported for XSCF.
Privileges You must have one of the following privileges to run this command:
To start or stop the SSH service, and to generate the host public key:
platadm
To register or delete the user public key of other user account:
useradm
To register or delete the user public key of the current login user account:
useradm,platadm,platop,auditadm,auditop,domainadm,domainmgr,
domainop,fieldeng
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
-a Deletes all registered user public keys. Should be
specified with "-c delpubkey."
-c addpubkey Registers the user public key.
-c delpubkey Deletes the user public key.
setssh(8)
214 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
OPERANDS The following operand is supported:
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
When a host public key is created, a prompt to confirm execution of the
command with the specified options is displayed. Enter "y" to execute the
command or "n" to cancel the command.
The setssh(8) command can register one user public key at a time.
In time of setssh(8) command execution, finish the input of user public key by
pressing Enter and then pressing Ctrl+D(EOF).
In case the XSCF unit is duplicated configuration, the setting automatically
reflected to the standby XSCF. When there's a defect on the standby XSCF, it
leads to an error.
The current SSH service settings can be checked by using the showssh(8)
command.
In case you enable the ssh service or generated the host public key, XSCF will be
reset.
-c {enable|disable} Specifies whether to enable the SSH service. One of the
following values can be specified:
enable Starts the SSH2 service.
disable Stops the SSH2 service.
-c genhostkey Generates a host public key for SSH2.
-h Displays usage statement. When used with other options
or operands, an error occurs.
-n Automatically answers 'n' (no) to all prompts.
-q Suppresses all messages to stdout, including prompts.
-s line Specifies the user public key number to delete. For line,
specify the number which displayed after the showssh
-c pubkey command executed. Should be specified with
"-c delpubkey."
-u user_name Specifies the user account name to register or delete the
user public key. Should be specified with "-c
addpubkey"or"-c delpubkey." When the -u option
omitted, the user public key of the current login user
account becomes the target.
-y Automatically answers 'y' (yes) to all prompts.
genhostkey Generates a host public key for SSH2.
setssh(8)
System Administration 215
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Starts the SSH service.
The reset continues after this point.
EXAMPLE 2 Starts the SSH service. Automatically replies with 'y' to the prompt.
The reset continues after this point.
EXAMPLE 3 Starts the SSH service. Automatically replies with 'y' without displaying
the prompt.
The reset continues after this point.
EXAMPLE 4 Stops the SSH service.
EXAMPLE 5 Generates a host public key for SSH.
The reset continues after this point.
XSCF> setssh -c enable
The XSCF will be reset. Continue? [y|n] :y
Broadcast message from root (pts/4) (Jan 27 16:59:10 2006):
The system is going down for reboot NOW!
XSCF> setssh -y -c enable
The XSCF will be reset. Continue? [y|n] :y
Broadcast message from root (pts/4) (Jan 27 16:59:10 2006):
The system is going down for reboot NOW!
XSCF> setssh -q -y -c enable
Broadcast message from root (pts/4) (Jan 27 16:59:10 2006):
The system is going down for reboot NOW!
XSCF> setssh -c disable
XSCF> setssh -c genhostkey
Host key create. The XSCF will be reset. Continue? [y|n] :y
Broadcast message from root (pts/4) (Jan 27 16:59:10 2006):
The system is going down for reboot NOW!
setssh(8)
216 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXAMPLE 6 Generates a host public key for SSH. Automatically replies with 'y' to the
prompt.
The reset continues after this point.
EXAMPLE 7 Generates a host public key for SSH. Automatically replies with 'y' without
displaying the prompt.
The reset continues after this point.
EXAMPLE 8 Generates a host public key for SSH. Automatically replies with 'n' to the
prompt.
EXAMPLE 9 Generates a host public key for SSH. Automatically replies with 'n' without
displaying the prompt.
EXAMPLE 10 Registers the user public key. Finish the input of public key by pressing
Enter and then pressing Ctrl+D.
XSCF> setssh -c genhostkey -y
Host key already exists. The key will be updated and the XSCF will be
reset. Continue? [y|n] :y
Broadcast message from root (pts/4) (Jan 27 16:59:10 2006):
The system is going down for reboot NOW!
XSCF> setssh -c genhostkey -q -y
Broadcast message from root (pts/4) (Jan 27 16:59:10 2006):
The system is going down for reboot NOW!
XSCF> setssh -c genhostkey -n
Host key already exists. The key will be updated and the XSCF will be
reset. Continue? [y|n] :y
XSCF> setssh -c genhostkey -q -n
XSCF> setssh -c addpubkey
Please input a public key:
ssh-rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAAIEAzFh95SohrDgpnN7zFCJCVNy+jaZPTjNDxcid
QGbihYDCBttI4151Y0Sv85FJwDpSNHNKoVLMYLjtBmUMPbGgGVB61qskSv/
FeV44hefNCZMiXGItIIpK
P0nBK4XJpCFoFbPXNUHDw1rTD9icD5U/wRFGSRRxFI+Ub5oLRxN8+A8=abcd@example.com
[Enter]
[Ctrl+D]
setssh(8)
System Administration 217
EXAMPLE 11 Registers the user public key by specifying the user name. Finish the input
of public key by pressing Enter and then pressing Ctrl+D.
EXAMPLE 12 Specifies the public key number to delete the user public key.
EXAMPLE 13 Deletes all user public keys.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO showssh(8)
XSCF> setssh -c addpubkey -u efgh
Please input a public key:
ssh-rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAAIEAzFh95SohrDgpnN7zFCJCVNy+jaZPTjNDxcid
QGbihYDCBttI4151Y0Sv85FJwDpSNHNKoVLMYLjtBmUMPbGgGVB61qskSv/
FeV44hefNCZMiXGItIIpK
P0nBK4XJpCFoFbPXNUHDw1rTD9icD5U/wRFGSRRxFI+Ub5oLRxN8+A8=abcd@example.com
[Enter]
[Ctrl+D]
XSCF> setssh -c delpubkey -s 1
1 ssh-rsa
AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAAIEAzFh95SohrDgpnN7zFCJCVNy+jaZPTjNDxcid
QGbihYDCBttI4151Y0Sv85FJwDpSNHNKoVLMYLjtBmUMPbGgGVB61qskSv/
FeV44hefNCZMiXGItIIpK
P0nBK4XJpCFoFbPXNUHDw1rTD9icD5U/wRFGSRRxFI+Ub5oLRxN8+A8=abcd@example.com
XSCF> setssh -c delpubkey -a
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
setssh(8)
218 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
settelnet(8)
System Administration 219
NAME settelnet - start or stop the Telnet service used in the XSCF network
SYNOPSIS settelnet -c {enable |disable}
settelnet -h
DESCRIPTION settelnet(8) command starts or stops the Telnet service used in the XSCF
network.
Privileges You must have platadm privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
In case the XSCF unit is duplicated configuration, the setting automatically
reflected to the standby XSCF. When there's a defect on the standby XSCF, it
leads to an error.
The current Telnet service state can be checked by using the showtelnet(8)
command.
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Starts the Telnet service.
EXAMPLE 2 Stops the Telnet service.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO showtelnet(8)
-c {enable|disable} Specify whether to start the Telnet service. One of the
following values can be specified. If none of them is
specified, an error occurs.
enable Starts the Telnet service.
disable Stops the Telnet service.
-h Displays usage statement. When used with other options
or operands, an error occurs.
XSCF> settelnet -c enable
XSCF> settelnet -c disable
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
settelnet(8)
220 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
settimezone(8)
System Administration 221
NAME settimezone - set the time zone and Daylight Saving Time of XSCF
SYNOPSIS settimezone -c settz -s timezone
settimezone -c settz -a [-M]
settimezone -c adddst -b std -o offset -d dst [-p offset]-f date [/time]-t date
[/time]
settimezone -c deldst -b std -o offset
settimezone -h
DESCRIPTION The settimezone(8) command sets the time zone and Daylight Saving Time of
XSCF.
The time zone is pursuant to POSIX standard.
Privileges You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
-a Lists the time zones that can be set.
-c settz Sets the time zone which complies with POSIX standards.
-c adddst Manually sets the time zone and Daylight Saving Time.
-c deldst Deletes the time zone and Daylight Saving Time.
-b std Specifies the abbreviations of time zone. For std, specify an
abbreviation of 3 letters or more. You can specify it in the format
which complies with RFC2822. In case specified in combination
with "-c adddst," it will be linked with the time zone to be set.
When specified in combination with "-c deldst," the link with
the time zone which has been set will be cancelled.
-d dst Specifies the name of Daylight Saving Time. For dst, specify the
alphabets of 3 letters or more. You can specify it in the format
which complies with RFC2822.
settimezone(8)
222 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
-f date [/time] Specifies the starting time of Daylight Saving Time. You can
specify date in any of the following formats.
Mm.w.d
Mm: Specifies the month to start Daylight Saving Time. For m,
you can specify any integer from 1to 12.
w: Specifies the week to start Daylight Saving Time. You can
specify the integer from 1to 5,"1" for the first week and "5"
for the last week in the month.
d: Specifies the day of the week to start Daylight Saving Time.
You can specify the integer from 0to 6,"0" for Sunday and
"6" for Saturday.
Jn
Jn: Specifies the sequential day in the year to start Daylight
Saving Time. You can specify the integer from 1to 365,"1"
for January 1st. It doesn't count the leap-year day.
n
n: Specifies the sequential day in the year to start Daylight
Saving Time. You can specify the integer from 1to 365,"1"
for January 1st. It counts the leap-year day.
In time, you specify the time. You can specify it in the following
format.
hh:mm:ss Specifies the time in "hh:mm:ss" format. hh is
0023,mm is 0059,ss is 0060. In case
omitted, "02:00:00."
-h Displays usage statement. When used with other options or
operands, an error occurs.
-M Displays text by page. This option provides a function that is the
same as that of the more command.
settimezone(8)
System Administration 223
-o offset Specifies the offset of time zone and Greenwich mean time
(GMT). You can specify offset in the following format.
GMT{+|}hh[:mm[:ss]]
GMT Greenwich mean time
{+|} Specifies "" to set the standard time to the
time which is ahead of GMT. (To adjust to
the local time east to Greenwich, the offset is
a negative value.)Specifies "+" to set the
standard time to the time which is behind
the GMT. (To adjust to the local tome west to
Greenwich, the offset is a positive value.)
hh[:mm[:ss]] Specifies the offset time. hh is 0024,mm is
0059,ss is 0059.
settimezone(8)
224 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
-p offset Specifies the offset of Daylight Saving Time and Greenwich
mean time (GMT). You can specify offset in the following format.
In case omitted, it is 1 hour before the specified time.
GMT{+|}hh[:mm[:ss]]
GMT Greenwich mean time
{+|} Specifies "" to set the standard time to the
time which is ahead of GMT. (To adjust to
the local time east to Greenwich, the offset is
a negative value.)Specifies "+" to set the
standard time to the time which is behind
the GMT. (To adjust to the local tome west to
Greenwich, the offset is a positive value.)
hh[:mm[:ss]] Specifies the offset time. hh is 0024,mm is
0059,ss is 0059.
-s timezone Specifies the time zone. One of the time zone displayed by the
-a option can be specified for timezone.
settimezone(8)
System Administration 225
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
You cannot specify the years of validity for time zone and Daylight Saving Time.
In case the Daylight Saving Time is changed each year, you need to set anew by
using the settimezone(8) command.
The addition of the offset time to the standard time which has been set by the
settimezone(8) command comes to GMT.
The current time zone settings can be checked by using the showtimezone(8)
command.
To reflect the Daylight Saving Time information which modified by -c adddst
or -c deldst option, log out and then log in again.
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Sets "Asia/Tokyo" as the time zone.
-t date [/time] Specifies the termination time of Daylight Saving Time. You can
specify date in any of the following formats.
Mm.w.d
Mm: Specifies the month to terminate Daylight Saving Time.
For m, you can specify any integer from 1to 12.
w: Specifies the week to terminate Daylight Saving Time. You
can specify the integer from 1to 5,"1" for the first week and
"5" for the last week in the month.
d: Specifies the day of the week to terminate Daylight Saving
Time. You can specify the integer from 0to 6,"0" for Sunday
and "6" for Saturday.
Jn
Jn: Specifies the sequential day in the year to terminate
Daylight Saving Time. You can specify the integer from 1to
365,"1" for January 1st. It doesn't count the leap-year day.
n
n: Specifies the sequential day in the year to terminate
Daylight Saving Time. You can specify the integer from 1to
365,"1" for January 1st. It counts the leap-year day.
In time, you specify the time. You can specify it in the following
format.
hh:mm:ss Specifies the time in "hh:mm:ss" format. hh is
0023,mm is 0059,ss is 0060. In case
omitted, "02:00:00."
XSCF> settimezone -c settz -s Asia/Tokyo
Asia/Tokyo
settimezone(8)
226 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXAMPLE 2 Lists the time zones that can be set.
EXAMPLE 3 Sets the Daylight Saving Time information as follows: abbreviation of time
zone is JST, the offset from GMT is +9, the name of Daylight Saving Time
is JDT, Daylight Saving Time is 1 hour ahead, and the time period is from
the last Monday of March 2:00 to the last Sunday of October 2:00.
EXAMPLE 4 Sets the Daylight Saving Time information as follows: abbreviation of time
zone is JST, the offset from GMT is +9, the name of Daylight Saving Time
is JDT, the offset of Daylight Saving Time from GMT is +10, and the time
period is from the first Sunday of April 0:00 to the first Sunday of Septem-
ber 0:00.
EXAMPLE 5 Deletes the Daylight Saving Time information of current settings.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO setdate(8),showdate(8),showtimezone(8)
XSCF> settimezone -c settz -a
Africa/Abidjan
Africa/Accra
Africa/Addis_Ababa
Africa/Algiers
Africa/Asmera
Africa/Bamako
Africa/Bangui
.
.
XSCF> settimezone -c adddst -b JST -o GMT-9 -d JDT -f M3.5.0 -t
M10.5.0
JST-9JDT,M3.5.0,M10.5.0
XSCF> settimezone -c adddst -b JST -o GMT-9 -d JDT -p GMT-10 -f
M4.1.0/00:00:00 -t M9.1.0/00:00:00
JST-9JDT-10,M4.1.0/00:00:00,M9.1.0/00:00:00
XSCF> settimezone -c deldst -b JST -o GMT-9
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
setupfru(8)
System Administration 227
NAME setupfru - set up device hardware
SYNOPSIS setupfru [-m {y|n}] [-x {1|4}] device location
setupfru -h
DESCRIPTION The setupfru(8) command makes hardware settings for the specified device.
Only a physical system board (PSB) can be specified as a device. After a PSB is
added, the following settings can be specified for PSB:
Privileges You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
XSB type To use an added PSB in the system, hardware resources
on the PSB must be logically divided and reconfigured as
eXtended System Boards (XSBs). Two types of XSB are
used: Uni-XSB and Quad-XSB. The Uni-XSB is configured
with undivided PSB, and the Quad-XSB is configured
with one of divided PSB into four parts. Specify either the
Uni-XSB configuration or Quad-XSB configuration for the
PSB.
Memory mirror mode In mirror mode, data is mirrored by dividing the memory
mounted on a PSB into two parts. Since the memory is
divided into two parts, the memory capacity is halved,
but data reliability increases. Specify whether to operate
the memory in mirror mode.
-h Displays usage statement. When used with other options or
operands, an error occurs.
-m {y|n} Specifies whether to use the memory mounted on the XSB in
mirror mode. Specify this option when sb is specified for device.
Specify yto enable mirror mode; otherwise, specify n. If the -m
option is omitted, the previous setting is inherited.
-x {1|4} Specifies whether to configure PSB as a Uni-XSB or Quad-XSB.
Specify this option when sb is specified for device. Specify 1for
Uni-XSB or specify 4for Quad-XSB. If the -x option is omitted,
the previous setting is inherited.
setupfru(8)
228 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
OPERANDS The following operands are supported:
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
In a high-end server, the Quad-XSB configuration cannot be set in memory
mirror mode.
To set up an already mounted PSB again, all XSBs comprising the target PSB
must have been disconnected from the domain configuration and placed under
the system board pool. See the deleteboard(8) command for information on
how to disconnect XSBs from the domain configuration.
The configuration of the PSB varies according to the system as shown below.
In a high-end server, the PSB consists of one CPU memory board and one I/O
unit in combination.
In a midrange server, the PSB consists of one CPU module and one memory
module logically divided into two on the motherboard, and one I/O module.
The current PSB settings can be checked by using the showfru(8) command.
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Configures PSB#00 as a Quad-XSB (with memory in non-mirror mode be-
cause the memory mirror mode setting is omitted).
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO addboard(8),deleteboard(8),moveboard(8),setdcl(8),showboards(8),
showdcl(8),showdevices(8),showfru(8)
device Specifies the device to be set up. Only the following device can
be specified:
sb Physical system board (PSB)
location Specifies the location of the device.
sb Integer from 0–15. Specify only one location.
XSCF> setupfru -x 4 sb 0
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
showaltitude(8)
System Administration 229
NAME showaltitude - display the altitude state of the system
SYNOPSIS showaltitude
showaltitude -h
DESCRIPTION The showaltitude(8) command displays the current settings for the altitude state
of the system.
The displayed altitude value is a multiple of 100 meters.
Privileges You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following option is supported:
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
The setaltitude(8) command sets the altitude of the server.
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displays the altitude of the system.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO setaltitude(8)
-h Displays usage statement.
XSCF> showaltitude
1000m
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
showaltitude(8)
230 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
showarchiving(8)
System Administration 231
NAME showarchiving - display log archiving configuration and status
SYNOPSIS showarchiving
showarchiving [-e][-v]
showarchiving -h
DESCRIPTION showarchiving(8) displays the status and configuration information for log
archiving on the Service Processor.
Privileges You must have platadm,platop or fieldeng privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
If the -e option is not specified, showarchiving displays the following
information:
1. A list of archiving configuration data:
-e Displays information about the last ten archiving errors.
-h Displays usage statement.
When used with other options or operands, an error occurs.
-v Specifies verbose output.
Archiving state Log archiving is enabled or disabled.
Archive host The host on which the logs are archived.
Initial value is Not configured. Possible
values are a host name or IPv4 address.
Archive directory The directory on the archive host where the
archives are stored. Initial value is Not
configured.
showarchiving(8)
232 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
2. Time of the most recent attempt to connect to the archive host, and the outcome
of that attempt (success or failure):
3. Table of the status information for audit logs and non-audit logs:
If the -e option is specified showarchiving displays the details of the last ten
archiving errors that occurred.
Username for ssh login User name which the Service Processor uses to
login to the archive host. Initial value is Not
configured.
Archive host public key The public key which the Service Processor
uses to verify the identity of the archive host.
This field is not displayed unless the -v
option is specified.
Archive host fingerprint The md5 fingerprint of the public key which
the Service Processor uses to verify the
identity of the archive host.
Latest
communication
The completion time of the latest attempt to communicate
with the archive host.
Connection status The outcome of the latest attempt to connect to the
archive host; successful (OK) or unsuccessful (FAILED).
Archive space
limit
The amount of space allocated for the archives.
Archive space used The amount of space currently consumed by the archives.
Total archiving
failures
A counter of failed archiving operations.
Unresolved
failures
A counter of failed archiving operations which the
Service Processor will continue to retry.
showarchiving(8)
System Administration 233
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Viewing Status and Configuration Data
EXAMPLE 2 Displaying Archiving Error Information
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO setarchiving(8)
XSCF> showarchiving
*** Archiving Configuration ***
Archiving state ---------- Disabled
Archive host ------------- Not configured
Archive directory -------- Not configured
User name for ssh login -- Not configured
Archive host fingerprint - Server authentication disabled
*** Connection to Archive Host ***
Latest communication ----- None
Connection status -------- None
AUDIT LOGS OTHER LOGS
---------- ----------
Archive space limit Unlimited 2000 MB
Archive space used Not monitored Not monitored
Total archiving failures 0 0
Unresolved failures 0 0
XSCF> showarchiving -e
No archiving errors have occurred.
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
showarchiving(8)
234 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
showaudit(8)
System Administration 235
NAME showaudit - display the current auditing system state
SYNOPSIS showaudit
showaudit [all]
showaudit [-a users][-c classes][-e events][-g][-m][-p][-s][-t]
showaudit -h
DESCRIPTION showaudit(8) displays the current state of system auditing. When invoked without
options showaudit displays whether the writing of audit records is enabled or
disabled.
Privileges You must have auditadm or auditop privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
-a users Displays the audit record generation policy for the specified users.
users is a comma-separated list of valid user names.
-c classes Displays the audit record generation policy for the specified audit
classes. classes is a comma-separated list of audit classes. A class
may be specified by its numeric value or its name. The ACS_
prefix may be omitted. For example, the class of audit related
events can be expressed as ACS_AUDIT,AUDIT or 2.
The following are valid classes:
all Denotes all classes
ACS_LOGIN(0) Login-related events
ACS_CONFIG(1) Configuration-related events
ACS_AUDIT(2) Audit-related events
ACS_DOMAIN(3) Domain-related events
ACS_USER(4) User management–related events
ACS_STATUS(5) Status inquiry–related events
ACS_PLATFORM(6) Platform management–related
events
ACS_SERVICE(7) Service-related events
-e events Displays the audit record generation policy for the specified audit
events. events is a comma-separated list of audit events. An event
may be specified by its numeric value or its name. The AEV_
prefix may be omitted. For example, the event for SSH login can be
expressed as AEV_LOGIN_SSH,LOGIN_SSH,or0.
See showaudit -e all for a list of all valid events.
-g Displays the global user audit record generation policy.
showaudit(8)
236 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
OPERANDS The following operands are supported:
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displaying Auditing Status
EXAMPLE 2 Displaying All Class Information For Login Auditing
-h Displays usage statement.
When used with other options or operands, an error occurs.
-m Displays the address to which email is sent when the local audit
storage space usages reaches a threshold.
-p Displays the policy to follow when the audit trail reaches full
capacity.
-s Displays the following auditing states:
Space consumed by local audit records
Free space remaining for local audit records
Number of audit records dropped (since the last boot) since the
audit trail reached full capacity.
-t Displays the thresholds at which to issue warning(s) about local
storage usage.
all Displays the following information:
Whether the writing of audit trails is set to enable or
disable. This is the same display that is shown for
showaudit when invoked without any options.
All the information that would be displayed by invoking
showaudit with the options: -a ,-c all,-e all,-g,-m,
-p,-s.
XSCF> showaudit
Auditing: enabled
XSCF> showaudit -c LOGIN
Events:
AEV_LOGIN_BUI enabled
AEV_LOGIN_CONSOLE enabled
AEV_LOGIN_SSH enabled
AEV_LOGIN_TELNET enabled
AEV_LOGOUT enabled
AEV_AUTHENTICATE enabled
AEV_PASSWORD_CHANGE enabled
showaudit(8)
System Administration 237
EXAMPLE 3 Displaying All Event Information
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO setaudit(8), viewaudit(8)
XSCF> showaudit -e all
Events:
AEV_AUDIT_START enabled
AEV_AUDIT_STOP enabled
AEV_ENTER_MODE enabled
AEV_EXIT_MODE enabled
AEV_LOGIN_BUI enabled
AEV_LOGIN_CONSOLE enabled
AEV_LOGIN_SSH enabled
AEV_LOGIN_TELNET enabled
AEV_LOGOUT enabled
AEV_AUTHENTICATE enabled
AEV_PASSWORD_CHANGE enabled
AEV_addboard enabled
AEV_addcodlicense enabled
AEV_addfru enabled
[...]
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
showaudit(8)
238 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
showautologout(8)
System Administration 239
NAME showautologout - display the session timeout time of the XSCF shell
SYNOPSIS showautologout
showautologout -h
DESCRIPTION The showautologout(8) command displays the session timeout time of the XSCF
shell.
The session timeout time is displayed in units of minutes. If the session timeout
time has not been specified with the setautologout(8) command, a time of 10
minutes is set by default.
Privileges You must have one of the following privileges to run this command:
useradm,platadm,platop,auditadm,auditop,domainadm,domainmgr,
domainop,fieldeng
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following option is supported:
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displays the session timeout time of the XSCF shell.
EXAMPLE 2 Displays the session timeout time of the XSCF shell (the time is default).
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO setautologout(8)
-h Displays usage statement.
XSCF> showautologout
30min
XSCF> showautologout
10min
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
showautologout(8)
240 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
showboards(8)
System Administration 241
NAME showboards - display information on an extended system board (XSB)
SYNOPSIS showboards [-v]-a [-c sp]
showboards [-v]-d domain_id [-c sp]
showboards [-v]xsb
showboards -h
DESCRIPTION The showboards(8) command displays information on XSBs.
This command displays information on XSBs currently configured in or assigned to
a domain and information on all mounted XSBs. If a domain is specified, the
command displays only information defined with the corresponding domain
component list (DCL).
The following types of information are displayed:
XSB XSB number. The format of the displayed number is as follows:
xy
xAn integer from 0015.
yAn integer from 03.
DID Domain ID. One of the following is displayed:
0023 Domain ID to which the XSB is assigned
SP This is displayed if the XSB does not belong
to any domain but is located in the system
board pool.
Other This is displayed if the XSB belongs to a
domain to which no user privilege has been
granted.
LSB Logical system board (LSB) number defined for the domain. The
displayed number is an integer ranging from 0to 15.
Assignment Domain assignment state of the XSB. Either of the following is
displayed:
Unavailable The XSB cannot be used. The XSB may be
unrecognizable because it is not mounted, it
contains an error, it has been assigned to
another domain, or the settings of the
domain or system board are not complete.
Available The XSB is registered on the domain
component list (DCL) and can be used. The
XSB may be located in the system board
pool.
Assigned The XSB is reserved for or assigned to the
domain.
showboards(8)
242 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
When the -v option is specified, the following types of information are displayed
as XSB detail status information:
Pwr Power status of the XSB
nPower is off.
yPower is on.
Conn Status of the XSB connection to the domain configuration
nThe XSB is not connected to the domain, or
it is located in the system board pool.
yThe XSB is connected to the domain.
Conf Incorporation state of XSB hardware resources into the operating
system
nThe resources are not connected to the
operating system.
yThe resources are incorporated in the
operating system.
Test Status of an initial diagnosis on an XSB
Unmount The XSB cannot be recognized because it is
not mounted or because it has an error.
Unknown Not performed.
Testing The initial diagnosis is in progress.
Passed The initial diagnosis ended normally.
Failed Error (test=fail) detected by an initial
diagnosis. The XSB cannot be used or is in a
degraded state.
Fault XSB degradation status
Normal Normal
Degraded Component in a degraded state. The XSB
can operate.
Faulted An error occurred and the XSB cannot
operate.
RDynamic reconfiguration(DR) involving the reservation state of
the XSB in the domain
*DR processing is reserved. When the
domain is rebooted, the XSB is incorporated
into or disconnected from the domain, and
the domain configuration is changed.
Cod Whether the XSB is a COD board
nThe XSB is not a COD board.
yThe XSB is a COD board.
showboards(8)
System Administration 243
Privileges You must have one of the following privileges to run this command:
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
OPERANDS The following operand is supported:
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displays information on all mounted system boards.
platadm,platop,fieldeng
Can execute the command for all domains.
domainadm,domainmgr,domainop
Can execute the command only for accessible domains.
-a Displays the state of XSBs configured in or assigned to a domain
and the state of all mounted XSBs.
-c sp Displays the system boards located in the system board pool.
System boards in the system board pool do not belong to any
domain.
-d domain_id Specifies the ID of the domain whose status of XSB is displayed.
Only information that is defined with the DCL of the specified
domain is displayed. An integer ranging from 0to 23 can be
specified for domain_id, depending on the system configuration.
-h Displays usage statement. When used with other options or
operands, an error occurs.
-v Displays detailed information on XSB.
xsb Specifies the XSB number to be displayed. The following xsb
form is accepted:
xy
where:
xAn integer from 0015.
yAn integer from 03.
XSCF> showboards -a
XSB DID(LSB) Assignment Pwr Conn Conf Test Fault
---- -------- ----------- ---- ---- ---- ------- --------
00-0 00(00) Assigned y y y Passed Normal
00-1 00(01) Assigned y y y Passed Normal
00-2 SP Available y n n Passed Normal
00-3 02(00) Unavailable y n n Unknown Normal
showboards(8)
244 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXAMPLE 2 Displays detailed information on all mounted system boards.
EXAMPLE 3 Displays information on XSB#00-0.
EXAMPLE 4 Displays detailed information on XSB#00-0.
EXAMPLE 5 Displays system boards located in the system board pool.
EXAMPLE 6 Displays the system boards that are defined for domain ID 0 and located in
the system board pool.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO addboard(8),addcodlicense(8),deleteboard(8),deletecodlicense(8),
moveboard(8),setdcl(8),setupfru(8),showcodlicense(8),showcodusage(8),
showdcl(8),showdevices(8),showfru(8)
XSCF> showboards -v -a
XSB R DID(LSB) Assignment Pwr Conn Conf Test Fault COD
---- - -------- ----------- ---- ---- ---- ------- -------- ---
00-0 00(00) Assigned y y y Passed Normal n
00-1 * 00(01) Assigned y y y Passed Normal n
00-2 SP Available y n n Passed Normal n
00-3 02(00) Unavailable y n n Unknown Normal n
XSCF> showboards 00-0
XSB DID(LSB) Assignment Pwr Conn Conf Test Fault
---- -------- ----------- ---- ---- ---- ------- --------
00-0 15(00) Assigned y y y Passed Normal
XSCF> showboards -v 00-0
XSB R DID(LSB) Assignment Pwr Conn Conf Test Fault COD
---- - -------- ----------- ---- ---- ---- ------- -------- ---
00-0 * 15(00) Assigned y n n Passed Normal y
XSCF> showboards -a -c sp
XSB DID(LSB) Assignment Pwr Conn Conf Test Fault
---- -------- ----------- ---- ---- ---- ------- --------
00-0 SP Available y n n Passed Normal
00-2 SP Available y n n Passed Normal
00-3 SP Available y n n Passed Normal
XSCF> showboards -d 0 -c sp
XSB DID(LSB) Assignment Pwr Conn Conf Test Fault
---- -------- ----------- ---- ---- ---- ------- --------
00-2 SP Available y n n Passed Normal
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
showcod(8)
System Administration 245
NAME showcod - display Capacity on Demand (COD) configuration information
SYNOPSIS showcod
showcod [-v][-d domain_id]
showcod -h
DESCRIPTION showcod(8) displays the COD information which includes the headroom amount,
number of installed COD right-to-use (RTU) licenses, the number of COD RTU
licenses reserved for domains, and the Chassis Hostid. When used without
arguments it displays the current COD information.
Privileges You must have platadm,platop,domainadm,domainop,ordomainmgr
privileges for the specified domain.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displaying COD Information for All Domains on an OPL System
The output shown is what you would see if you had domainadm,domainop,or
domainmgr privileges for Domain 1.
-d domain_id Domain identifier. domain_id can be 0–23 depending on
system configuration.
-h Displays usage statement.
When used with other options or operands, an error
occurs.
-v Specifies verbose output.
XSCF> showcod
PROC RTUs reserved for domain 1 : 0
showcod(8)
246 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXAMPLE 2 Displaying All COD Information
The output shown is what you would see if you had platform privileges.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO setcod(8)
XSCF> showcod
Chassis HostID : 81000001
PROC RTUs installed : 8
PROC Headroom Quantity : 0
PROC RTUs reserved for domain 0 : 4
PROC RTUs reserved for domain 1 : 0
PROC RTUs reserved for domain 2 : 0
PROC RTUs reserved for domain 3 : 0
PROC RTUs reserved for domain 4 : 0
PROC RTUs reserved for domain 5 : 0
PROC RTUs reserved for domain 6 : 0
PROC RTUs reserved for domain 7 : 0
PROC RTUs reserved for domain 8 : 0
PROC RTUs reserved for domain 9 : 0
PROC RTUs reserved for domain 10 : 0
PROC RTUs reserved for domain 11 : 0
PROC RTUs reserved for domain 12 : 0
PROC RTUs reserved for domain 13 : 0
PROC RTUs reserved for domain 14 : 0
PROC RTUs reserved for domain 15 : 0
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
showcodlicense(8)
System Administration 247
NAME showcodlicense - display the current Capacity on Demand (COD) right-to-use
(RTU) licenses stored in the COD license database
SYNOPSIS showcodlicense
showcodlicense [-r][-v]
showcodlicense -h
DESCRIPTION showcodlicense(8) displays COD license information stored in the COD license
database. When used without options it displays the current licenses.
Privileges You must have platadm or platop privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
The showcodlicense command displays the following COD information:
EXAMPLES The following examples display the COD license information:
-h Displays usage statement.
When used with other options or operands, an error occurs.
-r Displays the license information in the raw license-signature
format, as stored in the COD license database.
-v Specifies verbose output. Displays both the formatted license
information and raw license-signature data.
Description Type of resource (processor).
Ver Version number of the license, which is always set to 01.
Expiration Expiration of the license.
Count Number of right-to-use licenses granted for the given
resource.
Status GOOD, which indicates that the given resource is valid, or
EXPIRED, which indicates that the resource license is no
longer valid.
showcodlicense(8)
248 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXAMPLE 1 Displaying Formatted License Data
EXAMPLE 2 Displaying Raw License Data
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO addcodlicense(8),deletecodlicense(8),showcodusage(8)
XSCF> showcodlicense -v
Description Ver Expiration Count Status
----------- --- ----------- ----- -------
PROC 01 NONE 16 GOOD
01:84000000:000000001:0301010100:16:00000000:xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
XSCF> showcodlicense -r
01:84000000:104:0301010100:3:00000000:xxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
showcodusage(8)
System Administration 249
NAME showcodusage - display the current usage statistics for Capacity on Demand (COD)
resources
SYNOPSIS showcodusage
showcodusage [-v][-M][-p resource|domain|all ]
showcodusage -h
DESCRIPTION showcodusage(8) shows current information about COD right-to-use (RTU)
licenses in use. By default, this command displays a summary of COD RTU licenses
used and installed, along with the current state of each resource. When used
without options, it displays the current usage.
Privileges You must have one of the following privileges to run this command:
platadm,platop:
Can run this command for all resources and domains.
domainadm,domainmgr,domainop:
Can run this command for available resources only for those domains that you can
access.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
-h Displays usage statement.
When used with other options or operands, an error occurs.
-M Displays text by page. This option provides a function that is the
same as that of the more command.
-p domain Displays the license usage for each domain. The statistics reported
include the number of COD RTU licenses used by the domain,
resources assigned to the domain, and COD RTU licenses reserved
for the domain.
-p resource Displays license usage by resource type.
-p all Displays all COD usage information.
-v Specifies verbose output. Displays all available COD usage
information, including COD RTU license use for both the system
and its domains.
showcodusage(8)
250 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
The showcodusage -p resource command displays the following COD usage
information for the system:
The showcodusage -p domain command displays the following COD usage
information for each domain:
Resource Identifies the type of COD resources available (processors).
In Use Specifies the number of COD CPUs currently used in the
system.
Installed Specifies the number of COD CPUs installed in the system.
License Specifies the number of COD RTU licenses installed.
Status Specifies one of the following COD attributes:
OK Indicates that there are sufficient licenses
for the COD CPUs in use. Also displays
the number of remaining COD resources
available and the number of any instant
access CPUs (headroom) available.
HEADROOM The number of instant access COD CPUs
in use.
Violation Indicates a COD RTU license violation
exists. Displays the number of COD CPUs
in use that exceeds the number of COD
RTU licenses available. This situation can
occur when you force the deletion of a
COD RTU license key from the COD RTU
license database, but the COD CPU
associated with the license key is still in
use.
Domain/Resource Identifies COD RTU resource (processor) for each domain. An
Unused processor is a COD CPU that has not yet been
assigned to a domain.
In Use Specifies the number of COD CPUs currently used in the
domain.
showcodusage(8)
System Administration 251
EXAMPLES Users with platform administrator privileges can view both resource and domain
usage summaries. Users with domain administrator privileges can view only the
domain usage summaries for which they have privileges, and a report of unused
licenses.
EXAMPLE 1 Displaying COD Usage by Resource
EXAMPLE 2 Displaying COD Usage by Domain
Installed Specifies the number of COD CPU resources installed in the
domain.
Reserved Specifies the number of COD RTU licenses allocated to the
domain.
Status Contains one of the following when the -v option is specified:
Licensed The domain COD CPU has a COD RTU
license and is in use.
Unlicensed A COD RTU license for the domain COD
CPU could not be obtained and it is not in
use.
Unused The COD CPU is not in use.
XSCF> showcodusage -p resource
Resource In Use Installed Licensed Status
-------- ------ --------- -------- ------
PROC 4 4 16 OK: 12 available
XSCF> showcodusage -p domains
Domain/Resource In Use Installed Reserved
--------------- ------ --------- --------
0 - PROC 4 4 0
1 - PROC 4 4 0
2 - PROC 4 4 0
3 - PROC 4 4 0
4 - PROC 0 0 0
Unused - PROC 0 0 12
showcodusage(8)
252 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXAMPLE 3 Displaying COD Usage by Resource and Domain: M8000 Server With
CMU00 Quad-XSB, CMU02 Uni-XSB
EXAMPLE 4 Displaying COD Usage by Resource and Domain: M5000 Server
XSCF> showcodusage -v
Resource In Use Installed Licensed Status
-------- ------ --------- -------- ------
PROC 0 8 0 OK: 0 available Headroom: 2
Domain/Resource In Use Installed Reserved Status
--------------- ------ --------- -------- ------
0 - PROC 0 8 0
00-0 - PROC 0 1
CMU00-CPU0 Unused
00-1 - PROC 0 1
CMU00-CPU1 Unused
00-2 - PROC 0 1
CMU00-CPU2 Unused
00-3 - PROC 0 1
CMU00-CPU3 Unused
02-0 - PROC 0 4
CMU02-CPU0 Unused
CMU02-CPU1 Unused
CMU02-CPU2 Unused
CMU02-CPU3 Unused
1 - PROC 0 0 0
2 - PROC 0 0 0
3 - PROC 0 0 0
4 - PROC 0 0 0
5 - PROC 0 0 0
6 - PROC 0 0 0
7 - PROC 0 0 0
8 - PROC 0 0 0
9 - PROC 0 0 0
10 - PROC 0 0 0
11 - PROC 0 0 0
12 - PROC 0 0 0
13 - PROC 0 0 0
14 - PROC 0 0 0
15 - PROC 0 0 0
Unused - PROC 0 0 2
XSCF> showcodusage -v
Resource In Use Installed Licensed Status
-------- ------ --------- -------- ------
PROC 0 4 0 OK: 0 available
Domain/Resource In Use Installed Reserved Status
--------------- ------ --------- -------- ------
0 - PROC 0 0 0
1 - PROC 0 0 0
2 - PROC 0 0 0
3 - PROC 0 0 0
Unused - PROC 0 4 0
00-0 - PROC 0 4
CPUM00-CPU0 Unused
CPUM00-CPU1 Unused
CPUM01-CPU0 Unused
CPUM01-CPU1 Unused
showcodusage(8)
System Administration 253
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO addcodlicense(8),deletecodlicense(8),showcodlicense(8)
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
showcodusage(8)
254 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
showconsolepath(8)
System Administration 255
NAME showconsolepath - displays information on the domain console that is currently
connected
SYNOPSIS showconsolepath -a
showconsolepath -d domain_id
showconsolepath -h
DESCRIPTION The showconsolepath(8) command displays information on the domain console
that is currently connected.
The following information can be displayed:
Privileges You must have one of the following privileges to run this command:
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported.
User User account of the XSCF connected to the domain console
DID Domain ID
ro/rw Domain console type
ro Read-only console
rw Writable console
escape Escape mark specified for the console
Date Date connected to the domain console
useradm,platadm,platop
Can run this command for all domains.
domainadm,domainmgr,domainop
Can run this command only for your accessible domains.
-a Displays console information on all domains that can be
accessed.
-d domain_id Specifies only one ID of the domain for which information is to
be displayed. domain_id can be 0–23 depending on the system
configuration.
-h Displays usage statement. When used with other options or
operands, an error occurs.
showconsolepath(8)
256 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
Only one writable console and one or more read-only consoles can be connected to
one domain.
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displays console information on all domains that can be accessed.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO console(8),sendbreak(8)
XSCF> showconsolepath -a
User DID ro/rw escape Date
nakagawa 00 rw @ Fri Jul 29 21:23:34
hana 00 ro # Fri Jul 29 09:49:12
k-okano 00 ro # Fri Jul 29 18:21:50
yuuki 01 rw | Fri Jul 29 10:19:18
uchida 01 ro * Fri Jul 29 13:30:41
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
showdate(8)
System Administration 257
NAME showdate - display the date and time of XSCF
SYNOPSIS showdate [-u]
showdate -h
DESCRIPTION The showdate(8) command displays the date and time of XSCF.
If showdate(8) command is executed with no options, date and time currently set
is displayed.
If the local date and time are specified, they are set following conversion to
coordinated universal time (UTC).
After date and time are set, the prompt to confirm the reset of XSCF is displayed.
When XSCF is reset, the set date and time are reflected.
Changed date and time are reflected in the domain when either of the following
operations is performed:
Rebooting the domain
The NTP time synchronization processing after the change of date and time of
XSCF with the date(8) command
Privileges You must have one of the following privileges to run this command:
useradm,platadm,platop,auditadm,auditop,domainadm,domainmgr,
domainop,fieldeng
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
The setdate(8) command sets the XSCF date and time.
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displays the current time as the local time (JST).
-h Displays usage statement. When used with other options or
operands, an error occurs.
-u Specifies time in coordinated universal time (UTC). When the -u
option is omitted, the local time is specified.
XSCF> showdate
Mon Jan 23 14:53:00 JST 2006
showdate(8)
258 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXAMPLE 2 Displays the current time in UTC.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO setdate(8),settimezone(8),showtimezone(8)
XSCF> showdate -u
Mon Jan 23 05:56:15 UTC 2006
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
showdcl(8)
System Administration 259
NAME showdcl - display the current domain component list (DCL)
SYNOPSIS showdcl [-v]-a
showdcl [-v]-d domain_id [-l lsb...]
showdcl -h
DESCRIPTION The showdcl(8) command displays the DCL that has been set by the setdcl(8)
command.
The DCL is hardware resource information that can be set for a domain or the
logical system boards (LSBs) that are components of a domain.
An LSB is a board unit recognized by an operating system in a domain. Up to 16
LSBs can be registered for each domain, and they are represented by integer
numbers ranging from 0 to 15.
An XSB is a board unit that can be used in the system and is one division of a
divided physical system board (PSB). An XSB is represented by xy, a combination
of a PSB number and the number of one division of the divided PSB (xis an integer
ranging from 00 to 15, and yis an integer ranging from 0 to 3).
The showdcl(8) command can display the following information that is part of a
domain component list:
DID Domain ID
showdcl(8)
260 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
LSB LSB number. The displayed number is an integer ranging from
00 to 15.
XSB XSB number corresponding to the LSB. The displayed number
has the following format:
x–y
where:
xAn integer from 0015.
yAn integer from 03.
Status Domain status. One of the following status is displayed:
Powered Off
Power is off.
Panic State
A panic occurred, and the domain is in the reset state.
Shutdown Started
The power-off process is starting.
Initialization Phase
OpenBoot PROM initialization is in progress.
OpenBoot Executing Completed
The system is in the OpenBoot PROM (ok prompt) state.
Booting/OpenBoot PROM prompt
The operating system is booting. Or due to the domain
shutdown or reset, the system is in the OpenBoot PROM
running state or is suspended in the OpenBoot PROM (ok
prompt) state.
Running
The operating system is running.
showdcl(8)
System Administration 261
If the -v option is specified, the following information is added:
Privileges You must have one of the following privileges to run this command:
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
Cfg-policy Degradation range applicable for an error detected during an
initial diagnosis of hardware. Any of the following is displayed:
FRU Degradation of a component (default)
XSB Degradation of an XSB.
System Degradation of a domain
No-Mem Whether to omit the use of memory on a domain. Either of the
following is displayed:
True Omits the use of memory on a domain.
False Does not omits the use of memory on a
domain (default).
No-IO Whether to omit the use of I/O devices on a domain. Either of
the following is displayed:
True Omits the use of I/O devices on a domain.
False Does not omit the use of I/O devices on a
domain (default).
Float Whether to set a priority for the specified LSB as a floating
board, relative to other boards. Either of the following is
displayed:
True Gives a higher priority to the LSB to become
a floating board.
False Does not give a higher priority regarding
floating boards (default).
platadm,platop,fieldeng
Can execute the command for all domains.
domainadm,domainmgr,domainop
Can execute the command only for accessible domain.
showdcl(8)
262 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
OPTIONS The following options are supported:.
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
A system board for which the floating board priority is set to a low value is
difficult to use as a floating board. Accordingly, it is difficult for the system
board to affect the domain operation system.
The setdcl(8) command sets domain configuration information.
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displays detailed information on the DCL that is set for domain ID 0
-a Displays information that is set for all domains.
-d domain_id Specifies the ID of the domain for which information is to be
displayed. The domain_id can be 0–23 depending on the system
configuration.
-h Displays usage statement. When used with other options or
operands, an error occurs.
-l lsb Specifies the LSB number whose information is to be displayed.
Specify an lsb value by using an integer ranging from 0 to 15.
Multiple locations can be specified by delimiting them with
spaces. If lsb is omitted, all the LSBs in the domain are targets.
-v Also displays information on Cfg-policy,No-Mem,No-IO, and
Float in the DCL.
XSCF> showdcl -d 0
DID LSB XSB Status
00 Running
00 00-0
04 01-0
08 02-0
12 03-0
showdcl(8)
System Administration 263
EXAMPLE 2 Displays details in the domain component list that is set for domain ID 0.
XSCF> showdcl -v -d 0
DID LSB XSB Status No-Mem No-IO Float Cfg-policy
00 Running FRU
00 00-0 False False False
01 -
02 -
03 -
04 01-0 False True False
05 -
06 -
07 -
08 02-0 True True True
09 -
10 -
11 -
12 03-0 True True False
13 -
14 -
15 -
showdcl(8)
264 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXAMPLE 3 Displays details in the domain component lists that are set for all domains.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO addboard(8),deleteboard(8),moveboard(8),setdcl(8),setupfru(8),
showboards(8),showdevices(8),showfru(8)
XSCF> showdcl -v -a
DID LSB XSB Status No-Mem No-IO Float Cfg-policy
00 Running FRU
00 00-0 False False False
01 -
02 -
03 -
04 01-0 False True False
05 -
06 -
07 -
08 02-0 True True True
09 -
10 -
11 -
12 03-0 True True False
13 -
14 -
15 -
---------------------------------------------------------------
01 Running FRU
00 01-2 True True False
01 04-0 False False False
02 -
03 -
04 -
05 -
06 -
07 05-0 True False False
08 -
09 -
10 -
11 -
12 -
13 -
14 06-0 True True True
15 -
---------------------------------------------------------------
:
:
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
showdevices(8)
System Administration 265
NAME showdevices - display current information on an eXtended System Board (XSB)
SYNOPSIS showdevices [-v][-p bydevice |byboard |query |force]xsb
showdevices [-v][-p bydevice |byboard]-d domain_id
showdevices -h
DESCRIPTION The showdevices(8) command displays the information of the physical devices
configured on XSB and their available resources of these devices.
The information of available resources can be obtained for the devices managed by
the operating system. The command can also display in advance whether the XSB
can be disconnected from the domain using the dynamic reconfiguration (DR)
function.
The following types of information are displayed:
Common:
CPU:
MEMORY:
DID Domain ID
XSB XSB number
id processor ID
state status of processor
speed CPU frequency (MHz)
ecache CPU external cache size (MB)
board mem Size of memory mounted on the XSB (MB)
perm mem Size of memory that mounted and cannot be relocated on the
XSB (MB)
base address Physical address of memory mounted on the XSB
domain mem Size of memory on the domain (MB)
showdevices(8)
266 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
When memory is being disconnected, the following items are displayed:
I/O devices:
Privileges You must have one of the following privileges to run this command:
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported.
target XSB XSB number at the move destination
deleted mem Size of memory which was already deleted (MB)
remaining mem Size of remaining memory to be deleted (MB)
device Instance name of I/O device
resource Managed resource name
usage Description of the instance using resources
query Results of an off-line inquiry about resources
platadm,platop,fieldeng
Can run this command for all domains.
domainadm,domainmgr,domainop
Can run this command only for your accessible domains.
-d domain_id Specifies the ID of the domain for which information is to be
displayed. domain_id can be 0–23 depending on the system
configuration.
-h Displays usage statement. When used with other options or
operands, an error occurs.
-p byboard Displays results organized by XSB. The results can be further
summarized by device and displayed. If the -p option is
omitted, "-p bydevice" is used.
-p bydevice Displays results organized by device type (CPU, memory, I/O,
etc.). If the -p option is omitted, "-p bydevice" is used.
showdevices(8)
System Administration 267
OPERANDS The following operand is supported:
-p force Predicts system resources deleted from the operating system
when a system board is forcibly disconnected by "deleteboard
-f" command. If the -p option is omitted, "-p bydevice"is
used.
-p query Predicts system resources deleted from the operating system
when a system board is disconnected by deleteboard
command. If the -p option is omitted, "-p bydevice" is used.
-v Displays information on all I/O devices, including those that are
not management targets. As information on the I/O devices that
are not management targets, however, only physical
configurations are displayed, and resources and use states are
not displayed.
xsb Specifies the XSB number for which information is to be
displayed. The following xsb form is accepted:
xy
where:
xAn integer from 0015.
yAn integer from 03.
showdevices(8)
268 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displays the information of the physical devices configured on the XSB#00-0
and their available resources.
XSCF> showdevices 00-0
CPU:
----
DID XSB id state speed ecache
00 00-0 40 on-line 2048 4
00 00-0 41 on-line 2048 4
00 00-0 42 on-line 2048 4
00 00-0 43 on-line 2048 4
Memory:
-------
board perm base domain target deleted remaining
DID XSB mem MB mem MB address mem MB XSB mem MB mem MB
00 00-0 2048 1290 0x000003c000000000 2048 03-0 250 1500
00 00-1 2048 0 0x0000038000000000 2048 0 0
00 00-2 2048 0 0x0000034000000000 2048 0 0
00 00-3 2048 0 0x0000030000000000 2048 0 0
00 01-0 2048 0 0x000002c000000000 2048 1024 0
00 02-0 2048 0 0x0000028000000000 2048 0 0
IO Devices:
----------
DID XSB device resource usage
00 00-0 sd3 /dev/dsk/c0t3d0s0 mounted filesystem "/"
00 00-0 sd3 /dev/dsk/c0t3s0s1 dump device (swap)
00 00-0 sd3 /dev/dsk/c0t3s0s1 swap area
00 00-0 sd3 /dev/dsk/c0t3d0s3 mounted filesystem "/var"
00 00-0 sd3 /var/run mounted filesystem "/var/run"
showdevices(8)
System Administration 269
EXAMPLE 2 Displays detail information of the physical devices and their available re-
sources in domain ID 0.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO addboard(8),deleteboard(8),moveboard(8),setdcl(8),setupfru(8),
showboards(8),showdcl(8),showfru(8)
XSCF> showdevices -v -d 0
CPU:
----
DID XSB id state speed ecache
00 00-0 40 on-line 2048 4
00 00-0 41 on-line 2048 4
00 00-0 42 on-line 2048 4
00 00-0 43 on-line 2048 4
00 01-0 50 on-line 2048 4
00 01-0 51 on-line 2048 4
00 01-0 52 on-line 2048 4
00 01-0 53 on-line 2048 4
Memory:
-------
board perm base domain target deleted remaining
DID XSB mem MB mem MB address mem MB XSB mem MB mem MB
00 00-0 2048 1290 0x000003c000000000 4096 00-1 250 1500
00 01-0 2048 0 0x000002c000000000 4096
IO Devices:
----------
DID XSB device resource usage
00 00-0 sd0
00 00-0 sd1
00 00-0 sd2
00 00-0 sd3 /dev/dsk/c0t3d0s0 mounted filesystem "/"
00 00-0 sd3 /dev/dsk/c0t3s0s1 dump device (swap)
00 00-0 sd3 /dev/dsk/c0t3s0s1 swap area
00 00-0 sd3 /dev/dsk/c0t3d0s3 mounted filesystem "/var"
00 00-0 sd3 /var/run mounted filesystem "/var/run"
00 00-0 sd4
00 00-0 sd5
00 00-0 sd6
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
showdevices(8)
270 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
showdomainmode(8)
System Administration 271
NAME showdomainmode - display the domain mode
SYNOPSIS showdomainmode -d domain_id
showdomainmode -h
DESCRIPTION showdomainmode(8) command displays the domain mode that is set for the
specified domain.
The following states are displayed:
Privileges You must have one of the following privileges to run this command:
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following operands are supported:
HOST-ID Host ID
Diagnostic Level Displays the OpenBoot PROM diagnostic level. One of the
following is displayed:
none None
min Standard
max Maximum
menu Menu
Secure Mode Displays the states of the host watchdog function and
function that suppresses break signal reception (Break-
signal). One of the following is displayed:
on Enabled
off Disabled
Autoboot Displays the state of the auto boot function used at domain
startup. One of the following is displayed:
on Enabled
off Disabled
platadm,fieldeng Can run this command for all domains.
domainadm Can run this command only for your managed domains.
-d domain_id Specifies the domain ID of the domain to be displayed.
domain_id can be 023 depending on the system configuration.
-h Displays usage statement. When used with other options or
operands, an error occurs.
showdomainmode(8)
272 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
If the Mode switch on the operator panel is set to"Service", the settings have
the following values regardless of the domain mode displayed by the
showdomainmode(8) command:
Diagnostics Level: operates as the showdomainmode(8) command
display
Secure Mode:off
Autoboot:off
The setdomainmode(8) command sets a domain mode.
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displays the current state of the operation mode for domain ID 0.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO setdomainmode(8)
XSCF> showdomainmode -d 0
Host-ID :0f010f10
Diagnostic Level :min
Secure Mode :on
Autoboot :on
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
showdomainstatus(8)
System Administration 273
NAME showdomainstatus - display the current domain component list (DCL)
SYNOPSIS showdomainstatus -d domain_id
showdomainstatus -a
showdomainstatus -h
DESCRIPTION The showdomainstatus(8) command displays the current status of the specified
domain.
One of the following states is displayed for each domain:
Privileges You must have one of the following privileges to run this command:
Powered Off
Power is off.
Panic State
A panic occurred, and the domain is in the reset state.
Shutdown Started
The power-off process is starting.
Initialization Phase
OpenBoot PROM initialization is in progress.
OpenBoot Execution Completed
The system is in the OpenBoot PROM (ok prompt) state.
Booting/OpenBoot PROM prompt
The operating system is booting. Or due to the domain shutdown or reset,
the system is in the OpenBoot PROM running state or is suspended in the
OpenBoot PROM (ok prompt) state.
Running
Operating system is running.
-
Domain is not defined.
useradm,platadm,platop,fieldeng
Can run this command for all domains.
domainadm,domainmgr,domainop
Can run this command only for your accessible domains.
showdomainstatus(8)
274 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported.
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displays status information on all domains.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO poweroff(8),poweron(8),reset(8),showdcl(8)
-a Displays status information on all domains that can be accessed.
-d domain_id Specifies only one ID of the domain to be powered on. domain_id
can be 0–23 depending on the system configuration.
-h Displays usage statement. When used with other options or
operands, an error occurs.
XSCF> showdomainstatus -a
DID Domain Status
00 Running
01 -
02 Powered Off
03 Panic State
04 Shutdown Started
05 Booting/OpenBoot PROM prompt
06 Initialization Phase
07 OpenBoot Execution Completed
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
showdscp(8)
System Administration 275
NAME showdscp - display the IP addresses assigned to the Domain to Service Processor
Communications Protocol (DSCP)
SYNOPSIS showdscp
showdscp [-v][-p]
showdscp [-v][-p]-d domain_id
showdscp [-v][-p]-s
showdscp -h
DESCRIPTION showdscp(8) displays the IP addresses assigned for DSCP usage, the IP addresses
for an individual domain, the Service Processor, or for the entire system. When
used without options, it displays current IP data.
When displaying IP addresses for all DSCP links in the system, the output is a
table. The table is sorted by numerical domain IDs.
When displaying IP addresses for a particular domain or just the Service Processor,
then the output is not a table but simply the IP address of the specified domain or
Service Processor.
The -p option can be used to generate parsable output that would then be suitable
for use in a script. Parsable displays of individual IP addresses exclude any
additional labels, and only an IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form is output. The
parsable version of tabular output includes only the values (no table headings are
included), and each column is separated by a single tab character.
Privileges You must have one of the following privileges to run this command:
fieldeng,platadm,platop:
Can display any DSCP IP information.
domainadm,domainmgr,domainop:
Can display individual IP addresses for domains for which you have privileges
only.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
showdscp(8)
276 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
EXAMPLES Caution – The IP addresses shown in the following examples are examples only.
Refer to the site planning guide for your server for more information about valid IP
addresses for your network. Using invalid network IP addresses could, under
certain circumstances, make your system unbootable!
-d domain_id Displays an individual domain’s IP address.
-h Displays usage statement.
When used with other options or operands, an error occurs.
-p Generates parsable output.
-s Displays the Service Processor’s IP address.
-v Specifies verbose output. Prints additional information about
internal progress of the program’s operations to the screen.
showdscp(8)
System Administration 277
EXAMPLE 1 Displaying a Table of All DSCP IP Addresses
EXAMPLE 2 Displaying a Specific Domain’s IP Address
EXAMPLE 3 Displaying a Specific Domain’s IP Address in a Parsable Form
XSCF> showdscp
DSCP Configuration
Network: 10.1.1.0
Netmask: 255.255.255.0
Location Address
---------- ---------
XSCF 10.1.1.1
Domain #00 10.1.1.2
Domain #01 10.1.1.3
Domain #02 10.1.1.4
Domain #03 10.1.1.5
Domain #04 10.1.1.6
Domain #05 10.1.1.7
Domain #06 10.1.1.8
Domain #07 10.1.1.9
Domain #08 10.1.1.10
Domain #09 10.1.1.11
Domain #10 10.1.1.12
Domain #11 10.1.1.13
Domain #12 10.1.1.14
Domain #13 10.1.1.15
Domain #14 10.1.1.16
Domain #15 10.1.1.17
Domain #16 10.1.1.18
Domain #17 10.1.1.19
Domain #18 10.1.1.20
Domain #19 10.1.1.21
Domain #20 10.1.1.22
Domain #21 10.1.1.23
Domain #22 10.1.1.24
Domain #23 10.1.1.25
XSCF> showdscp -d 1
Domain #01 Address: 10.1.1.3
XSCF> showdscp -p -d 1
Domain[1] 10.1.1.3
showdscp(8)
278 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXAMPLE 4 Displaying All DSCP Address Information In a Parsable Form
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO setdscp(8)
XSCF> showdscp -p
Network 10.1.1.0
Netmask 255.255.255.0
XSCF 10.1.1.1
Domain[0] 10.1.1.2
Domain[1] 10.1.1.3
Domain[2] 10.1.1.4
Domain[3] 10.1.1.5
Domain[4] 10.1.1.6
Domain[5] 10.1.1.7
Domain[6] 10.1.1.8
Domain[7] 10.1.1.9
Domain[8] 10.1.1.10
Domain[9] 10.1.1.11
...
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
showdualpowerfeed(8)
System Administration 279
NAME showdualpowerfeed - display the current setting of dual power feed mode
SYNOPSIS showdualpowerfeed
showdualpowerfeed -h
DESCRIPTION The showdualpowerfeed(8) command displays the current setting of dual power
feed mode in the system.
The showdualpowerfeed(8) command is valid in a midrange server only.
The dual power feed mode can be set by the setdualpowerfeed(8) command.
Also, before the dual power feed mode is changed by the setdualpowerfeed(8)
command, the values of changed settings are displayed.
Privileges You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displays the current setting of dual power feed mode in the system.
EXAMPLE 2 Changes the dual power feed mode with the setdualpowerfeed(8) com-
mand and then displays the current state.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO setdualpowerfeed(8)
-h Displays usage statement.
XSCF> showdualpowerfeed
Dual power feed is enabled.
XSCF> showdualpowerfeed
enable -> disable
NOTE: Dual power feed will be disabled the next time the platform is
powered on.
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
showdualpowerfeed(8)
280 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
showemailreport(8)
System Administration 281
NAME showemailreport - display the email report configuration data
SYNOPSIS showemailreport [-v ]
showemailreport -h
DESCRIPTION showemailreport(8) displays the email reporting configuration data. When used
without options, it displays current email report configuration data.
Privileges You must have platadm or platop privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
Emailreport information includes whether Emailreporting is enabled. If enabled, it
also includes the list of addresses.
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displaying Emailreport configuration
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO setemailreport(8)
-h Displays usage statement.
When used with other options or operands, an error occurs.
-v Specifies verbose output.
XSCF> showemailreport
EMail Reporting: enabled
Email Recipient Address: admin@company.com, adm2@company.com
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
showemailreport(8)
282 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
showenvironment(8)
System Administration 283
NAME showenvironment - display the intake air temperature and humidity, temperature
sensor information, voltage sensor information, and fan rotation information about
the system
SYNOPSIS showenvironment [-M][type]
showenvironment -h
DESCRIPTION showenvironment(8) command displays the information listed below.
The following types of the information are displayed:
Privileges You must have one of the following privileges to run this command:
useradm,platadm,platop,fieldeng
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
OPERANDS The following operand is supported:
Environment
information
Intake temperature and humidity of the system (humidity only
for high-end server)
Temperature
information
Intake temperature of the system and exhaust temperature of
each component
Voltage
information
Voltage sensor value
Fan rotation
information
Fan rotational state and revolutions per unit of time
-h Displays usage statement. When used with other options or
operands, an error occurs.
-M Displays text by page. This option provides a function that is
the same as that of the more command.
type Specifies the one of the type of information to be displayed. The
following types can be specified. If this type setting is omitted,
intake temperature and humidity information about the system
is displayed:
temp Displays temperature information.
volt Displays voltage information.
Fan Displays fan rotation information.
showenvironment(8)
284 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
For some systems, voltage margin is set for each entire system. In such a case, the
voltage margin is displayed along with the value of the voltage sensor.
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displays the intake temperature and humidity of the system.
EXAMPLE 2 Displays temperature information about the system and each component.
XSCF> showenvironment
Temperature:30.71C
Humidity:90.05%
XSCF> showenvironment temp
Temperature:30.71C
CMU#0:30.71C
CPUM#0-CHIP#0:30.71C
CPUM#1-CHIP#0:30.71C
CPUM#2-CHIP#0:30.71C
CPUM#3-CHIP#0:30.71C
CMU#1:30.71C
CPUM#0-CHIP#0:30.71C
CPUM#1-CHIP#0:30.71C
CPUM#2-CHIP#0:30.71C
CPUM#3-CHIP#0:30.71C
CMU#2:30.71C
CPUM#0-CHIP#0:30.71C
CPUM#1-CHIP#0:30.71C
CPUM#2-CHIP#0:30.71C
CPUM#3-CHIP#0:30.71C
CMU#3:30.71C
CPUM#0-CHIP#0:30.71C
CPUM#1-CHIP#0:30.71C
CPUM#2-CHIP#0:30.71C
CPUM#3-CHIP#0:30.71C
showenvironment(8)
System Administration 285
EXAMPLE 3 Displays voltage information about each component.
EXAMPLE 4 Displays voltage information about each component when specified voltage-
margin.
XSCF> showenvironment volt
MBU_A
1.0V Power Supply Group:1.010V
1.8V Power Supply Group:1.700V
CPUM#0-CHIP#0
1.0V Power Supply Group:1.000V
CPUM#1-CHIP#0
1.0V Power Supply Group:1.000V
MEMB#0
1.2V Power Supply Group:1.200V
1.8V Power Supply Group:1.700V
2.5V Power Supply Group:2.500V
MEMB#1
1.2V Power Supply Group:1.200V
1.8V Power Supply Group:1.700V
2.5V Power Supply Group:2.500V
MEMB#2
1.2V Power Supply Group:1.200V
1.8V Power Supply Group:1.700V
2.5V Power Supply Group:2.500V
MEMB#3
1.2V Power Supply Group:1.200V
1.8V Power Supply Group:1.700V
2.5V Power Supply Group:2.500V
IOU#0
1.0V Power Supply Group:1.020V
1.2V Power Supply Group:1.180V
1.5V Power Supply Group:1.500V
1.8V Power Supply Group:1.850V
2.5V Power Supply Group:2.510V
3.3V Power Supply Group:3.300V
5.0V Power Supply Group:5.000V
12V Power Supply Group:12.000V
-12V Power Supply Group:-12.000V
FANBP
3.3V Power Supply Group:3.300V
5.0V Power Supply Group:5.010V
12V Power Supply Group:12.020V
-12V Power Supply Group:-12.030V
XSCF> showenvironment volt
margin:+10%
MBU_A
1.0V Power Supply Group:1.010V
1.8V Power Supply Group:1.700V
:
:
showenvironment(8)
286 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXAMPLE 5 Displays fan rotation information.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
XSCF> showenvironment Fan
FAN_A#0:Low speed
#0 1234rpm
FAN_A#1:Low speed
#0 1234rpm
FAN_B#0:High speed
#0 5678rpm
FAN_B#1:High speed
#0 5678rpm
PSU#0
fan:High speed
#0 1234rpm
#1 1234rpm
PSU#1
fan:High speed
#0 1234rpm
#1 1234rpm
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
showfru(8)
System Administration 287
NAME showfru - display the hardware settings of specified device
SYNOPSIS showfru device location
showfru -a device
showfru -h
DESCRIPTION The showfru(8) command displays the hardware settings of specified device by the
setupfru(8) command.
The command can display the settings of the specified device or of all devices.
Only the physical system board (PSB) can be specified as a device.
The following settings are displayed:
Privileges You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported.
Device Specified device name. Only sb is displayed.
Location Device location. If the device is ‘sb’, the indicated location is an
integer ranging from 00 to 15.
XSB Mode XSB mode set for the PSB. One of the following values is
displayed:
Uni Uni-XSB
Quad Quad-XSB
Memory Mirror
Mode
Memory mirror mode set for the PSB. One of the following
values is displayed:
yes Memory mirror mode
no Memory no-mirror modeB
-a Displays the settings of all devices.
-h Displays usage statement. When used with other options or
operands, an error occurs.
showfru(8)
288 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
OPERANDS The following operands are supported:
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
The setupfru(8) command makes hardware settings for a device.
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displays the settings of all PSBs.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO addboard(8),deleteboard(8),moveboard(8),setdcl(8), setupfru(8),
showboards(8), showdcl(8),showdevices(8)
device Specifies the device to display. Currently, only the following
device can be specified:
sb Physical system board (PSB)
location Specifies the location of device. If the device is ‘sb’, an integer
ranging from 00 to 15 can be specified.
XSCF> showfru -a sb
Device Location XSB Mode Memory Mirror Mode
sb 00 Quad no
sb 01 Uni yes
sb 02 Quad no
sb 03 Uni no
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
showhardconf(8)
System Administration 289
NAME showhardconf - display information about field replaceable unit (FRU) installed in
the system
SYNOPSIS showhardconf [-u][-M]
showhardconf -h
DESCRIPTION showhardconf(8) command displays information about each FRU.
The following information is displayed:
Current configuration and status
Number of installed FRUs
Domain information
External I/O Expansion Unit information
Name properties of PCI cards
Privileges You must have one of the following privileges to run this command:
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:.
useradm,platadm,platop,fieldeng
Can run this command for all domains.
domainadm,domainmgr,domainop
Can run this command only for your accessible domains.
-h Displays usage statement. When used with other options or
operands, an error occurs.
-M Displays text by page. This option provides a function that is
the same as that of the more command.
-u Displays the number of FRUs installed in each unit. For CPU
modules, operating frequencies are displayed. For memory
units, the capacity of each memory unit is displayed. If this
option is omitted, the current configuration and status
information regarding FRUs and domain information are
displayed.
showhardconf(8)
290 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
When the configuration and status information regarding FRUs and domain
information are displayed, for any failed or degraded unit, an asterisk (*)
indicating an abnormal unit is displayed along with any of the following states:
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displays the information of the FRUs in SPARC Enterprise M5000.
Status Description
Faulted The component is faulty and is not operating
Degraded The component is operating. However, either an error has been
detected or the component is faulty. As a result, the component
might be operating with reduced functionality or performance.
Deconfigured As a result of another component's faulted or degraded status,
the component is not operating. (The component itself is not
faulted or degraded.)
Maintenance The component is under maintenance. A deletefru(8),
replacefru(8), or addfru(8) operation is currently underway
Normal It is operating normally.
XSCF> showhardconf
SPARC Enterprise M5000;
+ Serial:BE80601021; Operator_Panel_Switch:Service;
+ Power_Supply_System:Single; SCF-ID:XSCF#0;
+ System_Power:On;
Domain#0 Domain_Status:Powered Off;
MBU_B Status:Normal; Ver:0101h; Serial:7867000297 ;
+ FRU-Part-Number:CF00541-0478 01 /541-0478-01 ;
+ Memory_Size:64 GB;
CPUM#0-CHIP#0 Status:Normal; Ver:0201h; Serial:PP0629L068 ;
+ FRU-Part-Number:CF00375-3477 50 /375-3477-50 ;
+ Freq:2.150 GHz; Type:16;
+ Core:2; Strand:2;
CPUM#0-CHIP#1 Status:Normal; Ver:0201h; Serial:PP0629L068 ;
+ FRU-Part-Number:CF00375-3477 50 /375-3477-50 ;
+ Freq:2.150 GHz; Type:16;
+ Core:2; Strand:2;
:
CPUM#3-CHIP#0 Status:Normal; Ver:0201h; Serial:PP0629L066 ;
+ FRU-Part-Number:CF00375-3477 50 /375-3477-50 ;
+ Freq:2.150 GHz; Type:16;
+ Core:2; Strand:2;
CPUM#3-CHIP#1 Status:Normal; Ver:0201h; Serial:PP0629L066 ;
+ FRU-Part-Number:CF00375-3477 50 /375-3477-50 ;
+ Freq:2.150 GHz; Type:16;
+ Core:2; Strand:2;
MEMB#0 Status:Normal; Ver:0101h; Serial:01068 ;
+ FRU-Part-Number:CF00541-0545 01 /541-0545-01 ;
MEM#0A Status:Normal;
+ Code:c1000000000000004572T128000HR3.7A 252b-04123520;
+ Type:1B; Size:1 GB;
MEM#0B Status:Normal;
+ Code:c1000000000000004572T128000HR3.7A 252b-04123e25;
+ Type:1B; Size:1 GB;
MEM#1A Status:Normal;
+ Code:c1000000000000004572T128000HR3.7A 252b-04123722;
showhardconf(8)
System Administration 291
+ Type:1B; Size:1 GB;
MEM#1B Status:Normal;
+ Code:c1000000000000004572T128000HR3.7A 252b-04123b25;
+ Type:1B; Size:1 GB;
MEM#2A Status:Normal;
+ Code:c1000000000000004572T128000HR3.7A 252b-04123e20;
+ Type:1B; Size:1 GB;
MEM#2B Status:Normal;
+ Code:c1000000000000004572T128000HR3.7A 252b-04123822;
+ Type:1B; Size:1 GB;
MEM#3A Status:Normal;
+ Code:c1000000000000004572T128000HR3.7A 252b-04123724;
+ Type:1B; Size:1 GB;
MEM#3B Status:Normal;
+ Code:c1000000000000004572T128000HR3.7A 252b-04123b20;
+ Type:1B; Size:1 GB;
:
MEMB#7 Status:Normal; Ver:0101h; Serial:01100 ;
+ FRU-Part-Number:CF00541-0545 01 /541-0545-01 ;
MEM#0A Status:Normal;
+ Code:c1000000000000005372T128000HR3.7A 356d-0d016910;
+ Type:1B; Size:1 GB;
MEM#0B Status:Normal;
+ Code:c1000000000000005372T128000HR3.7A 356d-0d016911;
+ Type:1B; Size:1 GB;
MEM#1A Status:Normal;
+ Code:c1000000000000005372T128000HR3.7A 356d-0d016a14;
+ Type:1B; Size:1 GB;
MEM#1B Status:Normal;
+ Code:c1000000000000005372T128000HR3.7A 356d-0d017e22;
+ Type:1B; Size:1 GB;
MEM#2A Status:Normal;
+ Code:c1000000000000005372T128000HR3.7A 356d-0d016a13;
+ Type:1B; Size:1 GB;
MEM#2B Status:Normal;
+ Code:c1000000000000005372T128000HR3.7A 356d-0d016417;
+ Type:1B; Size:1 GB;
MEM#3A Status:Normal;
+ Code:c1000000000000005372T128000HR3.7A 356d-0d017617;
+ Type:1B; Size:1 GB;
MEM#3B Status:Normal;
+ Code:c1000000000000005372T128000HR3.7A 356d-0d016b12;
+ Type:1B; Size:1 GB;
DDC_A#0 Status:Normal;
DDC_A#1 Status:Normal;
DDC_A#2 Status:Normal;
DDC_A#3 Status:Normal;
DDC_B#0 Status:Normal;
DDC_B#1 Status:Normal;
IOU#0 Status:Normal; Ver:0101h; Serial:7867000395 ;
+ FRU-Part-Number:CF00541-0493 01 /541-0493-01 ;
DDC_A#0 Status:Normal;
DDCR Status:Normal;
DDC_B#0 Status:Normal;
PCI#2 Name_Property:;
+ Ver:16h; Serial:XF01CF; Type:Optic;
+ Connection:IOX@X06M/IOB1;
+ FRU-Part-Number:CF00501-7040 03 /501-7040-03 ;
IOX@X06M Serial:XCX06M;
IOB1 Serial:XE0097; Type:PCI-Express;
+ FRU-Part-Number:CF00501-6938 04 /501-6938-04 ;
LINK Ver:16h; Serial:XF01A2; Type:Optic;
+ FRU-Part-Number:CF00501-7040 03 /501-7040-03 ;
SLOT6 Name_Property:lpfc;
PS0 Serial:DD0250;
+ FRU-Part-Number:CF00300-1701 04 /300-1701-04 ;
PS1 Serial:DD0166;
showhardconf(8)
292 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXAMPLE 2 Displays the number of installed FRUs in SPARC Enterprise M9000.
+ FRU-Part-Number:CF00300-1701 04 /300-1701-04 ;
PCI#4 Name_Property:;
+ Ver:16h; Serial:XF019N; Type:Optic;
+ Connection:IOX@X06M/IOB0;
+ FRU-Part-Number:CF00501-7040 03 /501-7040-03 ;
IOX@X06M Serial:XCX06M;
IOB0 Serial:XX00CP; Type:PCI-X;
+ FRU-Part-Number:CF00501-6938 04 /501-6938-04 ;
LINK Ver:16h; Serial:XF0191; Type:Optic;
+ FRU-Part-Number:CF00501-7040 03 /501-7040-03 ;
PS0 Serial:DD0250;
+ FRU-Part-Number:CF00300-1701 04 /300-1701-04 ;
PS1 Serial:DD0166;
+ FRU-Part-Number:CF00300-1701 04 /300-1701-04 ;
XSCFU Status:Normal,Active; Ver:0101h; Serial:7867000262 ;
+ FRU-Part-Number:CF00541-0481 01 /541-0481-01 ;
OPNL Status:Normal; Ver:0101h; Serial:7867000087 ;
+ FRU-Part-Number:CF00541-0850 01 /541-0850-01 ;
*PSU#0 Status:Faulted; Serial:XF0345;
+ FRU-Part-Number:CF00300-1898 50 /300-1898-50 ;
+ Power_Status:Off; AC:200 V;
PSU#1 Status:Faulted; Serial:XF0346;
+ FRU-Part-Number:CF00300-1898 50 /300-1898-50 ;
+ Power_Status:Off; AC:200 V;
PSU#2 Status:Faulted; Serial:XF0347;
+ FRU-Part-Number:CF00300-1898 50 /300-1898-50 ;
+ Power_Status:Off; AC:200 V;
PSU#3 Status:Faulted; Serial:XF0348;
+ FRU-Part-Number:CF00300-1898 50 /300-1898-50 ;
+ Power_Status:Off; AC:200 V;
FANBP_C Status:Normal; Ver:0101h; Serial:7867000053 ;
+ FRU-Part-Number:CF00541-0848 01 /541-0848-01 ;
FAN_A#0 Status:Normal;
FAN_A#1 Status:Normal;
FAN_A#2 Status:Normal;
FAN_A#3 Status:Normal;
XSCF> showhardconf -u
SPARC Enterprise M9000; Memory_Size:432 GB;
+-----------------------------------+------------+
| FRU | Quantity |
+-----------------------------------+------------+
| CMU | 9 |
| CPUM | 36 |
| Freq:2.277 GHz; | ( 30) |
| Freq:2.376 GHz; | ( 6) |
| MEM | 224 |
| Type:1B; Size:1 GB; | ( 16) |
| Type:2B; Size:2 GB; | ( 208) |
| IOU | 9 |
| IOBOX | 1 |
| IOB | 2 |
| PSU | 2 |
| XSCFU_B | 2 |
| XSCFU_C | 2 |
| XBU_B | 16 |
| CLKU_B | 4 |
| OPNL | 1 |
| PSU | 30 |
| FANBP_A | 2 |
| FANBP_B | 2 |
| FAN_A | 32 |
showhardconf(8)
System Administration 293
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
| SWBP | 2 |
| MEDBP | 2 |
+-----------------------------------+------------+
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
showhardconf(8)
294 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
showhostname(8)
System Administration 295
NAME showhostname - display the current host name for the XSCF unit
SYNOPSIS showhostname {-a |xscfu}
showhostname -h
DESCRIPTION showhostname(8) command displays the current host name for the XSCF unit.
The host name is displayed in Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) format.
Privileges You must have one of the following privileges to run this command:
useradm,platadm,platop,auditadm,auditop,domainadm,domainmgr,
domainop,fieldeng
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
OPERANDS The following operand is supported:
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
In case the XSCF unit is duplicated configuration, a defect occurred on standby
XSCF unit shows a message.
The sethostname(8) command sets a host name for an XSCF unit.
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displays the current host names for all XSCF units.
-a Displays the current host names for all XSCF units. If an XSCF
unit name is specified with the -a option, the XSCF unit name is
ignored.
-h Displays usage statement. When used with other options or
operands, an error occurs.
xscfu Specifies the XSCF unit name to be displayed. One of the
following values can be specified. If xscfu is specified with the
-a option, xscfu is ignored.
xscf#0 XSCF unit 0
xscf#1 XSCF unit 1 (when a duplicated
configuration is used)
XSCF> showhostname -a
xscf#0: scf0_hostname.example.com
xscf#1: scf1_hostname.example.com
showhostname(8)
296 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXAMPLE 2 Displays the host name for XSCF unit 0.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO sethostname(8)
XSCF> showhostname xscf#0
xscf#0: scf0_hostname.example.com
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
showhttps(8)
System Administration 297
NAME showhttps - display the status of the HTTPS service set for the XSCF network
SYNOPSIS showhttps
showhttps -h
DESCRIPTION The showhttps(8) command displays the status of the HTTPS service currently set
for the XSCF network.
With this command, whether the HTTPS service is operating and the installation
status of the information that is necessary for authentication can be checked. If it is
installed, the installation date is also displayed.
The following states are displayed:
Privileges You must have one of the following privileges to run this command:
useradm,platadm,platop,auditadm,auditop,domainadm,domainmgr,
domainop,fieldeng
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following option is supported:
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
The sethttps(8) command make settings for the HTTPS service in the XSCF
network.
HTTPS Status Indicates whether the HTTPS service is operating
Server key Indicates whether the private key of the web server has been
installed
CA key Indicates whether the private key of the certification authority
has been installed
CA cert Indicates whether the certificate of the certification authority has
been installed
CSR The certificate of the web server
-h Displays usage statement.
showhttps(8)
298 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displays the status of the HTTPS service.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO sethttps(8)
XSCF> showhttps
HTTPS status: enabled
Server key: installed in Apr 24 12:34:56 JST 2006
CA key: installed in Apr 24 12:00:34 JST 200
CA cert: installed in Apr 24 12:00:34 JST 200
CSR:
-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE REQUEST-----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-----END CERTIFICATE REQUEST-----
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
showldap(8)
System Administration 299
NAME showldap - display the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP)
configuration for the Service Processor
SYNOPSIS showldap
showldap [-c ]
showldap -h
DESCRIPTION showldap(8) displays the Service Processor LDAP configuration. When invoked
without options, showldap displays all LDAP configuration except for the
certificate chain and the password used when binding to the LDAP server.
Privileges You must have useradm privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displaying All LDAP Configuration Data
EXAMPLE 2 Displaying All LDAP Configuration Data
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO setldap(8)
-c Displays the LDAP server certification chain.
-h Displays usage statement.
When used with other options or operands, an error occurs.
XSCF> showldap
Bind Name: user
Base Distinguishing Name: ou=people,dc=company,dc=com
LDAP Search Timeout: 60
Bind password: Set
LDAP Servers: ldap://company.com:389
CERTS: None
XSCF> showldap -c
There are no certificates configured.
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
showldap(8)
300 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
showlocale(8)
System Administration 301
NAME showlocale - display the current setting for the XSCF locale
SYNOPSIS showlocale
showlocale -h
DESCRIPTION The showlocale(8) command displays the current setting for the XSCF locale.
Either of the following is displayed:
Privileges You must have one of the following privileges to run this command:
useradm,platadm,platop,auditadm,auditop,domainadm,domainmgr,
domainop
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following option is supported:
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
The setlocale(8) command sets a locale for the XSCF.
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displays the current setting for the XSCF locale (when English is set).
EXAMPLE 2 Displays the current setting for the XSCF locale (when Japanese is set).
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO setlocale(8)
CEnglish
ja_JP.UTF-8 Japanese
-h Displays usage statement.
XSCF> showlocale
C
XSCF> showocale
ja_JP.UTF-8
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
showlocale(8)
302 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
showlocator(8)
System Administration 303
NAME showlocator - display the state of the CHECK LED on the operator panel
SYNOPSIS showlocator
showlocator -h
DESCRIPTION showlocator(8) command displays the blink state of the CHECK LED on the
operator panel.
The one of the following state is displayed:
Privileges You must have one of the following privileges to run this command:
useradm,platadm,platop,fieldeng
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following option is supported:
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
The setlocator(8) command can be used to specify the blink state of the CHECK
LED.
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displays the CHECK LED state.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO setlocator(8)
Off Indicates normal operation, which means either the circuit
breaker is off or power is not being supplied.
Blinking Indicates that the unit is a maintenance target.
On Indicates that an error was detected in the main unit.
-h Displays usage statement.
XSCF> showlocator
Locator LED status:Blinking
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
showlocator(8)
304 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
showlogs(8)
System Administration 305
NAME showlogs - display the specified log
SYNOPSIS showlogs [-t time [-T time]|-p timestamp][-v |-V |-S][-r][-M]error
showlogs [-t time [-T time]|-p timestamp][-v][-r][-M]event
showlogs [-t time [-T time]] [-r][-M]{power |env}
showlogs [-r][-M] monitor
showlogs -d domain_id [-t time [-T time]] [-r][-M]{console |ipl |panic}
showlogs -h
DESCRIPTION The showlogs(8) command displays the specified log.
Log data is displayed in the order of timestamps, starting from the oldest data by
default. Depending on the target for the log collection, the following logs can be
specified:
Privileges You must have one of the following privileges to run this command:
Error log, Event log, Temperature and humidity record, and Monitor message
log:
platadm,platop,fieldeng
Power log:
platadm,platop,domainadm,domainmgr,fieldeng
Scan log:
fieldeng
Console message log, Panic message log, and IPL message log:
platadm,platop,domainadm,domainmgr,domainop,fieldeng
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
For Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) Error log (sometimes includes scan log)
Power log
Event log
Temperature and humidity record
Monitoring message log
For domain Console message log
Panic message log
IPL message log
showlogs(8)
306 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
-d domain_id Specifies the number of a domain to be displayed. This option
can be specified for domain specific log. domain_id can be 023
depending on the system configuration.
-h Displays usage statement. When used with other options or
operands, an error occurs.
-M Displays text by page. This option provides a function that is
the same as that of the more command.
-p timestamp Specifies a timestamp in a log when one log is to be displayed.
This option can be specified for an error log or event log.
timestamp is specified in one of the following formats:
yyyy-mm-dd,hh:mm:ss
The timestamp is specified in the ’year-month-day,
hour:minute:second’ format.
mm/dd/yy,hh:mm:ss
The timestamp is specified in the ’month/day/year,
hour:minute:second’ format.
Monddhh:mm:ssyyyy
The timestamp is specified in the ’month-name,day,
hour:minute:second,year’ format.
-r Displays a log in the order of timestamps, starting from the
latest timestamp. By default, the display of log data in the order
of timestamps starts from the oldest data.
-S Displays a scan log attached to an error log. Only a user having
the fieldeng privilege can specify this operand. This cannot
be specified together with the-v option or -V option.
showlogs(8)
System Administration 307
-t time Specifies the start date and time of the display range for log
data. It is specified in one of the following formats:
yyyy-mm-dd,hh:mm
The timestamp is specified in the ’year-month-day,hour:minute
format.
mm/dd/yy,hh:mm
The timestamp is specified in the ’month/day/year,hour:minute
format.
Monddhh:mmyyyy
The timestamp is specified in the ’month-name,day,hour:minute,
year’ format.
yyyy-mm-dd,hh:mm:ss
The timestamp is specified in the ’year-month-day,
hour:minute:second’ format.
mm/dd/yy,hh:mm:ss
The timestamp is specified in the ’month/day/year,
hour:minute:second’ format.
Monddhh:mm:ssyyyy
The timestamp is specified in the ’month-name,day,
hour:minute:second,year’ format.
Even if the -r option is specified together with this option, the
specified -t and -T options are not reversed.
showlogs(8)
308 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
-T time Specifies the end date and time of the display range for log data.
It is specified in one of the following formats:
yyyy-mm-dd,hh:mm
The timestamp is specified in the ’year-month-day,hour:minute
format.
mm/dd/yy,hh:mm
The timestamp is specified in the ’month/day/year,hour:minute
format.
Monddhh:mmyyyy
The timestamp is specified in the ’month-name,day,hour:minute,
year’ format.
yyyy-mm-dd,hh:mm:ss
The timestamp is specified in the ’year-month-day,
hour:minute:second’ format.
mm/dd/yy,hh:mm:ss
The timestamp is specified in the ’month/day/year,
hour:minute:second’ format.
Monddhh:mm:ssyyyy
The timestamp is specified in the ’month-name,day,
hour:minute:second,year’ format.
Even if the -r option is specified together with this option, the
specified -t and -T options are not reversed. The -T option
cannot be used for the monitoring message log.
-v Displays a log in detail. Details of Diagnostic Codes UUID
and MSG-ID, which are used by the fmadm(8) and fmdump(8)
commands, are also displayed in addition to the items normally
displayed. This option cannot be specified together with the -S
or -V option. This option can be specified for an error log or
event log.
-V Displays a log in greater detail. If detailed log information on
machine administration and OBP console log information have
already been collected, they are also displayed in addition to the
information displayed by the -v option. This option cannot be
specified together with the -S or the -v option. This option can
be specified for an error log.
showlogs(8)
System Administration 309
OPERANDS The following operands are supported:
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
Logs are displayed in the following formats:
Error log
Default
Case where the -v option is specified
error Displays the error log. (sometimes includes scan log)
power Displays the power log.
event Displays the event log.
env Displays the temperature and humidity record.
monitor Displays the monitoring message log.
console Displays the console message log.
panic Displays the panic message log.
ipl Displays the IPL message log.
Date: Mar 30 17:45:31 JST 2005 Code: xxxxxxxx-xxxxxxxx-
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
Status: Alarm Occurred: Mar 30 17:45:31.000 JST 2005
FRU: PSU#1,PSU#2,*
Msg: ACFAIL occurred (ACS=3)(FEP type = A1)
Date: Mar 30 17:45:31 JST 2005 Code: xxxxxxxx-xxxxxxxx-
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
Status: Alarm Occurred: Mar 30 17:45:31.000 JST 2005
FRU: PSU#1,PSU#2,*
Msg: ACFAIL occurred (ACS=3)(FEP type = A1)
Diagnostic Code:
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
UUID: bf36f0ea-9e47-42b5-fc6f-c0d979c4c8f4 MSG-ID:FMD-8000-11
showlogs(8)
310 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
Case where the -V option is specified
Case where the -S option is specified
Date: Mar 30 17:45:31 JST 2005 Code: xxxxxxxx-xxxxxxxx-
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
Status: Alarm Occurred: Mar 30 17:45:31.000 JST 2005
FRU: PSU#1,PSU#2,*
Msg: ACFAIL occurred (ACS=3)(FEP type = A1)
Diagnostic Code:
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
UUID: bf36f0ea-9e47-42b5-fc6f-c0d979c4c8f4 MSG-ID:FMD-8000-11
Diagnostic Messages:
:
:
Date: Mar 30 17:45:31 JST 2005 Code: xxxxxxxx-xxxxxxxx-
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
Status: Alarm Occurred: Mar 30 17:45:31.000 JST 2005
FRU: PSU#1,PSU#2,*
Msg: ACFAIL occurred (ACS=3)(FEP type = A1)
Diagnostic Code:
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
UUID: bf36f0ea-9e47-42b5-fc6f-c0d979c4c8f4 MSG-ID:FMD-8000-11
Detail log: SCAN MINOR RC 2K
0000: xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
0010: xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
:
:
Date: Log collection date and time (month day hour:minute:second
time-zone year)
The displayed time is the local time.
Code: Error code
Data is displayed in 16-byte format.
Occurred: Date (Month Day Hour: Minute: Second TimeZone Year) when
an error occurred.
This date is displayed as the local time.
showlogs(8)
System Administration 311
Power log
Status: Error status
Either of the following is displayed:
Warning Partial degradation of the unit or warning
about the FRU
Alarm FRU failure or error
FRU: Suspected faulty unit
The suspected faulty units that are displayed and delimited by a
comma (,) are the units most likely and second most likely to be
faulty. If there are three suspected faulty units, asterisk (*)is
displayed next to the unit third most likely to be faulty. Display
of more than two suspected faulty units depends on whether
more than two suspected faulty units are detected.
Msg: Error description
Diagnostic
Code:
Detailed error code
The displayed code is a hexadecimal number.
UUID: Abbreviation for Universal Unique Identifier
This is a globally unique ID that is a 32-digit hexadecimal
number.
MSG-ID: Unique message ID
Diagnostic
Messages:
Detailed message
If the log has a detailed message, it is displayed.
Detail log: Scan log code
This code is displayed when the log includes a scan log.
Address: Displayed in hexadecimal notation.
Date Event Cause DID Switch
Mar 30 17:25:31 JST 2005 System Power Off Power Failure -- Service
Mar 30 17:35:31 JST 2005 System Power On AC Restored -- Locked
Mar 30 17:45:31 JST 2005 Domain Power On Panel 00 Locked
Mar 30 17:50:31 JST 2005 Domain Power Off Operator 10 Service
:
:
showlogs(8)
312 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
Event log
Default
Date: Log collection date and time (month day hour:minute:second
time-zone year)
The displayed time is the local time.
Event: Power status
One of the following states is displayed:
Domain Power On The domain power is on.
Domain Power Off The domain power is off.
System Power On The main unit power is on.
System Power Off The main unit power is off.
SCF Reset XSCF is in the reset state.
Domain Reset XSCF is in the reset state.
XIR XSCF is in the reset state.
Cause: Factor that caused this Status
One of the following factors is displayed:
Self Reset,Power On,System Reset,Panel,Scheduled,
RCI,AC Restored,Operator,Poweron Restart,Power
Failure,SW Request,Alarm,Fatal,Panic
DID: Domain ID
domain_id can be 023 depending on the system configuration.
Switch: Status of the mode switch of the operator panel
One of the following states are displayed:
Locked Normal operation mode
Service Service mode
Date Message
Mar 30 17:45:31 JST 2005 System power on
Mar 30 17:55:31 JST 2005 System power off
:
:
showlogs(8)
System Administration 313
Case where the -v option is specified
Temperature and humidity record
Date Message
Mar 30 17:45:31 JST 2005 System power on
Switch= Service RCIaddr=000105ff
Code=xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx
xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx
Date: Log collection date and time (month day hour:minute:second
time-zone year)
The displayed time is the local time.
Message: Event message
Switch: Status of the mode switch of the operator panel
One of the following states are displayed:
Locked Normal operation mode
Service Service mode
RCIaddr: Remote Cabinet Interface (RCI) address
If RCI is supported, the RCI address is displayed as an eight-
digit hexadecimal number.
Code: Detailed event information
The displayed information is in hexadecimal format
Date Temperature Humidity Power
Mar 30 17:45:31 JST 2005 32.56(C) 60.20% Main Line Switch OFF
Mar 30 17:55:31 JST 2005 32.56(C) 60.25% Main Line Switch ON
:
:
showlogs(8)
314 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
Monitoring message log
Each line of display has a date and time paired with a monitoring message. The
time in the displayed log collection date and time (month day
hour:minute:second time-zone year) is the local time.
Console message log
[First line]
[Second and subsequent lines]
Each line of display has a date and time paired with a console message.
Date: Log collection date and time (month day hour:minute:second
time-zone year)
The displayed time is the local time.
Temperature: Intake air temperature
Decimal numbers are displayed to two decimal places. The unit
is degree Celsius ( C).
Humidity: Humidity
The displayed numbers are percentages (%). However, nothing
is displayed for the midrange server.
Power: Power state of the main unit
Either of the following states is displayed:
Main Line Switch ON The main unit power is on.
Main Line Switch OFF The main unit power is off.
Mar 30 17:45:31 JST 2005 monitor message
Mar 30 17:55:31 JST 2005 monitor message
:
DomainID: 00
Mar 30 17:45:31 JST 2005 console message
Mar 30 17:55:31 JST 2005 console message
:
DomainID: Domain ID
domain_id can be 023 depending on the system configuration.
showlogs(8)
System Administration 315
The time in the displayed log collection date and time (month day
hour:minute:second time-zone year) is the local time.
Panic message log
[Second line]
[Third and subsequent lines]
Each line of display has a date and time paired with a panic message.
The time in the displayed log collection date and time (month day
hour:minute:second time-zone year) is the local time.
IPL message log
[Second line]
[Third and subsequent lines]
Each line of display has a date and time paired with an IPL message.
<<panic>>
Date: Mar 30 18:45:31 JST 2005 DomainID: 00
Mar 30 17:45:31 JST 2005 panic message
Mar 30 17:55:31 JST 2005 panic message
:
Date: Panic occurrence date and time (month day hour:minute:second
time-zone year)
The displayed time is the local time.
DomainID: Domain ID
domain_id can be 023 depending on the system configuration.
<<ipl>>
Date: Mar 30 18:45:31 JST 2005 DomainID: 00
Mar 30 17:45:31 JST 2005 ipl message
Mar 30 17:55:31 JST 2005 ipl message
:
Date: IPL date and time (month day hour:minute:second time-zone
year)
The displayed time is the local time.
DomainID: Domain ID
domain_id can be 023 depending on the system configuration.
showlogs(8)
316 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
The time in the displayed log collection date and time (month day
hour:minute:second time-zone year) is the local time.
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displays an error log.
EXAMPLE 2 Displays an error log in detail for the times of the specified timestamp (-v).
EXAMPLE 3 Displays an error log in greater detail for the times of the specified
timestamp (-V).
XSCF> showlogs error
Date: Mar 30 12:45:31 JST 2005 Code: 00112233-44556677-8899aabbcceeff0
Status: Alarm Occurred: Mar 30 17:45:31.000 JST 2005
FRU: IOU#0/PCI#3
Msg: offline(vendor=FUJITSU, product=MAJ3182MC)
Date: Mar 30 15:45:31 JST 2005 Code: 00112233-44556677-8899aabbcceeff0
Status: Warning Occurred: Mar 30 17:45:31.000 JST 2005
FRU: PSU#1,PSU#2
Msg: ACFAIL occurred (ACS=3)(FEP type = A1)
Date: Mar 30 17:45:31 JST 2005 Code: 00112233-44556677-8899aabbcceeff0
Status: Alarm Occurred: Mar 30 17:45:31.000 JST 2005
FRU: PSU#1,PSU#2,*
Msg: ACFAIL occurred (ACS=3)(FEP type = A1)
XSCF> showlogs error -p Mar3012:45:312005 -v
Date: Mar 30 12:45:31 JST 2005 Code: 00112233-44556677-8899aabbcceeff0
Status: Alarm
Component: IOU#0/PCI#3
Msg: offline(vendor=FUJITSU, product=MAJ3182MC)
Diagnostic Code:
00112233 44556677 8899aabb
00112233 44556677 8899aabb ccddeeff
00112233 44556677 8899aabb ccddeeff
UUID: bf36f0ea-9e47-42b5-fc6f-c0d979c4c8f4 MSG-ID: FMD-8000-11
XSCF> showlogs error -p Mar3012:45:312005 -V
Date: Mar 30 12:45:31 JST 2005 Code: 00112233-44556677-8899aabbcceeff0
Status: Alarm Occurred: Mar 30 17:45:31.000 JST 2005
FRU: IOU#0/PCI#3
Msg: offline(vendor=FUJITSU, product=MAJ3182MC)
Diagnostic Code:
00112233 44556677 8899aabb
00112233 44556677 8899aabb ccddeeff
00112233 44556677 8899aabb ccddeeff
UUID: bf36f0ea-9e47-42b5-fc6f-c0d979c4c8f4 MSG-ID: FMD-8000-11
Diagnostic Messages
Jul 11 16:17:42 plato10 root: [ID 702911 user.error] WARNING: /
pci@83,4000/scsi@2/sd@0,0 (sd47):
Jul 11 16:17:42 plato10 root: [ID 702911 user.error] incomplete write-
giving up
showlogs(8)
System Administration 317
EXAMPLE 4 Displays a power log.
EXAMPLE 5 Displays a power log in the order of timestamps, starting from the latest
timestamp.
EXAMPLE 6 Displays the specified range of a power log.
EXAMPLE 7 Displays the specified range of a power log. The log is displayed in the or-
der of timestamps, starting from the latest timestamp.
EXAMPLE 8 Displays the specified date of a power log. Data with this date or later in
the log is displayed.
EXAMPLE 9 Displays a console message log of the domain ID 0.
XSCF> showlogs power
Date Event Cause DID Switch
Mar 30 17:25:31 JST 2005 System Power Off Power Failure -- Service
Mar 30 17:35:31 JST 2005 System Power On AC Restored -- Locked
Mar 30 17:45:31 JST 2005 Domain Power Off Operator 00 Locked
Mar 30 17:50:31 JST 2005 Domain Power On Operator 00 Service
XSCF> showlogs power
Date Event Cause DID Switch
Mar 30 17:50:31 JST 2005 Domain Power On Operator 00 Service
Mar 30 17:45:31 JST 2005 Domain Power Off Operator 00 Locked
Mar 30 17:35:31 JST 2005 System Power On AC Restored -- Locked
Mar 30 17:25:31 JST 2005 System Power Off Power Failure -- Service
XSCF> showlogs power -t Mar3017:302005 -T Mar3017:492005
Date Event Cause DID Switch
Mar 30 17:35:31 JST 2005 System Power On AC Restored -- Locked
Mar 30 17:45:31 JST 2005 Domain Power Off Operator 00 Locked
XSCF> showlogs power -t Mar3017:302005 -T Mar3017:492005 -r
Date Event Cause DID Switch
Mar 30 17:45:31 JST 2005 Domain Power Off Operator 00 Locked
Mar 30 17:35:31 JST 2005 System Power On AC Restored -- Locked
XSCF> showlogs power -t Mar3017:302005
Date Event Cause DID Switch
Mar 30 17:35:31 JST 2005 System Power On AC Restored -- Locked
Mar 30 17:45:31 JST 2005 Domain Power Off Panel 00 Locked
Mar 30 17:50:31 JST 2005 Domain Power On Operator 00 Service
XSCF> showlogs console -d 00
DomainID:00
Mar 30 17:45:31 JST 2005 Executing last command: boot
Mar 30 17:55:31 JST 2005 Boot device: /pci@83,4000/FJSV,ulsa@2,1/
disk@0,0:a File and args:
Mar 30 17:55:32 JST 2005 SunOS Release 5.10 Version Generic 64-bit
showlogs(8)
318 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
Note: The codes or messages shown here may differ from those actually displayed.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
showlookup(8)
System Administration 319
NAME showlookup - display the configuration for authentication and privileges lookup
SYNOPSIS showlookup
showlookup -h
DESCRIPTION showlookup(8) displays configuration settings for authentication and privileges.
Privileges You must have useradm privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following option is supported:
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displaying Settings for Authentication and Privileges
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO setlookup(8)
-h Displays usage statement.
XSCF> showlookup
Privileges lookup:Local only
Authentication lookup: Local and LDAP
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
showlookup(8)
320 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
showmonitorlog(8)
System Administration 321
NAME showmonitorlog - display the contents of monitoring messages in real time
SYNOPSIS showmonitorlog
showmonitorlog -h
DESCRIPTION The showmonitorlog(8) command displays the contents of monitoring messages
in real time.
When the showmonitorlog(8) command is executed, the XSCF shell is occupied
for the display of monitoring messages. When a monitoring message is registered,
the contents of the message are displayed.
To stop the real-time display, press the Ctrl +Ckey combination.
Privileges You must have one of the following privileges to run this command:
platadm,platop,fieldeng
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following option is supported:
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displays the contents of a monitoring message in real time.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
-h Displays usage statement.
XSCF> showmonitorlog
Apr 13 12:32:16 XXXXX Alarm: /CMU#1,/CMU#0/DDC#0:ANALYZE:SC-IOU I/F fatal
error 0x00000000;
:
:
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
showmonitorlog(8)
322 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
shownameserver(8)
System Administration 323
NAME shownameserver - display the registered domain name system (DNS) servers
specified on the XSCF network
SYNOPSIS shownameserver
shownameserver -h
DESCRIPTION shownameserver(8) command displays the registered DNS servers in the XSCF
network.
Privileges You must have one of the following privileges to run this command:
useradm,platadm,platop,auditadm,auditop,domainadm,domainmgr,
domainop,fieldeng
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following option is supported:
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
The setnameserver(8) command sets the DNS servers used in the XSCF network.
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displays the DNS servers currently set for the XSCF network. The follow-
ing example shows that three DNS servers have been set:
EXAMPLE 2 Displays the DNS servers currently set for the XSCF network. The follow-
ing example shows that no DNS server is set:
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO setnameserver(8)
-h Displays usage statement.
XSCF> shownameserver
nameserver 192.168.1.2
nameserver 10.18.108.10
nameserver 10.24.1.2
XSCF> shownameserver
---
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
shownameserver(8)
324 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
shownetwork(8)
System Administration 325
NAME shownetwork - display information of network interfaces for XSCF
SYNOPSIS shownetwork [-M]{-a |-i |interface}
shownetwork -h
DESCRIPTION shownetwork(8) command displays current information of network interfaces for
XSCF.
Information on the specified network interface or all the network interfaces can be
displayed. The following information is displayed:
Privileges You must have one of the following privileges to run this command:
useradm,platadm,platop,auditadm,auditop,domainadm,domainmgr,
domainop,fieldeng
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
xscf#x-yXSCF network interface name
HWaddr MAC address (hexadecimal notation)
inet addr IP address
Bcast Broadcast
Mask Net mask
UP/DOWN Whether the network interface is enabled
-a Displays information for all XSCF network interfaces.
-h Displays usage statement. When used with other options or
operands, an error occurs.
-M Displays text by page. This option provides a function that is
the same as that of the more command.
shownetwork(8)
326 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
OPERANDS The following operand is supported:
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
In a duplicate configuration, a takeover IP address can be used without a need to
determine whether XSCF has been switched. By setting the LAN ports of the
active XSCF unit as lan#0 and lan#1, they can be accessed with the names
lan#0 and lan#1. As default values, lan#0 is set to xscf#0-lan#0 and lan#1 is
set to xscf#0-lan#1.
Because the XSCF unit is not duplicate configuration in a midrange server, lan#0
is fixed to xscf#0-lan#0 and lan#1 to xscf#0-lan#1.
The setnetwork(8) command configures a network interface used by the XSCF.
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displays the information for XSCF-LAN#0 on XSCF unit 0.
interface Specifies the network interface whose information is to be
displayed. One of the following values can be specified,
depending on the system configuration. If this operand is
specified with the -a option, the operand is ignored.
For XSCF unit 0:
xscf#0-lan#0 XSCF-LAN#0
xscf#0-lan#1 XSCF-LAN#1
xscf#0-if Interface between XSCF units (Inter SCF
Network; ISN)
For XSCF unit 1 (when a duplicated configuration is used):
xscf#1-lan#0 XSCF-LAN#0
xscf#1-lan#1 XSCF-LAN#1
xscf#1-if ISN
For takeover IP address:
lan#0 takeover IP address for XSCF-LAN#0
lan#1 takeover IP address for XSCF-LAN#1
XSCF> shownetwork xscf#0-lan#1
xscf#0-lan#1
Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr 00:00:00:12:34:56
inet addr:192.168.10.11 Bcast: 192.168.10.255 Mask:255.255.255.0
UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU:1500 Metric:1
RX packets:54424 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 frame:0
TX packets:14369 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 carrier:0
collisions:0 txqueuelen:1000
RX bytes:20241827 (19.3 MiB) TX bytes:2089769 (1.9 MiB)
Base address:0x1000
shownetwork(8)
System Administration 327
EXAMPLE 2 Displays the information for XSCF-LAN#1 on XSCF unit 0 in the midrange
server.
EXAMPLE 3 Displays the information for ISN on the XSCF unit 0.
EXAMPLE 4 Displays the information for XSCF-LAN#0 on XSCF Unit 0.
EXAMPLE 5 Displays the information for the takeover IP address for XSCF-LAN#0.
XSCF> shownetwork lan#1
xscf#0-lan#1
Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr 00:00:00:12:34:56
inet addr:192.168.10.11 Bcast: 192.168.10.255 Mask:255.255.255.0
UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU:1500 Metric:1
RX packets:54424 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 frame:0
TX packets:14369 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 carrier:0
collisions:0 txqueuelen:1000
RX bytes:20241827 (19.3 MiB) TX bytes:2089769 (1.9 MiB)
Base address:0x1000
XSCF> shownetwork xscf#0-if
xscf#0-if
Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr 00:00:00:12:34:56
inet addr:192.168.10.128 Bcast: 192.168.10.255 Mask:255.255.255.0
UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU:1500 Metric:1
RX packets:54424 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 frame:0
TX packets:14369 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 carrier:0
collisions:0 txqueuelen:1000
RX bytes:(0.0 B) TX bytes:17010 (16.6 KiB)
Base address:0x1000
XSCF> shownetwork xscf#0-lan#0
xscf#0-lan#0
Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr 00:00:00:12:34:56
inet addr:192.168.11.10 Bcast:192.168.11.255 Mask 255.255.255.0
UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU:1500 Metric:1
RX packets:54424 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 frame:0
TX packets:14369 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 carrier:0
collisions:0 txqueuelen:1000
RX bytes:14541827 (13.8 MiB) TX bytes:1459769 (1.3 MiB)
Base address:0x1000
XSCF> shownetwork lan#0
lan#0
Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr 00:00:00:12:34:56
inet addr:192.168.11.10 Bcast:192.168.11.255 Mask 255.255.255.0
UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU:1500 Metric:1
RX packets:54424 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 frame:0
TX packets:14369 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 carrier:0
collisions:0 txqueuelen:1000
RX bytes:14541827 (13.8 MiB) TX bytes:1459769 (1.3 MiB)
Base address:0x1000
shownetwork(8)
328 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXAMPLE 6 Displays the current settings of XSCF network.
EXAMPLE 7 Displays the information for XSCF unit 0 and XSCF unit 1 in the high-end
server.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
XSCF> shownetwork -i
Active Internet connections (without servers)
Proto Recv-Q Send-Q Local Address Foreign Address State
tcp 0 0 xx.xx.xx.xx:telnet xxxx:1617 ESTABLISHED
XSCF> shownetwork -a
xscf#0-lan#0
Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr 00:00:00:12:34:56
inet addr: 192.168.11.10 Bcast: 192.168.11.255 Mask:255.255.255.0
UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU:1500 Metric:1
RX packets:54424 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 frame:0
TX packets:14369 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 carrier:0
collisions:0 txqueuelen:1000
RX bytes:12241827 (11.3 MiB) TX bytes:1189769 (0.9 MiB)
Base address:0x1000
xscf#0-lan#1
Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr 00:00:00:12:34:57
inet addr:192.168.10.11 Bcast: 192.168.10.255 Mask:255.255.255.0
UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU:1500 Metric:1
RX packets:54424 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 frame:0
TX packets:14369 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 carrier:0
collisions:0 txqueuelen:1000
RX bytes:20241827 (19.3 MiB) TX bytes:2089769 (1.9 MiB)
Base address:0x1000
xscf#0-if Link encap:Ethernet HWaddr 00:00:00:00:00:00
inet addr:192.168.10.128 Bcast:192.168.10.255 Mask: 255.255.255.0
UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU:1500 Metric:1
RX packets:54424 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 frame:0
TX packets:14369 errors:0 dropped:0 overruns:0 carrier:0
collisions:0 txqueuelen:1000
RX bytes:0 (0.0 B) TX bytes:17010 (16.6 KiB)
Base address:0x1000
xscf#1-lan#0
HWaddr 00:00:00:12:34:59
inet addr:192.168.10.12 Mask:255:255:255:0
xscf#1-lan#1
HWaddr 00:00:00:12:34:60
xscf#1-if
HWaddr 00:00:00:12:34:61
XSCF>
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
shownetwork(8)
System Administration 329
SEE ALSO applynetwork(8),setnetwork(8)
shownetwork(8)
330 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
shownotice(8)
System Administration 331
NAME shownotice - display copyright and license information for the eXtended System
Control Facility (XSCF) Control Package (XCP)
SYNOPSIS shownotice [-c {copyright|license}]
shownotice -h
DESCRIPTION The shownotice(8) command displays by page the copyright and, if available,
license files for the XCP. When used without an option, shownotice displays
copyright information and any available license information. You can display only
the copyright or the license file by specifying the -c option.
Privileges No privileges are required to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Display Only Copyright Information
EXAMPLE 2 Display Copyright and License Information
-c {copyright|license}
Specifies for display by page either the copyright file or the license file for the
XCP.
copyright
Specifies for display only the copyright file.
license
Specifies for display only the license file, if a license file is available for your
platform. If the license file for your platform is not available for the
shownotice command, the license argument is not supported.
-h
Displays usage statement. When used with other options or operands, an
error occurs.
XSCF> shownotice -c copyright
[Copyright text displays.]
XSCF> shownotice
[Copyright text displays.]
[License text displays (if available).]
shownotice(8)
332 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
showntp(8)
System Administration 333
NAME showntp - display the NTP servers currently set for the XSCF network
SYNOPSIS showntp {-l |-a |address}
showntp -h
DESCRIPTION The showntp(8) command displays the NTP servers currently set for the XSCF
network.
Besides being capable of displaying the NTP servers that are set, the command can
be used to confirm the following information:
Whether synchronization with an NTP server is being maintained
Whether the NTP service has been started
Privileges You must have one of the following privileges to run this command:
useradm,platadm,platop,auditadm,auditop,domainadm,domainmgr,
domainop,fieldeng
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
OPERANDS The following operand is supported:
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
The setntp(8) command sets the NTP servers used in the XSCF network.
-a Displays all the NTP servers currently set for the XSCF network.
-h Displays usage statement. When used with other options or
operands, an error occurs.
-l Displays whether synchronization with an NTP server is being
maintained.
address Specifies the IP address of an NTP server to be displayed. A
specified IP address is a set of four integer values delimited by
the period (.). If the -a option is specified, the operand is
ignored. The following address form is accepted:
xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
where:
xxx An integer from 0–255. Zero suppression can
be used to specify the integer.
showntp(8)
334 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displays all NTP servers being currently set.
EXAMPLE 2 Confirms synchronization with an NTP server and displays the results.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO setntp(8)
XSCF> showntp -a
server ntp1.example.com prefer # [1] ntp server name
server ntp2.example.com # [2] ntp server name
XSCF> showntp -l
remote refid st t when poll reach delay offset jitter
========================================================================
*192.168.0.27 192.168.1.56 2 u 27 64 377 12.929 -2.756 1.993
+192.168.0.57 192.168.1.86 2 u 32 64 377 13.030 2.184 94.421
127.127.1.0 LOCAL(0) 5 l 44 64 377 0.000 0.000 0.008
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
showpasswordpolicy(8)
System Administration 335
NAME showpasswordpolicy - display the current password settings
SYNOPSIS showpasswordpolicy
showpasswordpolicy -h
DESCRIPTION showpasswordpolicy(8) displays the password policy settings. These include
default password expiration settings for new accounts, pam_cracklib parameters,
and the number of passwords to keep in password history for each user.
Privileges You must have useradm privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following option is supported:
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displaying Password Policy Settings
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO setpasswordpolicy(8)
-h Displays usage statement.
XSCF> showpasswordpolicy
Mindays: 0
Maxdays: 99999
Warn: 7
Inactive: -1
Expiry: 0
Retry: 3
Difok: 10
Minlen: 9
Dcredit: 1
Ucredit: 1
Lcredit: 1
Ocredit: 1
Remember: 3
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
showpasswordpolicy(8)
336 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
showpowerupdelay(8)
System Administration 337
NAME showpowerupdelay - display the current settings for the warm-up time of the
system and wait time before system startup
SYNOPSIS showpowerupdelay
showpowerupdelay -h
DESCRIPTION The showpowerupdelay(8) command displays the current settings for the warm-
up time of the system and wait time before system startup.
The following settings are displayed:
Privileges You must have one of the following privileges to run this command:
platadm,platop,domainadm,domainmgr,domainop,fieldeng
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following option is supported:
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
The setpowerupdelay(8) command sets the warm-up time of the system and a
wait time before system startup.
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displays the warm-up time of the system and wait time before system star-
tup.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO setpowerupdelay(8)
warmup time Warm-up time
wait time Wait time before system startup
-h Displays usage statement.
XSCF> showpowerupdelay
warmup time : 10 minute(s)
wait time : 20 minute(s)
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
showpowerupdelay(8)
338 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
showresult(8)
System Administration 339
NAME showresult - display the exit status of the most recently executed command
SYNOPSIS showresult
showresult -h
DESCRIPTION showresult(8) command displays the exit status of the most recently executed.
showresult(8) is convenient for a remote control program to confirm whether the
most recently executed command is successfully completed.
Privileges No privileges are required to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 display the exit status of setupfru(8).
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
-h Displays usage statement.
XSCF> setupfru -x 1 sb 0
XSCF> showresult
0
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
showresult(8)
340 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
showroute(8)
System Administration 341
NAME showroute - display routing information for an XSCF network interface
SYNOPSIS showroute [-M][-n]-a |interface
showroute -h
DESCRIPTION showroute(8) command displays the current routing information for an XSCF
network interface.
Routing information for the specified network interface or all the network interfaces
can be displayed. The following information is displayed:
Privileges You must have one of the following privileges to run this command:
useradm,platadm,platop,auditadm,auditop,domainadm,domainmgr,
domainop,fieldeng
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
Destination Destination IP address
Gateway Gateway address
Netmask Netmask address
Flags Flag
Interface XSCF network interface name
-a Displays routing information that is set for all XSCF network
interfaces.
-h Displays usage statement. When used with other options or
operands, an error occurs.
-M Displays text by page. This option provides a function that is
the same as that of the more command.
-n Displays IP address without the name resolution of host name.
showroute(8)
342 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
OPERANDS The following operand is supported:
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
In a duplicated configuration, a takeover IP address can be used without a need
to determine whether XSCF has been switched. By setting the LAN ports of the
active XSCF unit as lan#0 and lan#1, they can be accessed with the names
lan#0 and lan#1. As default values, lan#0 is set to xscf#0-lan#0 and lan#1
is set to xscf#0-lan#1.
Because the XSCF unit is not duplicated configuration in a midrange server,
lan#0 is fixed to xscf#0-lan#0 and lan#1 to xscf#0-lan#1.
Specifying an interface between XSCF units causes an error.
The setroute(8) command sets routing information for the XSCF network.
In high-end server, in case you set the same routing information to the takeover
IP address lan#0 and to xscf#0-lan#0, or in case you set the same routing
information to the takeover IP address lan#1 and to xscf#0-lan#1, the
interface names both display lan#0 in the former case, lan#1 in the latter case.
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displays routing information for XSCF-LAN#0 on XSCF unit 0.
interface Specifies the network interface whose information is to be
displayed. One of the following values can be specified,
depending on the system configuration. If this operand is
specified with the -a option, the operand is ignored.
For XSCF unit 0:
xscf#0-lan#0 XSCF-LAN#0
xscf#0-lan#1 XSCF-LAN#1
For XSCF unit 1 (when a duplicated configuration is used):
xscf#1-lan#0 XSCF-LAN#0
xscf#1-lan#1 XSCF-LAN#1
For takeover IP address:
lan#0 takeover IP address for XSCF-LAN#0
lan#1 takeover IP address for XSCF-LAN#1
XSCF> showroute xscf#0-lan#0
Destination Gateway Netmask Flags Interface
server1.example * 255.255.255.0 U xscf#0-lan#0
default 192.168.10.1 0.0.0.0 UG xscf#0-lan#0
showroute(8)
System Administration 343
EXAMPLE 2 Displays routing information for XSCF-LAN#0 on XSCF unit 0 without the
name resolution of host name.
EXAMPLE 3 Displays all routing information for XSCF unit 0 and XSCF unit 1 in the
highend server.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO setroute(8)
XSCF> showroute -n xscf#0-lan#0
Destination Gateway Netmask Flags Interface
192.168.10.0 * 255.255.255.0 U xscf#0-lan#0
default 192.168.10.1 0.0.0.0 UG xscf#0-lan#0
XSCF> showroute -a
Kernel IP routing table
Destination Gateway Netmask Flags Interface
192.168.10.0 * 255.255.255.0 U xscf#0-lan#0
default 192.168.10.1 0.0.0.0 UG xscf#0-lan#0
Destination Gateway Netmask Interface
default 192.168.10.1 0.0.0.0 xscf#1-lan#0
XSCF>
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
showroute(8)
344 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
showshutdowndelay(8)
System Administration 345
NAME showshutdowndelay - display the shutdown wait time at power interruption of the
uninterruptible power supply (UPS)
SYNOPSIS showshutdowndelay
showshutdowndelay -h
DESCRIPTION The showshutdowndelay(8) command displays the wait time before the start of
system shutdown for when power interruption occurs in a system connected to the
UPS.
The time set by the setshutdowndelay(8) command is displayed. The default
time set is 10 seconds.
Privileges You must have one of the following privileges to run this command:
platadm,platop,domainadm,domainmgr,domainop,fieldeng
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displays the wait time before the start of shutdown.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO setshutdowndelay(8)
-h Displays usage statement.
XSCF> showshutdowndelay
UPS shutdown wait time : 600 second(s)
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
showshutdowndelay(8)
346 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
showsmtp(8)
System Administration 347
NAME showsmtp - display the SMTP configuration information
SYNOPSIS showsmtp
showsmtp [-v ]
showsmtp -h
DESCRIPTION showsmtp(8) displays the SMTP configuration. When used without options, it
displays current SMTP configuration data.
Privileges You must have platadm or platop privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
SMTP information includes the Mail Server and Reply addresses.
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displaying SMTP configuration
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO setsmtp(8)
-h Displays usage statement.
When used with other options or operands, an error
occurs.
-v Specifies verbose output.
XSCF> showsmtp
Mail Server: 10.4.1.1
Port: 25
Authentication Mechanism: smtp-auth
User Name: jsmith
Password: ********
Reply Address: adm@customer.com
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
showsmtp(8)
348 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
showsnmp(8)
System Administration 349
NAME showsnmp - display the configuration information and current status of the SNMP
agent
SYNOPSIS showsnmp
showsnmp -h
DESCRIPTION showsnmp(8) displays the configuration and information and current status of the
SNMP agent. This includes: agent status, port, system location, contact and
description, traphosts, SNMP version, and any enabled MIB modules.
Privileges You must have platadm or platop privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following option is supported:
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displaying SNMP Information for a System That Has Not Been Set Up
EXAMPLE 2 Displaying SNMP Information for a Disabled System Set Up With
SNMPv3 Trap Host
-h Displays usage statement.
XSCF> showsnmp
Agent Status: Disabled
Agent Port: 161
System Location: Unknown
System Contact: Unknown
System Description: Unknown
Trap Hosts: None
SNMP V1/V2c: None
Enabled MIB Modules: None
XSCF> showsnmp
Agent Status: Disabled
Agent Port: 161
System Location: SanDiego
System Contact: bob@jupiter.west
System Description: FF1
Trap Hosts:
Hostname Port Type Community String Username Auth Protocol
-------- ---- ---- ---------------- -------- --------------
host1 162 v3 n/a jsmith SHA
SNMP V1/V2c: None
Enabled MIB Modules: None
showsnmp(8)
350 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXAMPLE 3 Displaying SNMP Information for a Enabled System Set Up With
SNMPv1/v2c Trap Host
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO setsnmp(8)
XSCF> showsnmp
Agent Status: Enabled
Agent Port: 161
System Location: SanDiego
System Contact: jsmith@jupiter.west
System Description: FF1
Trap Hosts:
Hostname Port Type Community String Username Auth Protocol
-------- ---- ---- ---------------- -------- --------------
host1 162 v1 public jsmith SHA
host2 162 v2c public n/a n/a
host3 162 v3 n/a bob SHA
SNMP V1/V2c:
Status: Enabled
Community String: public
Enabled MIB Modules:
SP_MIB
FM_MIB
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
showsnmpusm(8)
System Administration 351
NAME showsnmpusm - display the current User-based Security Model (USM) information
for the SNMP agent
SYNOPSIS showsnmpusm
showsnmpusm -h
DESCRIPTION showsnmpusm(8) displays the current USM information for the SNMP agent.
Privileges You must have platadm or platop privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following option is supported:
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displaying SNMP Information for a System
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO setsnmpusm(8)
-h Displays usage statement.
XSCF> showsnmpusm
Username Auth Protocol
-------- --------------
jsmith SHA
sue MD5
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
showsnmpusm(8)
352 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
showsnmpvacm(8)
System Administration 353
NAME showsnmpvacm - display the current View-based Access Control Access (VACM)
information for the SNMP agent
SYNOPSIS showsnmpvacm
showsnmpvacm -h
DESCRIPTION showsnmpvacm(8) displays the current VACM information for the SNMP agent.
Privileges You must have platadm or platop privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following option is supported:
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displaying SNMP Information for a System
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO setsnmpvacm(8)
-h Displays usage statement.
XSCF> showsnmpvacm
Groups:
Groupname Username
--------- --------
admin jsmith, bob
Views:
View Subtree Mask Type
---- ------- ---- ----
all_view .1 ff include
Access:
View Group
---- -----
all_view admin
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
showsnmpvacm(8)
354 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
showssh(8)
System Administration 355
NAME showssh - display the status, host public keys, fingerprint, or user public keys of the
SSH service configured for the XSCF network
SYNOPSIS showssh [-c hostkey][-M]
showssh -c pubkey [-u user_name][-M]
showssh -h
DESCRIPTION showssh(8) command displays the status, host public keys, fingerprint, or user
public keys of the SSH service configured for the XSCF network.
The following information is displayed:
When specified the display of user public key, the user public key number, which
automatically numbered by system, and the user public key are displayed.
Only SSH2 is supported for XSCF.
Privileges You must have one of the following privileges to run this command:
To display the user public key of other user account:
useradm
To display the information other than above:
useradm,platadm,platop,auditadm,auditop,domainadm,domainmgr,
domainop,fieldeng
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
SSH status Validity of the SSH service
RSA key Host public key in RSA format
DSA key Host public key in DSA format
Fingerprint Host public key in fingerprint format
-c hostkey Displays a host public key. If the -c option is omitted, "-c
hostkey" is assumed specified.
-c pubkey Displays the user public key. If the -c option is omitted, "-c
hostkey" is assumed specified
showssh(8)
356 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
You can specify the automatically-numbered user public key number to delete
the user public key by setssh(8) command.
The setssh(8) command makes settings for the HTTPS service in the XSCF
network.
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displays the information of host public keys.
-h Displays usage statement. When used with other options or
operands, an error occurs.
-M Displays text by page. This option provides a function that is
the same as that of the more command.
-u user_name Specify the user account name to display the user public key.
Should be specified with "-c pubkey." When the -u option
omitted, the user public key of the current login user account
will be displayed.
XSCF> showssh
SSH status: enabled
RSA key:
ssh-rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAAIEAt0IG3wfpQnGr51znS9XtzwHcBBb/
UU0LN08SilUXE6j+
avlxdY7AFqBf1wGxLF+Tx5pTa6HuZ8o8yUBbDZVJAAAAFQCfKPxarV+/5qzK4A43Qaigkqu/
6QAAAIBM
LQl22G8pwibESrh5JmOhSxpLzl3P26ksI8qPr+7BxmjLR0k=
Fingerprint:
1024 e4:35:6a:45:b4:f7:e8:ce:b0:b9:82:80:2e:73:33:c4 /etc/ssh/
ssh_host_rsa_key.pub
DSA key:
ssh-dss
AAAAB3NzaC1kc3MAAACBAJSy4GxD7Tk4fxFvyW1D0NUDqZQPY3PuY2IG7QC4BQ1kewDnblB8
/
JEqI+8pnfbWzmOWU37KHL19OEYNAv6v+WZT6RElU5Pyb8F16uq96L8QDMswFlICMZgrn+ilJ
NStr6r8
KDJfwOQMmK0eeDFj2mL40NOvaLQ83+rRwW6Ny/yF1Rgv6PUpUqRLw4VeRb+uOfmPRpe6/
kb4z++lOhtp
WI9bay6CK0nrFRok+z54ez7BrDFBQVuNZx9PyEFezJG9ziEYVUag/23LIAiLxxBmW9pqa/
WxC21Ja4RQ
VN3009kmVwAAAIAON1LR/
9Jdd7yyG18+Ue7eBBJHrCA0pkSzvfzzFFj5XUzQBdabh5p5Rwz+1vriawFI
ZI9j2uhM/3HQdrvYSVBEdMjaasF9hB6T/
uFwP8yqtJf6Y9GdjBAhWuH8F13pX4BtvK9IeldqCscnOuu0
e2rlUoI6GICMr64FL0YYBSwfbwLIz6PSA/yKQe23dwfkSfcwQZNq/
5pThGPi3tob5Qev2KCK2OyEDMCA
OvVlMhqHuPNpX+hE19nPdBFGzQ==
Fingerprint:
1024 9e:39:8e:cb:8a:99:ff:b4:45:12:04:2d:39:d3:28:15 /etc/ssh/
ssh_host_dsa_key.pub
showssh(8)
System Administration 357
EXAMPLE 2 Displays the user public key of the current login user account.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO setssh(8)
XSCF> showssh -c pubkey
Public key:
1 ssh-rsa
AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAAIEAzFh95SohrDgpnN7zFCJCVNy+jaZPTjNDxcid
QGbihYDCBttI4151Y0Sv85FJwDpSNHNKoVLMYLjtBmUMPbGgGVB61qskSv/
FeV44hefNCZMiXGItIIpK
P0nBK4XJpCFoFbPXNUHDw1rTD9icD5U/wRFGSRRxFI+Ub5oLRxN8+A8=abcd@example.com
2 ssh-rsa
CSqGSIb3DQEJARYHZWUubWFpbDCBnzANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQEFAAOBjQAwgYkCgYEA
nkPntf+TjYtyKlNYFbO/YavFpUzkYTLHdt0Fbz/
tZmGd3e6Jn34A2W9EC7D9hjLsj+kAP41Al6wFwGO7
KP3H4iImX0Uysjl9Hyk4jLBU51sw8JqvT2utTjltV5mFPKL6bDcAgY9=efgh@example.com
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
showssh(8)
358 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
showstatus(8)
System Administration 359
NAME showstatus - display the degraded Field Replaceable Units (FRUs)
SYNOPSIS showstatus [-M]
showstatus -h
DESCRIPTION showstatus(8) command displays information about degraded units that are
among the FRUs composing the system.
Privileges You must have one of the following privileges to run this command:
useradm,platadm,platop,domainadm,domainmgr,domainop,fieldeng
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:.
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
Displays the information concerning the units failed or degraded and the units on
the next upper layer, among the FRUs composing the system. An asterisk (*)
indicating abnormal unit is displayed along with any of the following the
"Status:":
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displays the degraded units. In this example, a CPU module and memory
module in a CPU memory unit are degraded because of an error.
-h Displays usage statement. When used with other options or
operands, an error occurs.
-M Displays text by page. This option provides a function that is
the same as that of the more command.
Status Description
Faulted The component is faulty and is not operating.
Degraded The component is operating. However, either an error has been
detected or the component is faulty. As a result, the component
might be operating with reduced functionality or performance.
Deconfigured As a result of another component's faulted or degraded status,
the component is not operating. (The component itself is not
faulted or degraded.)
Maintenance The component is under maintenance. A deletefru(8),
replacefru(8), or addfru(8) operation is currently underway.
XSCF> showstatus
CMU#0;
* CPUM#0-CHIP#0 Status:Faulted;
* MEM#00A Status:Faulted;
showstatus(8)
360 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXAMPLE 2 Displays the degraded units. In this example, a memory module on a mem-
ory board is degraded because of an error.
EXAMPLE 3 Displays the degraded units. In this example, a CPU memory unit and
memory module on a motherboard unit are degraded because of an error.
EXAMPLE 4 Displays the degraded units. In this example, a CPU memory unit is de-
graded because a crossbar unit is degraded.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
XSCF> showstatus
MBU_B;
MEMB#0;
* MEM#0A Status:Faulted;
XSCF> showstatus
MBU_B Status:Normal;
* MEMB#1 Status:Deconfigured;
* MEM#3B Status:Deconfigured;
XSCF> showstatus
MBU_B Status:Normal;
* CPUM#1-CHIP#1 Status:Deconfigured;
* XBU_B#0 Status:Degraded;
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
showtelnet(8)
System Administration 361
NAME showtelnet - display the current status of the Telnet service for the XSCF network
SYNOPSIS showtelnet
showtelnet -h
DESCRIPTION showtelnet(8) command displays the current status of the Telnet service for the
XSCF network.
One of the following states is displayed:
Privileges You must have one of the following privileges to run this command:
useradm,platadm,platop,auditadm,auditop,domainadm,domainmgr,
domainop,fieldeng
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following option is supported:
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
The settelnet(8) command makes settings for the Telnet service in the XSCF
network.
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displays the status of the Telnet service for the XSCF network.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO settelnet(8)
enable The Telnet service is enabled.
disable The Telnet service is disabled.
-h Displays usage statement.
XSCF> showtelnet
Telnet status:enabled
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
showtelnet(8)
362 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
showtimezone(8)
System Administration 363
NAME showtimezone - display the XSCF time zone and Daylight Saving Time information
of current settings
SYNOPSIS showtimezone -c tz
showtimezone -c dst
showtimezone -h
DESCRIPTION The showtimezone(8) command displays the XSCF time zone and Daylight Saving
Time information of current settings.
It is displayed in the following format.
std offset dst[offset2][from-date[/time]to-date[/time]]
std Abbreviations of time zone.
offset Offset time of time zone and Greenwich mean time (GMT).
Displayed in minus "" in case the offset is plus, and displayed
in plus "+" in case the offset is minus.
dst Name of Daylight Saving Time.
showtimezone(8)
364 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
offset2 Offset time of Daylight Saving Time and Greenwich mean time
(GMT).
Displayed in minus "" in case the offset is plus, and displayed
in plus "+" in case the offset is minus.
from-date[/time] The starting time of Daylight Saving Time.
Any of the following formats displays from-date.
Mm.w.d
Mm: Shows the month when Daylight Saving Time starts. Any
numeric from 1to 12 comes in m.
w: Shows the week when Daylight Saving Time starts. Any
numeric from 1to 5comes in, "1" for the first week and "5"
for the last week in the month.
d: Shows the day of the week when Daylight Saving Time
starts. Any numeric from 0to 6comes in, "0" for Sunday and
"6" for Saturday.
Jn
Jn: The date when Daylight Saving Time starts. Any numeric
from 1to 365 comes in, "1" for January 1st. The leap-year day
is not counted.
n
n: The date when Daylight Saving Time starts. Any numeric
from 1to 365 comes in, "1" for January 1st. The leap-year day
is counted.
In time, the time to switch to Daylight Saving Time is shown in
the pre-switched time.
hh:mm:ss Shows the time in "hh:mm:ss" format. The
default value is "02:00:00."
showtimezone(8)
System Administration 365
Privileges You must have one of the following privileges to run this command:
useradm,platadm,platop,auditadm,auditop,domainadm,domainmgr,
domainop,fieldeng
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following option is supported:
to-date[/time] The termination time of Daylight Saving Time.
Any of the following formats displays to-date.
Mm.w.d
Mm: Shows the month when Daylight Saving Time terminates.
Any numeric from 1to 12 comes in m.
w: Shows the week when Daylight Saving Time terminates.
Any numeric from 1to 5comes in, "1" for the first week and
"5" for the last week in the month.
d: Shows the day of the week when start Daylight Saving
Time terminates. Any numeric from 0to 6comes in, "0" for
Sunday and "6" for Saturday.
Jn
Jn: The date when Daylight Saving Time terminates. Any
numeric from 1to 365 comes in, "1" for January 1st. The leap-
year day is not counted.
n
n: The date when Daylight Saving Time terminates. Any
numeric from 1to 365 comes in, "1" for January 1st. The leap-
year day is counted.
In time, the time to switch from Daylight Saving Time is shown
in the pre-switched time.
hh:mm:ss Shows the time in "hh:mm:ss" format. The
default value is "02:00:00."
-c tz Displays the time zone.
-c dst Displays the Daylight Saving Time information.
-h Displays usage statement. When used with other options or
operands, an error occurs.
showtimezone(8)
366 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
The settimezone(8) command sets the time zone of the XSCF.
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displays the time zone.
EXAMPLE 2 Displays the Daylight Saving Time information as follows: the abbrevia-
tion of time zone is JST, the offset from GMT is +9, the name of Daylight
Saving Time is JDT, Daylight Saving Time is 1 hour ahead, and the time pe-
riod is from the last Sunday of March 2:00 to the last Sunday of October
2:00.
EXAMPLE 3 Displays the Daylight Saving Time information as follows: the abbrevia-
tion of time zone is JST, the offset from GMT is +9, the name of Daylight
Saving Time is JDT, Daylight Saving Time is 1 hour ahead, and the time pe-
riod is from the first Sunday of April 0:00 to the first Sunday of September
0:00.
EXAMPLE 4 When no Daylight Saving Time is set
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO setdate(8),settimezone(8),showdate(8)
XSCF> showtimezone -c tz
Asia/Tokyo
XSCF> showtimezone -c dst
JST-9JDT,M3.5.0,M10.5.0
XSCF> showtimezone -c dst
JST-9JDT-10,M4.1.0/00:00:00,M9.1.0/00:00:00
XSCF> showtimezone -c dst
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
showuser(8)
System Administration 367
NAME showuser - display user account information
SYNOPSIS showuser
showuser [[-a][-M][-p][-u][user]]
showuser [[-a][-l][-M][-p][-u]]
showuser -h
DESCRIPTION showuser (8) displays XSCF user account information. If the user argument is
specified, showuser displays account information for the specified user. If the user
argument is not specified, then showuser displays account information for the
current user. If the -l option is specified, showuser displays account information
for all local users.
When invoked with one or more of the options -a,-p,or-u,showuser displays
information as described in the OPTIONS section below. When invoked without
any of these options, showuser displays all account information.
Privileges No privileges are needed for you to view your own account. You must have
useradm privileges to run this command for any other user.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
OPERANDS The following operand is supported:
-a Displays password validity and account state information. This is
only valid for XSCF user accounts.
-h Displays usage statement.
When used with other options or operands, an error occurs.
-l Displays information on all local XSCF user accounts sorted by
user login name. Cannot be used with the user operand.
-M Displays text by page. This option provides a function that is the
same as that of the more command.
-p Displays all privileges assigned to the user. This is valid for local
and remote users.
-u Displays user ID (UID). This is valid for local and remote users.
user Name of an existing user account. Cannot be used with the -l
option.
showuser(8)
368 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displays Password and Account Validity Information
EXAMPLE 2 Displays Privileges Information
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO adduser(8),deleteuser(8),disableuser(8),enableuser(8),password(8),
setprivileges(8)
XSCF> showuser -a
User Name: jsmith
Status: Enabled
Minimum: 0
Maximum: 99999
Warning: 7
Inactive: -1
Last Change: Aug 22, 2005
Password Expires: Never
Password Inactive: Never
Account Expires: Never
XSCF> showuser -p
User Name: jsmith
Privileges: domainadm@1,3-6,8,9
platadm
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
snapshot(8)
System Administration 369
NAME snapshot - collect and transfer environment, log, error, and FRUID data
SYNOPSIS snapshot -d device [-r][-e [-P password]] [-L {F|I|R}][-l][-v][[-q]
-{y|n}][-S time [-E time]]
snapshot -t user@host:directory [-e [-P password]] [-k host-key][-l][-L
{F|I|R}][-p password][-v][[-q]-{y|n}][-S time [-E time]]
snapshot -T [-D directory][-e [-P password]] [-k host-key][-l][-L {F|I|R}]
[-v][[-q]-{y|n}][-S time [-E time]]
snapshot -h
DESCRIPTION The snapshot(8) command provides a data-collection mechanism that enables
rapid, reliable, and flexible retrieval of diagnostic information on the Service
Processor. snapshot(8) collects the following data: Configuration, Environmentals,
Logs, Errors, and FRUID information. It transfers data to the specified destination.
snapshot opens an output file, the name of which is automatically generated
based on the host name and IP address assigned to the Service Processor and the
UTC time (in hours, minutes, and seconds) and date on the Service Processor at the
time snapshot is invoked. For example: jupiter_10.1.1.1_2006-07-08T22-
33-44.snapshot does not support user-specified file names for the output file. As
files and command output are collected from the Service Processor, snapshot
compresses the output data and writes it in the format of a .zip archive.
snapshot stores the collected data on a remote network host or on an external
media device, based upon the use of the -t,-T or -d option. To store the collected
data on a remote network host using the -t option, you must specify a host name
(or IP address), a target directory on the remote network host, and the user name of
a user on the remote host. If you have already set an archive target using
setarchiving(8), you can use the -T option to store the data on a remote network
host using that same information, or use -T in conjunction with the -D option to
change only the target directory. When storing data on a remote network host,
snapshot opens a network connection using SSH to act as a data pipe to the
remote file.
It is possible to restrict data collection on some larger log files to a specific date
range using the options -S and, optionally, -E.
Encrypted network protocols, such as SSH and SSL, are used for transmission of the
data across a network connection. The entire .zip archive itself can be encrypted
using the -e flag. To decrypt a .zip archive that has been encrypted with this
process, use the encryption password given to snapshot with the openssl
command. The following example decrypts the file
jupiter_10.1.1.1_2006-07-08T22-33-44.zip.e:
%openssl aes-128-cbc -d -in jupiter_10.1.1.1_2006-07-08T22-33-
44.zip.e -out jupiter_10.1.1.1_2006-07-08T22-33-44.zip
snapshot(8)
370 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
Every .zip archive generated by snapshot includes two files generated by
snapshot itself. The first file, called README, contains the original name of the
.zip archive, the name of the configuration file on the Service Processor used to
create the .zip archive, the version of snapshot and whether log-only mode (the
-l flag) was used to generate the archive. The second file, called CONFIG, is a copy
of the actual configuration file used by snapshot to generate the archive.
The data collected by snapshot may potentially be used by Service personnel to
diagnose problems with the system. snapshot can collect different sets of data for
different diagnostic purposes. The three different sets are named Initial,Root
Cause, and Full, and are specified through the use of the -L option.
Privileges You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported.
-D directory Used with the -T option, specifies a value for directory instead
of the value set using setarchiving(8). The directory field
must not begin with a hyphen (-) or a tilde (~). Refer to the
description of the -T option for more detailed information.
-d device Specifies the external media device to use. The following
option is available to -d:
-r Removes all files from the external media
device prior to data collection. This option
is not valid with the -t or -T options.
-E time Specifies the end time for the time period for which data is
collected. Used with the -S time option for the start time,
defines the period of time for which log messages are collected
by snapshot. Only those log entries created before the time
specified by -E time are collected by snapshot. Refer also to
the description of the -S option.
time Interpreted using strptime(3), using one
of the following two formats:
%Y-%m-%d,%H:%M:%S
%Y-%m-%d_%H-%M-%S
-e Encrypts the zip archive. Required when using -P password.
-h Displays usage statement.
When used with other options or operands, an error occurs.
snapshot(8)
System Administration 371
-k host-key Used with the -t or -T option, sets the public key that the
Service Processor uses to log in to the network host. This
option is not valid with the -d option.
Possible values for host-key are as follows:
none
This literal value specifies that a public key should not be
used to authenticate the network host.
download
This literal value specifies that snapshot will use ssh to
download a public host key for the network host and
download the key from the host specified in the -t
argument. snapshot displays the key’s md5 fingerprint
and prompts for confirmation. If you accept the key, it is
used for server authentication. If you reject the key,
snapshot exits without doing anything. This is the
default behavior in SSH Target Mode if -k is not specified.
public
The specified public key is used for server authentication.
The host-key argument should be the complete public key
of the network host, beginning with key type (the
complete contents of /etc/ssh/
ssh_host_rsa_key.pub on the network host).
Note – The public key should be enclosed in quotes to ensure
that the shell treats it as a single word.
-L {F|I|R} Specifies which set of logs will be collected.
FFull log set.
IInitial log set.
RRoot Cause log set.
If no log set is specified, the Initial log set is collected by
default.
-l Specifies collecting only log files. Does not collect command
output.
-n Automatically answers n(no) to all prompts.
-P password Used with the -e option, sets the encryption password used
for encrypting the output file.
snapshot(8)
372 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
Modes of Operation
The following is a brief overview of the modes of operation for the snapshot
command.
The first mode is SSH Target Mode. The data collector is run in this mode when it is
invoked with the -t or -T option. In this mode, the data collector opens an SSH
-p password Specifies the user password used to log in to the host using
SSH. This option is valid with the -t option, not with the -d
or -T options.
-q Suppresses all messages to stdout, including prompts.
-S time Specifies the start time for the time period for which data is
collected. Used with the -E time option for the end time,
defines the period of time for which log messages are collected
by snapshot. If no end time is specified, the target time
period ends at the time the snapshot command is launched.
Refer also to the description of the -E option.
time Interpreted using strptime(3), using one
of the following two formats:
%Y-%m-%d,%H:%M:%S
%Y-%m-%d_%H-%M-%S
-T Specifies executing snapshot in SSH target mode using the
value for user@host:directory previously set using
setarchiving(8). Can be used with the -D option to
substitute an alternative value for directory.
-t
user@host:directory
Sets the network host and remote directory for data
destination. The host field specifies the host name or IP
address of the network host. The user field specifies the user
name for the ssh login to the archive host. The directory field
specifies the archive directory on the archive host where the
output file should be stored. The directory field must not
begin with a hyphen (-) or a tilde (~).
-v Specifies verbose output. Displays all actions and commands
as they are executed. If this option is specified with the -q
option, the -v option is ignored.
Note – You may not have the required privileges to run all the
commands that are executed by the snapshot configuration
file. If this occurs, you will see error messages indicating these
operations are not permitted.
-y Automatically answers y(yes) to all prompts.
snapshot(8)
System Administration 373
connection from the Service Processor to the specified target (after appropriate
authentication) and sends the zip data archive through the SSH connection to the
target host. The transmission encryption in this mode is provided by SSH.
The second mode is USB Device Mode. The data collector is run in this mode when
it is invoked with the -d flag. In this mode, the data collector’s output (which is the
zip archive) is saved in a file on the USB device. The USB device should be
formatted using the FAT32 file system. As in SSH Target mode, you can use the -e
option to encrypt the zip file in this mode. However, no transmission encryption
(such as SSH) occurs in this mode, since the data stays local to the Service
Processor.
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Downloading a Public Key Using SSH
EXAMPLE 2 Downloading a Host Key
EXAMPLE 3 Downloading With a User-Provided Public Key
EXAMPLE 4 Log Files Only Using No Public Key
XSCF> snapshot -t joe@jupiter.west:/home/joe/logs/x -k download
Downloading Public Key from ‘jupiter.west’...
Key fingerprint in md5: c9:e0:bc+b2:1a:80:29:24:13:d9:f1:13:f5:5c:2c:0f
Accept this public key (yes/no)? Y
Enter ssh password for user ‘joe’ on host ‘jupiter.west’
Setting up ssh connection to remote host...
Collecting data into joe@jupiter.west:/home/joe/logs/x/archive.zip
Data collection complete.
XSCF> snapshot -t joe@jupiter.west:/home/joe/logs/x
Downloading Public Key from ‘jupiter.west’...
Public Key Fingerprint: c9:e0:bc+b2:1a:80:29:24:13:d9:f1:13:f5:5c:2c:0f
Accept this public key (yes/no)? y
Enter ssh password for user ‘joe’ on host ‘jupiter.west’
Setting up ssh connection to remote host...
Collecting data into joe@jupiter.west:/home/joe/logs/x/archive.zip
Data collection complete.
XSCF> snapshot -t joe@jupiter.west:/home/joe/logs/x -k “ssh-rsa
AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAAIEAwVFiSQNVBFhTTzq0AX5iQqCkkJjd6ezWkVGt
mMkJJzzMjYK0sBlhn6dGEIiHdBSzO8QLAXb8N4Kq8JDOBpLSN4yokUPTcZQNxJaY
A0W058Qgxbn”
Enter ssh password for user ‘joe’ on host ‘jupiter.west’
Setting up ssh connection to remote host...
Collecting data into joe@jupiter.west:/home/joe/logs/x/archive.zip
Data collection complete.
XSCF> snapshot -t bob@mars.east:/home/bob/logs/x -k none -l
Enter ssh password for user ’bob’ on host ’mars.east’
Log only mode. No commands will be collected.
Setting up ssh connection to remote host...
Collecting data into joe@jupiter.west:/home/joe/logs/x/archive.zip
Data collection complete.
snapshot(8)
374 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXAMPLE 5 Downloading Using Encryption With Provided Password and No Public
Key
EXAMPLE 6 Downloading Using No Key to Invalid Directory
EXAMPLE 7 Downloading Public Key With Connectivity Failure
EXAMPLE 8 Downloading Public Key and Answering No to All Prompts
EXAMPLE 9 Downloading Public Key Attempted by Unauthorized User
XSCF> snapshot -t bob@mars.east:/home/bob/logs/x -k none -e -P
password
Output data will be encrypted.
Enter ssh password for user ’bob’ on host ’mars.east’
Setting up ssh connection to remote host...
Collecting data into joe@jupiter.west:/home/joe/logs/x/archive.zip
Data collection complete.
XSCF> snapshot -t sue@saturn.north:/home/sue/logs/bad_dir -k none
Enter ssh password for user ’sue’ on host ’saturn.north’
Setting up ssh connection to remote host...
Failed to create remote file:
/home/sue/logs/bad_dir/archive.zip
Verify adequate disk permissions and disk space on target host
Error opening SSH target
Exiting with error 1
XSCF> snapshot -t sue@saturne.west:/home/sue/logs/x -k download
Downloading Public Key from ’saturne.west’...
Error downloading key for host ’saturne.west’
Error opening SSH target
Exiting with error 1
XSCF> snapshot -v -t jill@earth.east:/home/jill/logs/x -k download
-n
Downloading Public Key from ‘earth.east’...
Public Key: ssh-rsa
AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAAIEAwVFiSQNVBFhTTzq0AX5iQqCkkJjd6ezWkVGtmMkJJzzM
jYK0sBlhn6dGEIiHdBSzO8QLAXb8N4Kq8JDOBpLSN4yokUPTcZQNxJaYA0W058Qgxbn
Key fingerprint in md5: c9:e0:bc+b2:1a:80:29:24:13:d9:f1:13:f5:5c:2c:0f
Accept this public key (yes/no)? no
Public Key declined
Error opening SSH target
Exiting with error 1
XSCF> snapshot -t fakeuser@fakehost.com:/fakedir -p fake-password
Downloading Public Key from ’fakehost.com’...
Error downoading key for host ’fakehost.com’
Error opening SSH target
Exiting with error 1
snapshot(8)
System Administration 375
EXAMPLE 10 Downloading to External Media Device
EXAMPLE 11 Limiting Data Collection for Certain Logs to a Date Range
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO setarchiving(8),showarchiving(8),showlogs(8)
XSCF> snapshot -d usb0 -r
Testing writability of USB device....SUCCESS
Ready to remove all files from device ‘usb0’
Are you sure (yes/no) yes
Collecting data into /media/usb_msd/jupiter_10.1.1.1_2006-04-17T22-41-
51.zip
Data collection complete.
XSCF> snapshot -d usb0 -S 2007-01-01,01:00:00 -E 2007-01-31_14-
00-00
Testing writability of USB device....SUCCESS
Collecting data into /media/usb_msd/jupiter_10.1.1.1_2006-04-17T22-41-
51.zip
Data collection complete.
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
snapshot(8)
376 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
switchscf(8)
System Administration 377
NAME switchscf - switch the XSCF unit between the active and standby states
SYNOPSIS switchscf -t {Active |Standby}[-f]
switchscf -h
DESCRIPTION The switchscf(8) command switches the XSCF unit that the user is currently
logged in to, between the active and standby states.
If the XSCF unit is duplicated configuration, the switchscf(8) command can be
executed. When the active XSCF unit currently logged in to is switched from active
to standby or vice versa, the state of the standby XSCF unit is also switched.
Note – Usually, XSCFs cannot be switched while maintenance work is in progress.
If "Switching of XSCF state is disabled due to a maintenance operation. Try again
later." is displayed as a result from the switchscf(8) command and XSCFs cannot
be switched, check whether the addfru(8), deletefru(8), replacefru(8), or
flashupdate(8) maintenance command is being executed. If the command is
being executed, wait until the command ends. If XSCFs cannot be switched though
none of those maintenance commands is being executed, use the -f option to
switch them.
Privileges You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Switches the state of the XSCF unit that the user is currently logged in to,
to standby.
-f Switches the state in a case XSCF state can't be changed due to a
maintenance operation.
Note – Since the -f option forcibly switches XSCF, limit the use
of this option to such cases as when switching does not work in
normal operations.
-h Displays usage statement. When used with other options or
operands, an error occurs.
-t Active Switches the state of the XSCF unit to active.
-t Standby Switches the state of the XSCF unit to standby.
XSCF> switchscf -t Standby
switchscf(8)
378 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
testsb(8)
System Administration 379
NAME testsb - perform an initial diagnosis of the specified physical system board (PSB)
SYNOPSIS testsb [[-q]-{y|n}][-m diag=mode]location
testsb -v [-y|-n][-m diag=mode]location
testsb -h
DESCRIPTION testsb(8) command performs an initial diagnosis of the specified PSB.
The configuration of the PSB and operation of each device mounted on the PSB are
checked. After the diagnostics, the result is displayed. The PSB must not be
configured in the domain, or the domain in which the PSB configured must be
powered off.
The result also can be seen in ‘Test’ and ‘Fault’ displayed by showboards(8)
command.
Privileges You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:.
OPERANDS The following operand is supported:
EXTENDED
DESCRIPTION
When the system board (XSB: eXtended System Board) belonging to the specified
PSB is in any status below, the testsb(8) command results in an error.
XSB is installed in the domain and this domain is in operation.
-h Displays usage statement. When used with other options or
operands, an error occurs.
-m diag=mode Specifies the diagnostic level of initial diagnosis. One of the
values shown below can be specified:
min Normal (default)
max Maximum
-n Automatically answers 'n' (no) to all prompts.
-q Suppresses all messages to stdout, including prompts.
-v Displays a detailed message of initial diagnosis.
-y Automatically answers 'y' (yes) to all prompts.
location Specifies only one PSB number. An integer from 0015 can be
specified.
testsb(8)
380 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
XSB is installed in the domain and this domain is in OpenBoot PROM (ok>
prompt) status.
XSB is installed in the domain and this domain is power ON status, power
OFF status, or reset status.
The addboard(8), deleteboard(8), or moveboard(8) command is executed
for XSB.
The displayed diagnostic results of the testsb(8) command are as follows:
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Performs the initial diagnosis on PSB#00.
XSB XSB numbers belonging to the specified PSBs. One XSB number
is displayed for the Uni-XSB type, and four XSB numbers are
displayed for the Quad-XSB type.
Test Status of the initial diagnosis of XSBs. One of the following
status values is displayed:
Unmount No XSB could be recognized because no XSB
is mounted or because an error occurred.
Unknown Not tested.
Testing Initial diagnosis is in progress.
Passed Initial diagnosis ended normally.
Failed An error was detected during the initial
diagnosis. An XSB cannot be used or is in a
degraded state.
Fault XSB error. One or more states are displayed:
Normal Normal state.
Degraded One or more components are degraded.
Each XSB can operate.
Faulted An XSB cannot operate because an error
occurred.
XSCF> testsb 0
Initial diagnosis is about to start. Continue? [y|n] : y
Initial diagnosis is executing.
Initial diagnosis has completed.
XSB Test Fault
---- ------- --------
00-0 Passed Normal
00-1 Passed Normal
00-2 Passed Normal
00-3 Passed Normal
testsb(8)
System Administration 381
EXAMPLE 2 Performs an initial diagnosis of PSB#01 with detailed messages displayed.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO addfru(8),deletefru(8),replacefru(8),setupfru(8),showboards(8),
showfru(8)
XSCF> testsb -v 1
Initial diagnosis is about to start. Continue? [y|n] : y
SB#01 powered on sequence started.
:
:
XSB Test Fault
---- ------- --------
01-0 Passed Normal
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
testsb(8)
382 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
unlockmaintenance(8)
System Administration 383
NAME unlockmaintenance - forcibly release the locked status of XSCF
SYNOPSIS unlockmaintenance [[-q]-{y|n}]
unlockmaintenance -h
DESCRIPTION unlockmaintenance(8) command releases the locked status of XSCF forcibly.
Normally, while the maintenance command addfru(8), deletefru(8), or
replacefru(8) is in execution, XSCF is in the locked status. After the command
complete, the lock is released. However, in case an error such as LAN disconnection
occurred while executing any of the maintenance command, the XSCF lock may
become unable to release. In such a case, you can execute the
unlockmaintenance(8) command to forcibly release the locked status of XSCF.
Privileges You must have fieldeng privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Unlocks the maintenance lock status.
-h Displays usage statement. When used with other options or
operands, an error occurs.
-n Automatically answers 'n' (no) to all prompts.
-q Suppresses all messages to stdout, including prompts.
-y Automatically answers 'y' (yes) to all prompts.
XSCF> unlockmaintenance
This command unlocks the maintenance lock which prevents the multiple
execution of maintenance commands.
*Never* use this command, except when the lock state remains by some
reason.
Careless execution of this command causes serious situation because it
interrupts the running command and XSCF might not be able to recognize the
parts.
Continue? [y|n] :
unlockmaintenance(8)
384 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXAMPLE 2 Unlocks the maintenance lock status. Automatically answers "y" to all
prompts.
EXAMPLE 3 Unlocks the maintenance lock status. Automatically answers "y" to all
prompts.
EXAMPLE 4 Cancels the unlockmaintenance command execution that is in progress.
Automatically answers "n" to all prompts.
EXAMPLE 5 Cancels the unlockmaintenance command execution that is in progress.
Automatically answers "n" to all prompts.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO addfru(8),deletefru(8),replacefru(8)
XSCF> unlockmaintenance -y
This command unlocks the maintenance lock which prevents the multiple
execution of maintenance commands.
*Never* use this command, except when the lock state remains by some
reason.
Careless execution of this command causes serious situation because it
interrupts the running command and XSCF might not be able to recognize the
parts.
Continue? [y|n] :y
XSCF> unlockmaintenance -q -y
XSCF>
XSCF> unlockmaintenance -n
This command unlocks the maintenance lock which prevents the multiple
execution of maintenance commands.
*Never* use this command, except when the lock state remains by some
reason.
Careless execution of this command causes serious situation because it
interrupts the running command and XSCF might not be able to recognize the
parts.
Continue? [y|n] :n
XSCF> unlockmaintenance -q -n
XSCF>
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
version(8)
System Administration 385
NAME version - display firmware version
SYNOPSIS version -c xcp [-v][-t]
version -c {cmu |xscf}[-v]
version -h
DESCRIPTION The version(8) command displays firmware version.
The following versions can be displayed:
Privileges You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:.
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displays the XCP version.
xcp The comprehensive version of the XSCF control package (XCP)
firmware currently applied to the system.
cmu The version of OpenBoot PROM firmware.
xscf The version of XSCF firmware.
-c xcp Displays the XCP version.
-c cmu Displays the version of OpenBoot PROM firmware.
-c xscf Displays the version of XSCF firmware.
-h Displays usage statement. When used with other options or
operands, an error occurs.
-t Displays information of the XCP version that is registered in the
XSCF. This option is used together with "-c xcp".
-v Displays detailed information. Specifying this option with "-c
xscf" displays the same information as the usual information.
XSCF> version -c xcp
XSCF#0 (Active)
XCP0 (Current): 1020
XCP1 (Reserve): 1020
XSCF#1 (Standby)
XCP0 (Current): 1020
XCP1 (Reserve): 1020
version(8)
386 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXAMPLE 2 Displays the details of the XCP version.
EXAMPLE 3 Displays the XCP version that is registered in the XSCF.
EXAMPLE 4 Displays the details of the XCP version that is registered in the XSCF.
EXAMPLE 5 Displays the version of OpenBoot PROM firmware.
XSCF> version -c xcp -v
XSCF#0 (Active)
XCP0 (Current): 1020
OpenBoot PROM : 01.01.0001
SCF : 01.01.0001
XCP1 (Reserve): 1020
OpenBoot PROM : 01.01.0001
OpenBoot PROM BACKUP
#0: 01.01.0001
#1: 01.02.0001
XSCF#1 (Standby)
XCP0 (Current): 1020
OpenBoot PROM : 01.01.0001
SCF : 01.01.0001
XCP1 (Reserve): 1020
OpenBoot PROM : 01.01.0001
SCF : 01.01.0001
OpenBoot PROM BACKUP
#0: 01.01.0001
#1: 01.02.0001
XSCF> version -c xcp -t
XCP: 1020
XSCF> version -c xcp -v -t
XCP : 1020
OpenBoot PROM: 01.01.0001
SCF : 01.01.0001
XSCF> version -c cmu
DomainID 00 : 01.01.0001
DomainID 01 : 01.01.0001
DomainID 02 : 01.01.0001
DomainID 03 : 01.01.0001
:
DomainID 23: 01.01.0001
version(8)
System Administration 387
EXAMPLE 6 Displays the detailed version of OpenBoot PROM firmware.
EXAMPLE 7 Displays the version of XSCF firmware.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
XSCF> version -c cmu -v
DomainID 00 : 01.01.0001
DomainID 01 : 01.01.0001
DomainID 02 : 01.01.0001
DomainID 03 : 01.01.0001
:
DomainID 23: 01.01.0001
XSB#00-0 : 01.01.0001 (Current), 01.01.0001 (Reserve)
XSB#00-1 : 01.01.0001 (Reserve), 01.01.0001 (Current)
XSB#00-2 : 01.01.0001 (Current), 01.01.0001 (Reserve)
XSB#00-3 : 01.01.0001 (Current), 01.01.0001 (Reserve)
:
XSB#15-3 : 01.01.0001 (Current), 01.01.0001 (Reserve)
XSCF> version -c xscf
XSCF#0 (Active) 01.01.0001 (Current), 01.01.0001 (Reserve)
XSCF#1 (Standby) 01.01.0001 (Current), 01.01.0001 (Reserve)
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
version(8)
388 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
viewaudit(8)
System Administration 389
NAME viewaudit - display audit records
SYNOPSIS viewaudit
viewaudit [-A date-time][-B date-time ][-c classes][-D date-time][-e events
][-i audit-ids][-l][-m del][-n][-p privilege-results][-r return-values ][-u
users][-x]
viewaudit -h
DESCRIPTION viewaudit(8) displays audit records. When invoked without options, viewaudit
displays all current local audit records. When invoked with options, viewaudit
displays only the selected records. By default, records are displayed in text format,
one token per line, with a comma as the field separator. The output can be modified
using the -l,-m del,-n,or-x option.
Privileges You must have auditadm or auditop privileges to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following options are supported:
-A date-time Selects records that occurred at or after date-time. The
date-time argument is in local time. the -A and -B options
can be used together to form a range. Valid values for
date-time are:
Absolute date-time :yyyymmdd[hh[mm[ss]]]
where:
yyyy = year (1970 is the earliest valid value)
mm = month (0112)
dd = day (0131)
hh = hour (0023)
mm = minutes (0059)
ss = seconds (0059)
The default value is 00 for hh,mm, and ss.
viewaudit(8)
390 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
-B date-time Selects records that occurred before date-time. The date-
time argument is in local time. the -A and -B options can
be used together to form a range. Valid values for date-
time are either absolute or offset:
Absolute date-time :yyyymmdd[hh[mm[ss]]]
where:
yyyy = year (1970 is the earliest valid value)
mm = month (0112)
dd = day (0131)
hh = hour (0023)
mm = minutes (0059)
ss = seconds (0059)
Offset date-time:+nd|h|m|s
where:
n= number of units
d= days
h= hours
m= minutes
s= seconds
Offset is only available with the -B option and must be
used with -A.
(The default value is 00 for hh,mm and ss.)
viewaudit(8)
System Administration 391
-c classes Selects records in indicated classes. classes is a comma-
separated list of audit classes. A class may be specified by
its numeric value or its name. The ACS_ prefix may be
omitted. For example, the class of audit related events can
be expressed as ACS_AUDIT,AUDIT or 2.
The following are valid classes:
all Denotes all classes.
ACS_LOGIN(0) Login-related events
ACS_CONFIG(1) Configuration-related
events
ACS_AUDIT(2) Audit-related events
ACS_DOMAIN(3) Domain-related events
ACS_USER(4) User management–related
events
ACS_STATUS(5) Status inquiry–related
events
ACS_PLATFORM(6) Platform management–
related events
ACS_SERVICE(7) Service-related events
-D date-time Selects records that occurred on a specific day (a 24-hour
period beginning at 00:00:00 of the day specified and
ending at 23:59:59). The day specified is in local time in
the following format: yyyymmddhhmmss (year,month,day,
hour,minute,second). The time portion of the argument, if
supplied, is ignored. Any records with timestamps
during that day are selected. If any hours, minutes, or
seconds are given, they are ignored. -D cannot be used
with -A or -B.
-e events Selects records of the indicated events. events is a comma-
separated list of audit events. An event may be specified
by its numeric value or its name. The AEV_ prefix may be
omitted. For example, the event for SSH login can be
expressed as AEV_LOGIN_SSH,LOGIN_SSH or 4.
See showaudit -e all for a list of valid events.
-h Displays usage statement.
When used with other options or operands, an error
occurs.
viewaudit(8)
392 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displaying Audit Records for December 12, 2005
-i audit-ids Selects records of the indicated audit session identifier. If
you become interested in activity reflected in a particular
audit record, you might wish to view all the audit records
for that session. An audit-id is not persistent and can be
reassigned across reboots of the Service Processor. audit-
ids is a comma-separated list of audit session identifiers.
The audit-id is the number following the label subject in
an audit file.
For example, in the following listing, the audit-id is 1
(shown in boldface for emphasis).
subject,1,bob,normal,telnet 45880 jupiter
-l Prints one line per record.
-m del Uses del as the field delimiter instead of the default
delimiter, which is the comma. If del has special meaning
for the shell, it must be quoted. The maximum size of a
delimiter is three characters. The delimiter is not
meaningful and is not used with the -x option.
-n Specifies that UIDs and IP addresses should not be
converted to user names or host names.
-p privilege-results Select records according to the indicated privilege-results.
privilege-results is a comma-separated list. privilege-results
are: granted,denied,orerror.
-r return-values Selects records according to the indicated return values.
returnvals is a comma-separated list of the values:
success,orfailure.success corresponds to a return
value of 0. failure corresponds to a nonzero return
value.
-u users Selects records attributed to indicated users. users is a
comma-separated list of users. A user can be specified by
user name or numeric UID.
-x Prints in XML format.
XSCF> viewaudit -D 20051212
file,1,2006-01-11 10:52:30.391 -05:00,20060111155230.0000000000.jupiter
viewaudit(8)
System Administration 393
EXAMPLE 2 Displaying User Audit Records
EXAMPLE 3 Displaying Audit Records for Privileges
EXAMPLE 4 Displaying Audit Records for Successful Access
XSCF> viewaudit -u jsmith
file,1,2006-01-11 10:52:30.391 -05:00,20060111155230.0000000000.jupiter
header,37,1,login - telnet,jupiter,2006-01-11 11:31:09.659 -05:00
subject,1,jsmith,normal,ssh 45880 jupiter
command,showuser
platform access,granted
return,0
XSCF> viewaudit -p granted
file,1,2006-01-11 10:52:30.391 -05:00,20060111155230.0000000000.jupiter
header,37,1,login - telnet,jupiter,2006-01-11 11:31:09.659 -05:00
subject,1,jsmith,normal,ssh 45880 jupiter
command,showuser
platform access,granted
return,0
XSCF> viewaudit -r success
file,1,2006-01-11 10:52:30.391 -05:00,20060111155230.0000000000.jupiter
header,37,1,login - telnet,jupiter,2006-01-11 11:31:09.659 -05:00
subject,1,jsmith,normal,ssh 45880 jupiter
command,showuser
platform access,granted
return,0
header,57,1,command - viewaudit,jupiter.company.com,2006-01-26
16:13:09.128 -05:00
subject,5,sue,normal,ssh 1282 saturn
command,viewaudit
platform access,granted
return,0
...
viewaudit(8)
394 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007
EXAMPLE 5 Displaying Audit Records Within a Range of Two Days
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
SEE ALSO setaudit(8),showaudit(8)
XSCF> viewaudit -A 20060125 -B +2d
file,1,2006-01-26 16:11:52.785 -
05:00,20060126211152.0000000000.jupiter.west.company.com
subject,1,jsmith,normal,ssh 51409 jupiter.west
header,56,1,command - showldap,jupiter.west,2006-01-27 21:15:12.416 -
05:00
subject,4,jblake,normal,telnet 51409 sr1.company.com
command,showldap
platform access,granted
return,0
subject,7,bob,normal,ssh 40952 mars.com
header,57,1,command - viewaudit,mars.company.com,2006-01-26 16:12:16.127
-05:00
subject,0,opl,normal,ssh 40952 apps
command,viewaudit
platform access,denied
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
who(1)
System Administration 395
NAME who - display a list of the user accounts who are logged in to the XSCF
SYNOPSIS who
who -h
DESCRIPTION who(1) displays a list of the user accounts who are logged in to the XSCF.
The following information is displayed:
XSCF user account name
Terminal used
Idle time
Login time
Remote host name
Privileges No privileges are required to run this command.
Refer to setprivileges(8) for more information.
OPTIONS The following option is supported:
EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displays a list of the user accounts who are logged in to the XSCF.
EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned:
-h Displays usage statement.
XSCF> who
USER TTY IDLE FROM HOST
scf pts/0 00:00m Dec 21 13:57 JJJJ.ggg.fujitsu.com
0Successful completion.
>0 An error occurred.
who(1)
396 XSCF Reference Manual • Last Revised January 2007

Navigation menu